1. SUMMARY OF PROPOSAL
      1. CONCLUSION
  2. TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
  3. SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION
    1. CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    2. SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY
    3. SOURCES
      1. PART 225
        1. Total unit operating hours

1
   

 

ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
November 5, 2008
 
IN THE MATTER OF:
 
AMENDMENTS TO 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 225: CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM LARGE COMBUSTION SOURCES (MERCURY MONITORING)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
R09-10
(Rulemaking - Air)

Proposed Rule. First Notice.
 
OPINION AND ORDER OF THE BOARD (by A.S. Moore):
 
On October 3, 2008, the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (Agency) filed a proposal under the general rulemaking provisions of Sections 27 and 28 of the Environmental Protection Act (Act) (415 ILCS 5/27, 28 (2006)). Generally, the Agency proposes to amend Part 225 of the Board’s air pollution regulations (35 Ill. Adm. Code 225) to recreate certain monitoring provisions of the federal Clean Air Mercury Rule (CAMR), which was recently vacated by a federal court, and add those provisions to Illinois’ mercury rule. A motion for waiver of copy requirements (Mot. Waive) accompanied the proposal. Also, on October 29, 2008, the Agency filed a motion for expedited review (Mot. Expedite).
 
The Board today accepts the Agency’s proposal for hearing, grants the Agency’s request for waiver of copy requirements, and grants the Agency’s motion for expedited review. The Board directs the Clerk to cause Illinois Register publication of the Agency’s proposal for first notice without commenting on the substantive merits of the proposal. The Board also directs the hearing officer to expeditiously schedule and proceed to hearing in this matter.
 

SUMMARY OF PROPOSAL
 

 In support of its proposal, the Agency submitted a Statement of Reasons (Statement) and a Technical Support Document (TSD).
 
 The Agency states that CAMR provided that states must require electric generating units “to comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions of Part 75 of the Code of Federal Regulations with regard to monitoring emissions of mercury to the atmosphere.” Statement at 10, citing 70 Fed. Reg. 28649. The Agency further states that the Illinois mercury rule specifically requires compliance with 40 C.F.R. Part 75. Statement at 10-11, citing 35 Ill. Adm. Code 225.240 – 225.290. The Agency notes, however, that the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia vacated CAMR, removing the monitoring provisions of that rule. Statement at 11, citing New Jersey v. Environmental Protection Agency, 517 F.3d 574, 578-81 (D.C. Cir. 2008). The Agency argues that the court objected to the United States Environmental Protection Agency’s approach to regulating mercury and that the decision “had nothing to do with the technical or economic reasonableness of CAMR’s monitoring provisions.” Statement at 11.
 
 The Agency states that it proposes to amend Part 225 “to recreate certain monitoring provisions of the Federal Rule found primarily at 40 CFR Part 75, and add them to the Illinois Mercury rule.” Statement at 1. The Agency claims that “[t]he substance of Part 225 is unchanged, as those regulations will continue to address the control of mercury emissions from coal-fired electric generating units (EGUs) beginning in July 2009.” Id. Specifically, the Agency states that “[t]he proposal does not include any revisions to the emission and control standards themselves.” Id. at 12.
 

MOTION FOR WAIVER OF REQUIREMENTS
 

 In its motion for waiver of copy requirements, the Agency first notes that the Board’s procedural rules require filing the original and nine copies of its regulatory proposal with the Board’s Clerk. Mot. Waive at 1, citing 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102.200. Because the entire proposal likely consists of more than 500 pages, the Agency “requests that it be allowed to file the original and four complete copies,” with the exception of standards incorporated by reference. Mot. Waive at 1.
 
 The Agency next states that the Act requires it to provide information supporting its regulatory proposal. Mot. Waive at 1, citing 415 ILCS 5/27(a) (2006). The Agency lists three documents upon which it directly relied in drafting its proposal. Mot. Waive at 1. The Agency “requests that the Board waive the normal copy requirements and allow Illinois EPA to file an original and four copies of the documents.” Mot. Waive at 2.
 
 Next, the Agency states that the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act (IAPA) allows an agency to “incorporate by reference the regulations, standards and guidelines of an agency of the United States or a nationally recognized organization or association without publishing the incorporated material in full.” Mot. Waive at 2, citing 5 ILCS 100/5-75(a) (2006). The Agency further states that the IAPA requires an agency adopting a regulation must maintain a copy of the authority incorporated by reference and make it available to the public upon request. Mot. Waive at 2, citing 5 ILCS 100/5-75(b) (2006). In its motion, the Agency lists three American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards incorporated by reference in its proposal. Mot. Waive at 2.
 
 The Agency states that “[t]he ASTM standards are copyright protected.” Mot. Waive at 2. The Agency further states that it now possesses two of the standards incorporated by reference in this proposal, although the third “must be downloaded at a cost.” Id. at 2-3. As the Agency has incurred costs in supplying the Board with a copy of that third standard and wishes to avoid additional costs, the Agency requests that the Board waive copy requirements and allow the Agency to file only an original of the three ASTM standards incorporated by reference. Mot. Waive at 3. The Agency notes that it has attached to those standards a copy of ASTM’s Licensing Agreement and “directs the Board’s attention to the document so that the Board may conform its handling of the standards consistent with that Agreement.” Id.
 

MOTION FOR EXPEDITED REVIEW
 

 In its October 28, 2008 motion for expedited review, the Agency states that “[a]ffected coal-fired electric generating units (EGUs) must comply with the emission limits in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 225, Subpart B, by July 2009.” Mot. Expedite at 1; see 35 Ill. Adm. Code 225.200 – 225.295. The Agency further states that its proposed rule stems from the March 13, 2008, vacatur of CAMR by the United States Court of Appeals. Mot. Expedite at 1, citing New Jersey v. Environmental Protection Agency, 517 F.3d 574 (D.C. Cir. 2008). Because Part 225 incorporated by reference certain monitoring provisions of the federal rule, the Agency states that it now proposes amendments adding those provisions to Part 225. Mot. Expedite at 1, citing 40 C.F.R. Part 75. The Agency indicates that its proposal leaves the substance of Part 225 unchanged, “as those regulations will continue to address the control of mercury emissions from EGUs beginning in July 2009.” Mot. Expedite at 2.
 
 The Agency states that, without adoption of these proposed amendments, Part 225 “will lack monitoring provisions.” Mot. Expedite at 2. In support of its motion, the Agency claims that its “administration and implementation of the Illinois Mercury Rule would be greatly aided and subject to less uncertainty if this rulemaking is acted upon in an expedited manner.” Id. The Agency further claims that “affected sources would also be well-served in compliance efforts if the rulemaking is resolved as quickly as possible.” Id. Accordingly, the Agency concludes that “it is necessary to expedite review in this matter.” Id. The Agency specifically requests that the Board “consider and act upon this Motion at its meeting scheduled for November 6, 2008.” Id.
 



CONCLUSION
 

The Board finds that the rulemaking proposal meets the content requirements of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102. The Board accepts this proposal for hearing and directs the assigned hearing officer to proceed to hearing under the rulemaking provisions of the Act and the Board’s procedural rules. 415 ILCS 5/27, 28 (2006); 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102.
 
The Board grants the Agency’s motion for waiver of requirements. First, the Board allows the Agency to file an original and four complete copies of its proposal, with the exception of standards incorporated by reference. Next, the Board allows the Agency to file an original and four copies of the three documents upon which it directly relied in drafting its proposal. Finally, at this time, the Board allows the Agency to file only an original of the three ASTM standards incorporated by reference in its proposal. The Board reserves ruling on the proper handling of the documents.
 
 With regard to the Agency’s motion for expedited review, the Board notes that Section 101.500(d) of its procedural rules provides that, “[w]ithin 14 days after service of a motion, a party may file a response to the motion. . . . Unless undue delay or material prejudice would result, neither the Board nor the hearing officer will grant any motion before expiration of the 14 day response period. . . .” 35 Ill. Adm. Code 101.500(d). In light of the federal court decision vacating CAMR and the impending deadline by which affected units must comply with the emission limits in Part 225, the Board finds that allowing the response period to run would result in undue delay in consideration of the Agency’s proposal.
 
The Board grants the Agency’s motion for expedited review. Consequently, the Board will attempt to expedite consideration of this rulemaking. Given the major investment by the State and the regulated community in adoption of and compliance with the mercury rules effective in 2009, expedited restoration of monitoring provisions is a sound use of the Board’s available resources. Toward that end, the Board today in its order below sends the Agency’s proposal to first notice without commenting on the substantive merits of that proposal. The Board also directs the hearing officer to proceed expeditiously to hearing in this matter.
 

ORDER
 

The Board directs the Clerk to cause the publication of the following rule for first notice in the Illinois Register. In so doing, the Board makes no comment on the merits of the proposal.
 

Back to top


TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Back to top



SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION



CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD



SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY



SOURCES
 



PART 225

 
CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM LARGE COMBUSTION SOURCES
 
SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section
225.100
Severability
225.120
Abbreviations and Acronyms
225.130
Definitions
 
225.140 Incorporations by Reference
225.150 Commence Commercial Operation
 
SUBPART B: CONTROL OF MERCURY EMISSIONS FROM COAL-FIRED ELECTRIC GENERATING UNITS
Section
225.200
Purpose
225.202
Measurement Methods
225.205
Applicability
225.210
Compliance Requirements
225.220
Clean Air Act Permit Program (CAAPP) Permit Requirements

225.230  Emission Standards for EGUs at Existing Sources

225.232 Averaging Demonstrations for Existing Sources
225.233 Multi-Pollutant Standard (MPS)

225.234  Temporary Technology-Based Standard for EGUs at Existing Sources
225.235  Units Scheduled for Permanent Shut Down
225.237  Emission Standards for New Sources with EGUs
225.238  Temporary Technology-Based Standard for New Sources with EGUs
225.239  Periodic Emissions Testing Alternative Requirements  

225.240
General Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
225.250
Initial Certification and Recertification Procedures for Emissions Monitoring
225.260
Out of Control Periods for Emission Monitors

225.261  Additional Requirements to Provide Heat Input Data

225.263
Monitoring of Gross Electrical Output
225.265 Coal Analysis for Input Mercury Levels
225.270
Notifications
225.290
Recordkeeping and Reporting
225.295
Treatment of Mercury Allowances

225.291  Combined Pollutant Standard: Purpose
225.292  Applicability of the Combined Pollutant Standard
225.293  Combined Pollutant Standard: Notice of Intent

225.294 Combined Pollutant Standard: Control Technology Requirements and Emissions Standards for Mercury
225.295 Combined Pollutant Standard: Emissions Standards for NOx and SO2
225.296 Combined Pollutant Standard: Control Technology Requirements for NOx, SO2, and PM Emissions

225.297  Combined Pollutant Standard: Permanent Shut-Downs

225.298 Combined Pollutant Standard: Requirements for NOx and SO2 Allowances

225.299  Combined Pollutant Standard: Clean Air Act Requirements
 

 
SUBPART C: CLEAN AIR ACT INTERSTATE RULE (CAIR) SO2 TRADING PROGRAM

Section
225.300  Purpose
225.305  Applicability

 
225.310
Compliance Requirements
225.315
Appeal Procedures
225.320
Permit Requirements
225.325
Trading Program
 
SUBPART D: CAIR NOx ANNUAL TRADING PROGRAM

Section
225.400  Purpose
225.405  Applicability
225.410  Compliance Requirements
225.415  Appeal Procedures
225.420  Permit Requirements
225.425  Annual Trading Budget
225.430  Timing for Annual Allocations

225.435  Methodology for Calculating Annual Allocations
225.440  Annual Allocations
225.445  New Unit Set-Aside (NUSA)

225.450 Monitoring, Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Gross Electrical Output and Useful Thermal Energy

225.455  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA)

225.460 Energy Efficiency and Conservation, Renewable Energy, and Clean Technology Projects

225.465  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Allowances
225.470  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Applications
225.475  Agency Action on Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Applications
225.480  Compliance Supplement Pool

 

 
SUBPART E: CAIR NOx OZONE SEASON TRADING PROGRAM

Section
225.500  Purpose
225.505  Applicability
225.510  Compliance Requirements
225.515  Appeal Procedures
225.520  Permit Requirements
225.525  Ozone Season Trading Budget
225.530  Timing for Ozone Season Allocations
225.535  Methodology for Calculating Ozone Season Allocations
225.540  Ozone Season Allocations
225.545  New Unit Set-Aside (NUSA)

225.550 Monitoring, Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Gross Electrical Output and Useful Thermal Energy

225.555  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA)

225.560 Energy Efficiency and Conservation, Renewable Energy, and Clean Technology Projects

225.565  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Allowances
225.570  Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Applications
225.575  Agency Action on Clean Air Set-Aside (CASA) Applications

 
SUBPART F: COMBINED POLLUTANT STANDARDS

225.600  Purpose
225.605  Applicability
225.610  Notice of Intent
225.615  Control Technology Requirements and Emissions Standards for Mercury

225.620 Emissions Standards for NOx and SO2

225.625  Control Technology Requirements for NOx, SO2, and PM Emissions
225.630  Permanent Shut-Downs

225.635 Requirements for CAIR SO2, CAIR NOx, and CAIR NOx Ozone Season Allowances

225.640  Clean Air Act Requirements
 

  
225.APPENDIX A Specified EGUs for Purposes of the CPSSubpart F (Midwest Generation’s Coal-Fired Boilers as of July 1, 2006)
   
225.APPENDIX B
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems for Mercury
AUTHORITY: Implementing and authorized by Section 27 of the Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/27].
SOURCE: Adopted in R06-25 at 31 Ill. Reg. 129, effective December 21, 2006; amended in R06-26 at 31 Ill. Reg. 12864, effective August 31, 2007.
 
  
SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 225.100 Severability

If any Section, subsection or clause of this Part is found invalid, such finding must not affect the validity of this Part as a whole or any Section, subsection or clause not found invalid.
 
 

 
Section 225.120 Abbreviations and Acronyms
 
Unless otherwise specified within this Part, the abbreviations used in this Part must be the same as those found in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211. The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this Part:
Act
Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5]
ACI
activated carbon injection

AETB    Air Emission Testing Body

Agency
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
Btu
British thermal unit
CAA
Clean Air Act [42 USC 7401 et seq.]
CAAPP
Clean Air Act Permit Program

CAIR    Clean Air Interstate Rule
CASA    Clean Air Set-Aside
CEMS    continuous emission monitoring system

CO2
carbon dioxide

CPS    Combined Pollutant Standard

CGO
converted gross electrical output
CRM
certified reference materials
CUTE
converted useful thermal energy
DAHS
data acquisition and handling system

dscm    dry standard cubic meters

EGU
electric generating unit

ESP    electrostatic precipitator

FGD
flue gas desulfurization

fpm    feet per minute 

GO
gross electrical output
GWh
gigawatt hour

HI    heat input
Hg    mercury

hr
hour
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
kg
kilogram
lb
pound

MPS    Multi-Pollutant Standard
MSDS    Material Safety Data Sheet

MW
megawatt
Mwe
megawatt electrical
MWh
megawatt hour
NAAQS
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NIST
National Institute of Standards and Technology
NOx
nitrogen oxides
NTRM
NIST Traceable Reference Material

NUSA    New Unit Set-Aside

ORIS
Office of Regulatory Information Systems
O2
oxygen
PM2.5
particles less than 2.5 micrometers in diameter
QA
quality assurance
QC
quality certification
RATA
relative accuracy test audit
RGFM
reference gas flow meter 
SO2
sulfur dioxide

SNCR    selective noncatalytic reduction
TTBS    Temporary Technology Based Standard
TCGO    total converted useful thermal energy
UTE    useful thermal energy

 
USEPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
yr
year    

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 

 
 
Section 225.130 Definitions

The following definitions apply for the purposes of this Part. Unless otherwise defined in this Section or a different meaning for a term is clear from its context, the terms used in this Part have the meanings specified in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211.
 
“Agency” means the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency. [415 ILCS 5/3.105]
 

“Averaging demonstration” means, with regard to Subpart B of this Part, a demonstration of compliance that is based on the combined performance of EGUs at two or more sources.

 
“Base Emission Rate” means, for a group of EGUs subject to emission standards for NOx and SO2 pursuant to Section 225.233, the average emission rate of NOx or SO2 from the EGUs, in pounds per million Btu heat input, for calendar years 2003 through 2005 (or, for seasonal NOx, the 2003 through 2005 ozone seasons), as determined from the data collected and quality assured by the USEPA, pursuant to the 40 CFR 72 and 96 federal Acid Rain and NOx Budget Trading Programs, for the emissions and heat input of that group of EGUs.
 
“Board” means the Illinois Pollution Control Board. [415 ILCS 5/3.130]
 
“Boiler” means an enclosed fossil or other fuel-fired combustion device used to produce heat and to transfer heat to recirculating water, steam, or other medium.
 
“Bottoming-cycle cogeneration unit” means a cogeneration unit in which the energy input to the unit is first used to produce useful thermal energy and at least some of the reject heat from the useful thermal energy application or process is then used for electricity production.
 
“CAIR authorized account representative” means, for the purpose of general accounts, a responsible natural person who is authorized, in accordance with 40 CFR 96, subparts BB, FF, BBB, FFF, BBBB, and FFFF to transfer and otherwise dispose of CAIR NOx, SO2, and NOx Ozone Season allowances, as applicable, held in the CAIR NOx, SO2, and NOx Ozone Season general account, and for the purpose of a CAIR NOx compliance account, a CAIR SO2 compliance account, or a CAIR NOx Ozone Season compliance account, the CAIR designated representative of the source.
 
“CAIR designated representative” means, for a CAIR NOx source, a CAIR SO2 source, and a CAIR NOx Ozone Season source and each CAIR NOx unit, CAIR SO2 unit and CAIR NOx Ozone Season unit at the source, the natural person who is authorized by the owners and operators of the source and all such units at the source, in accordance with 40 CFR 96, subparts BB, FF, BBB, FFF, BBBB, and FFFF as applicable, to represent and legally bind each owner and operator in matters pertaining to the CAIR NOx Annual Trading Program, CAIR SO2 Trading Program, and CAIR NOx Ozone Season Trading Program, as applicable. For any unit that is subject to one or more of the following programs: CAIR NOx Annual Trading Program, CAIR SO2 Trading Program, CAIR NOx Ozone Season Trading Program, or the federal Acid Rain Program, the designated representative for the unit must be the same natural person for all programs applicable to the unit.
 
“Coal” means any solid fuel classified as anthracite, bituminous, subbituminous, or lignite by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specification for Classification of Coals by Rank D388-77, 90, 91, 95, 98a, or 99 (Reapproved 2004).
 


“Coal-derived fuel” means any fuel (whether in a solid, liquid or gaseous state) produced by the mechanical, thermal, or chemical processing of coal.
 

“Coal-fired” means:
 
For purposes of Subparts B and F, or for purposes of allocating allowances under Sections 225.435, 225.445, 225.535, and 225.545, combusting any amount of coal or coal-derived fuel, alone or in combination with any amount of any other fuel, during a specified year;
 
Except as provided above, combusting any amount of coal or coal-derived fuel, alone or in combination with any amount of any other fuel.
 
“Cogeneration unit” means, for the purposes of Subparts C, D, and E, a stationary, fossil fuel-fired boiler or a stationary, fossil fuel-fired combustion turbine of which both of the following conditions are true:
 
It uses equipment to produce electricity and useful thermal energy for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes through the sequential use of energy; and
 
It produces either of the following during the 12-month period beginning on the date the unit first produces electricity and during any subsequent calendar year after that in which the unit first produces electricity:
 
     For a topping-cycle cogeneration unit, both of the following:
 
Useful thermal energy not less than five percent of total energy output; and
 
Useful power that, when added to one-half of useful thermal energy produced, is not less than 42.5 percent of total energy input, if useful thermal energy produced is 15 percent or more of total energy output, or not less than 45 percent of total energy input if useful thermal energy produced is less than 15 percent of total energy output; or
 
For a bottoming-cycle cogeneration unit, useful power not less than 45 percent of total energy input.
 
“Combined cycle system” means a system comprised of one or more combustion turbines, heat recovery steam generators, and steam turbines configured to improve overall efficiency of electricity generation or steam production.
 
“Combustion turbine” means:
 
An enclosed device comprising a compressor, a combustor, and a turbine and in which the flue gas resulting from the combustion of fuel in the combustor passes through the turbine, rotating the turbine; and
 
If the enclosed device described in the above paragraph of this definition is combined cycle, any associated duct burner, heat recovery steam generator and steam turbine.
 
“Commence commercial operation” means, for the purposes of Subparts B and F of this Part, with regard to an EGU that serves a generator, to have begun to produce steam, gas, or other heated medium used to generate electricity for sale or use, including test generation. Such date must remain the unit's date of commencement of operation even if the EGU is subsequently modified, reconstructed or repowered. For the purposes of Subparts C, D and E, “commence commercial operation” is as defined in Section 225.150.
 
“Commence construction” means, for the purposes of Section 225.460(f), 225.470, 225.560(f), and 225.570, that the owner or owner’s designee has obtained all necessary preconstruction approvals (e.g., zoning) or permits and either has:
 

  
Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual on-site construction of the source, to be completed within a reasonable time; or
Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which cannot be cancelled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction of the source to be completed within a reasonable time.

For purposes of this definition:
 

 
“Construction” shall be determined as any physical change or change in the method of operation, including but not limited to fabrication, erection, installation, demolition, or modification of projects eligible for CASA allowances, as set forth in Sections 225.460 and 225.560.

“A reasonable time” shall be determined considering but not limited to the following factors: the nature and size of the project, the extent of design engineering, the amount of off-site preparation, whether equipment can be fabricated or can be purchased, when the project begins (considering both the seasonal nature of the construction activity and the existence of other projects competing for construction labor at the same time, the place of the environmental permit in the sequence of corporate and overall governmental approval), and the nature of the project sponsor (e.g., private, public, regulated).
 
“Commence operation”, for purposes of Subparts C, D and E, means:
 

 
To have begun any mechanical, chemical, or electronic process, including, for the purpose of a unit, start-up of a unit’s combustion chamber, except as provided in 40 CFR 96.105, 96.205, or 96.305, as incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.

For a unit that undergoes a physical change (other than replacement of the unit by a unit at the same source) after the date the unit commences operation as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition, such date will remain the date of commencement of operation of the unit, which will continue to be treated as the same unit.
 
For a unit that is replaced by a unit at the same source (e.g., repowered), after the date the unit commences operation as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition, such date will remain the replaced unit’s date of commencement of operation, and the replacement unit will be treated as a separate unit with a separate date for commencement of operation as set forth in this definition as appropriate.
 
“Common stack” means a single flue through which emissions from two or more units are exhausted.
 
“Compliance account” means:
 
For the purposes of Subparts D and E, a CAIR NOx Allowance Tracking System account, established by USEPA for a CAIR NOx source or CAIR NOx Ozone Season source pursuant to 40 CFR 96, subparts FF and FFFF in which any CAIR NOx allowance or CAIR NOx Ozone Season allowance allocations for the CAIR NOx units or CAIR NOx Ozone Season units at the source are initially recorded and in which are held any CAIR NOx or CAIR NOx Ozone Season allowances available for use for a control period in order to meet the source’s CAIR NOx or CAIR NOx Ozone Season emissions limitations in accordance with Sections 225.410 and 225.510, and 40 CFR 96.154 and 96.354, as incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. CAIR NOx allowances may not be used for compliance with the CAIR NOx Ozone Season Trading Program and CAIR NOx Ozone Season allowances may not be used for compliance with the CAIR NOx Annual Trading Program; or
 
For the purposes of Subpart C, a “compliance account” means a CAIR SO2 compliance account, established by the USEPA for a CAIR SO2 source pursuant to 40 CFR 96, subpart FFF, in which any SO2 units at the source are initially recorded and in which are held any SO2 allowances available for use for a control period in order to meet the source’s CAIR SO2 emissions limitations in accordance with Section 225.310 and 40 CFR 96.254, as incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
“Control period” means:
 
For the CAIR SO2 and NOx Annual Trading Programs in Subparts C and D, the period beginning January 1 of a calendar year, except as provided in Sections 225.310(d)(3) and 225.410(d)(3), and ending on December 31 of the same year, inclusive; or
 
For the CAIR NOx Ozone Season Trading Program in Subpart E, the period beginning May 1 of a calendar year, except as provided in Section 225.510(d)(3), and ending on September 30 of the same year, inclusive.
 


“Designated representative” means, for the purposes of Subpart B of this Part, the natural person as defined in 40 CFR 60.4102, and is the same natural person as the person who is the designated representative for the CAIR trading and Acid Rain programs.
 
“Electric generating unit” or “EGU” means a fossil fuel-fired stationary boiler, combustion turbine or combined cycle system that serves a generator that has a nameplate capacity greater than 25 MWe and produces electricity for sale.
 

“Flue” means a conduit or duct through which gases or other matter is exhausted to the atmosphere.
 

“Fossil fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, coal, or any form of solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such material.
 
“Fossil fuel-fired” means the combusting of any amount of fossil fuel, alone or in combination with any other fuel in any calendar year.
 

“Generator” means a device that produces electricity.
 

“Gross electrical output” means the total electrical output from an EGU before making any deductions for energy output used in any way related to the production of energy. For an EGU generating only electricity, the gross electrical output is the output from the turbine/generator set.
 
“Heat input” means, for the purposes of Subparts C, D, and E, a specified period of time, the product (in mmBtu/hr) of the gross calorific value of the fuel (in Btu/lb) divided by 1,000,000 Btu/mmBtu and multiplied by the fuel feed rate into a combustion device (in lb of fuel/time), as measured, recorded and reported to USEPA by the CAIR designated representative and determined by USEPA in accordance with 40 CFR 96, subpart HH, HHH, or HHHH, if applicable, and excluding the heat derived from preheated combustion air, recirculated flue gases, or exhaust from other sources.
 
“Higher heating value” or “HHV” means the total heat liberated per mass of fuel burned (Btu/lb), when fuel and dry air at standard conditions undergo complete combustion and all resultant products are brought to their standard states at standard conditions.
 
“Input mercury” means the mass of mercury that is contained in the coal combusted within an EGU.
 
“Integrated gasification combined cycle” or “IGCC” means a coal-fired electric utility steam generating unit that burns a synthetic gas derived from coal in a combined-cycle gas turbine. No coal is directly burned in the unit during operation.
 
“Long-term cold storage” means the complete shutdown of a unit intended to last for an extended period of time (at least two calendar years) where notice for long-term cold storage is provided under 40 CFR 75.61(a) (7).

“Nameplate capacity” means, starting from the initial installation of a generator, the maximum electrical generating output (in MWe) that the generator is capable of producing on a steady-state basis and during continuous operation (when not restricted by seasonal or other deratings) as of such installation as specified by the manufacturer of the generator or, starting from the completion of any subsequent physical change in the generator resulting in an increase in the maximum electrical generating output (in MWe) that the generator is capable of producing on a steady-state basis and during continuous operation (when not restricted by seasonal or other deratings), such increased maximum amount as of completion as specified by the person conducting the physical change.
 
“NIST traceable elemental mercury standards” means either:

(1) Compressed gas cylinders having known concentrations of elemental mercury, which have been prepared according to the "EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards"; or

(2) Calibration gases having known concentrations of elemental mercury, produced by a generator that fully meets the performance requirements of the "EPA Traceability Protocol for Qualification and Certification of Elemental Mercury Gas Generators."

 
“NIST traceable source of oxidized mercury” means a generator that is capable of providing known concentrations of vapor phase mercuric chloride (HgCl2), and that fully meets the performance requirements of the "EPA Traceability Protocol for Qualification and Certification of Oxidized Mercury Gas Generators."

“Oil-fired unit” means a unit combusting fuel oil for more than 15.0 percent of the annual heat input in a specified year and not qualifying as coal-fired.

 
“Output-based emission standard” means, for the purposes of Subpart B of this Part, a maximum allowable rate of emissions of mercury per unit of gross electrical output from an EGU.
 
“Potential electrical output capacity” means 33 percent of a unit’s maximum design heat input, expressed in mmBtu/hr divided by 3.413 mmBtu/MWh, and multiplied by 8,760 hr/yr.
 
“Project sponsor” means a person or an entity, including but not limited to the owner or operator of an EGU or a not-for-profit group, that provides the majority of funding for an energy efficiency and conservation, renewable energy, or clean technology project as listed in Sections 225.460 and 225.560, unless another person or entity is designated by a written agreement as the project sponsor for the purpose of applying for NOx allowances or NOx Ozone Season allowances from the CASA.
 
“Rated-energy efficiency” means the percentage of thermal energy input that is recovered as useable energy in the form of gross electrical output, useful thermal energy, or both that is used for heating, cooling, industrial processes, or other beneficial uses as follows:
 
For electric generators, rated-energy efficiency is calculated as one kilowatt hour (3,413 Btu) of electricity divided by the unit’s design heat rate using the higher heating value of the fuel, and expressed as a percentage.
 
For combined heat and power projects, rated-energy efficiency is calculated using the following formula:
 
REE  =  ((GO + UTE)/HI) ´ 100
 
Where:
 
REE  =  Rated-energy efficiency, expressed as percentage.
GO  =  Gross electrical output of the system expressed in Btu/hr.

UTE =  Useful thermal output from the system that is used for heating, cooling, industrial processes or other beneficial uses, expressed in Btu/hr.

HI  =  Heat input, based upon the higher heating value of fuel, in Btu/hr.
 
“Repowered” means, for the purposes of an EGU, replacement of a coal-fired boiler with one of the following coal-fired technologies at the same source as the coal-fired boiler:
 
   Atmospheric or pressurized fluidized bed combustion;
 
   Integrated gasification combined cycle;
 
   Magnetohydrodynamics;
 
   Direct and indirect coal-fired turbines;
 
   Integrated gasification fuel cells; or
 
As determined by the USEPA in consultation with the United States Department of Energy, a derivative of one or more of the technologies under this definition and any other coal-fired technology capable of controlling multiple combustion emissions simultaneously with improved boiler or generation efficiency and with significantly greater waste reduction relative to the performance of technology in widespread commercial use as of January 1, 2005.
 
“Rolling 12-month basis” means, for the purposes of Subparts B and F of this Part, a determination made on a monthly basis from the relevant data for a particular calendar month and the preceding 11 calendar months (total of 12 months of data), with two exceptions. For determinations involving one EGU, calendar months in which the EGU does not operate (zero EGU operating hours) must not be included in the determination, and must be replaced by a preceding month or months in which the EGU does operate, so that the determination is still based on 12 months of data. For determinations involving two or more EGUs, calendar months in which none of the EGUs covered by the determination operates (zero EGU operating hours) must not be included in the determination, and must be replaced by preceding months in which at least one of the EGUs covered by the determination does operate, so that the determination is still based on 12 months of data.
 
“Total energy output” means, with respect to a cogeneration unit, the sum of useful power and useful thermal energy produced by the cogeneration unit.
 
“Useful thermal energy” means, for the purpose of a cogeneration unit, the thermal energy that is made available to an industrial or commercial process, excluding any heat contained in condensate return or makeup water:
 
Used in a heating application (e.g., space heating or domestic hot water heating); or
 
Used in a space cooling application (e.g., thermal energy used by an absorption chiller).
 

 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)

 

 
Section 225.140 Incorporations by Reference
 
The following materials are incorporated by reference. These incorporations do not include any later amendments or editions.
  
a) Appendix A, Subpart A, and Performance Specifications 2 and 3 of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, 60.17, 60.45a, 60.49a(k)(1) and (p), 60.50a(h), and 60.4170 through 60.4176 (2005).
b) 40 CFR 72.2 (2005).
 
cb) 40 CFR 75.4, 75.11 through 75.14, 75.16 through 75.19, 75.30, 75.34 through 75.37, 75.40 through 75.48, 75.53(e), 75.57(c)(2)(i) through 75.57(c)(2)(vi), 75.60 through 75.67, 75.71, 75.74(c), Sections 2.1.1.5, 2.1.1.2, 7.7, and 7.8 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 75, Appendix C to 40 CFR 75, Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F to 40 CFR 75 (2006).40 CFR 75 (2006).
  
dc) 40 CFR 78 (2006).
ed) 40 CFR 96, CAIR SO2Trading Program, subparts AAA (excluding 40 CFR 96.204 and 96.206), BBB, FFF, GGG, and HHH (2006).
  
fe) 40 CFR 96, CAIR NOx Annual Trading Program, subparts AA (excluding 40 CFR 96.104, 96.105(b)(2), and 96.106), BB, FF, GG, and HH (2006).
gf) 40 CFR 96, CAIR NOx Ozone Season Trading Program, subparts AAAA (excluding 40 CFR 96.304, 96.305(b)(2), and 96.306), BBBB, FFFF, GGGG, and HHHH (2006).
 
hg) ASTM. The following methods from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken PA 19428-2959, (610) 832-9585:
         
1) ASTM D388-77 (approved February 25, 1977), D388-90 (approved March 30, 1990), D388-91a (approved April 15, 1991), D388-95 (approved January 15, 1995), D388-98a (approved September 10, 1998), or D388-99 (approved September 10, 1999, reapproved in 2004), Classification of Coals by Rank.
2) ASTM D3173-03, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke (Approved April 10, 2003).
3) ASTM D3684-01, Standard Test Method for Total Mercury in Coal by the Oxygen Bomb Combustion/Atomic Absorption Method (Approved October 10, 2001).
4) ASTM D4840-99, Standard Guide for Sampling Chain-of-Custody Procedures (Reapproved 2004).
54) ASTM D5865-04, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke (Approved April 1, 2004).
65) ASTM D6414-01, Standard Test Method for Total Mercury in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues by Acid Extraction or Wet Oxidation/Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption (Approved October 10, 2001).
76) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method) (Approved April 10, 2002).
8) ASTM D6911-03, Standard Guide for Packaging and Shipping Environmental Samples for Laboratory Analysis.
9) ASTM D7036-04, Standard Practice for Competence of Air Emission Testing Bodies.
 
ih) Federal Energy Management Program, M&V Guidelines: Measurement and Verification for Federal Energy Projects, US Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Version 2.2, DOE/GO-102000-0960 (September 2000).
 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)

 

 
Section 225.150
Commence Commercial Operation

Commence commercial operation means, for the purposes of Subparts C, D and E, with regard to a unit:
 

 
a) To have begun to produce steam, gas, or other heated medium used to generate electricity for sale or use, including test generation, except as provided in 40 CFR 96.105, 96.205, or 96.305, as incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
  
1) For a unit that is a CAIR SO2 unit, CAIR NOx unit, or a CAIR NOx Ozone Season unit pursuant to Sections 225.305, 225.405, and 225.505, respectively, on the date the unit commences commercial operation on the later of November 15, 1990 or the date the unit commences commercial operation as defined in subsection (a) of this Section and that subsequently undergoes a physical change (other than replacement of the unit by a unit at the same source), such date will remain the unit’s date of commencement of commercial operation, which will continue to be treated as the same unit.
2) For a unit that is a CAIR SO2 unit, CAIR NOx unit, or a CAIR NOx Ozone Season unit pursuant to Sections 225.305, 225.405, and 225.505, respectively, on the later of November 15, 1990 or the date the unit commences commercial operation as defined in subsection (a) of this Section and that is subsequently replaced by a unit at the same source (e.g., repowered), such date will remain the replaced unit’s date of commencement of commercial operation, and the replacement unit will be treated as a separate unit with a separate date for commencement of commercial operation as defined in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section as appropriate.
 
b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section and except as provided in 40 CFR 96.105, 96.205, or 96.305 for a unit that is not a CAIR SO2 unit, CAIR NOx unit, or a CAIR NOx Ozone Season unit pursuant to Section 225.305, 225.405, or 225.505, respectively, on the later of November 15, 1990 or the date the unit commences commercial operation as defined in subsection (a) of this Section, the unit’s date for commencement of commercial operation will be the date on which the unit becomes a CAIR SO2 unit, CAIR NOx unit, or CAIR NOx Ozone Season unit pursuant to Section 225.305, 225.405, or 225.505, respectively.
  
1) For a unit with a date for commencement of commercial operation as defined in subsection (b) of this Section and that subsequently undergoes a physical change (other than replacement of the unit by a unit at the same source), such date will remain the unit’s date of commencement of commercial operation, which shall continue to be treated as the same unit.
2) For a unit with a date for commencement of commercial operation as defined in subsection (b) of this Section and that is subsequently replaced by a unit at the same source (e.g., repowered), such date will remain the replaced unit’s date of commencement of commercial operation, and the replacement unit will be treated as a separate unit with a separate date for commencement of commercial operation as defined in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section as appropriate.

(Source: Added at 31 Ill. Reg. 12864, effective August 31, 2007)
 

 
 
SUBPART B: CONTROL OF MERCURY EMISSIONS FROM COAL-FIRED ELECTRIC GENERATING UNITS
 
Section 225.200 Purpose
 
The purpose of this Subpart B is to control the emissions of mercury from coal-fired EGU operating in Illinois.
 

Section 225.202  Measurement Methods
 
Measurement of mercury must be according to the following:
 

 
a) Continuous emission monitoring pursuant to Appendix B to this Part or an alternative emissions monitoring system, alternative reference method for measuring emissions, or other alternative to the emissions monitoring and measurement requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290, if such alternative is submitted to the Agency in writing and approved in writing by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section. 40 CFR 75 (2005).
 
b) ASTM D3173-03, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke (Approved April 10, 2003), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
c) ASTM D3684-01, Standard Test Method for Total Mercury in Coal by the Oxygen Bomb Combustion/Atomic Absorption Method (Approved October 10, 2001), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
d) ASTM D5865-04, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke (Approved April 1, 2004), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
 
e) ASTM D6414-01, Standard Test Method for Total Mercury in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues by Acid Extraction or Wet Oxidation/Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption (Approved October 10, 2001), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
    
f) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method) (Approved April 10, 2002), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
g) Emissions testing pursuant to Appendix A of 40 CFR 60.
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
Section 225.205 Applicability
 
The following stationary coal-fired boilers and stationary coal-fired combustion turbines are EGUs and are subject to this Subpart B:
 
a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section, a unit serving, at any time since the start-up of the unit’s combustion chamber, a generator with nameplate capacity of more than 25 MWe producing electricity for sale.
 
b) For a unit that qualifies as a cogeneration unit during the 12-month period starting on the date the unit first produces electricity and continues to qualify as a cogeneration unit, a cogeneration unit serving at any time a generator with nameplate capacity of more than 25 MWe and supplying in any calendar year more than one-third of the unit's potential electric output capacity or 219,000 MWh, whichever is greater, to any utility power distribution system for sale. If a unit qualifies as a cogeneration unit during the 12-month period starting on the date the unit first produces electricity but subsequently no longer qualifies as a cogeneration unit, the unit must be subject to subsection (a) of this Section starting on the day on which the unit first no longer qualifies as a cogeneration unit.
 
Section 225.210
Compliance Requirements
 
a) Permit Requirements.
 
The owner or operator of each source with one or more EGUs subject to this Subpart B at the source must apply for a CAAPP permit that addresses the applicable requirements of this Subpart B.
 
b) Monitoring and Testing Requirements.
  
1)
The owner or operator of each source and each EGU at the source must comply with either the monitoring requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290 of this Subpart B, the periodic emissions testing requirements of Section 225.239 of this Subpart B, or an alternative emissions monitoring system, alternative reference method for measuring emissions, or other alternative to the emissions monitoring and measurement requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290, if such alternative is submitted to the Agency in writing and approved in writing by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section.
2)
The compliance of each EGU with the mercury requirements of Sections 225.230 and 225.237 of this Subpart B must be determined by the emissions measurements recorded and reported in accordance with either Sections 225.240 through 225.290 of this Subpart B, Section 225.239 of this Subpart B, or an alternative emissions monitoring system, alternative reference method for measuring emissions, or other alternative to the emissions monitoring and measurement requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290, if such alternative is submitted to the Agency in writing and approved in writing by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section.

c)  Mercury Emission Reduction Requirements
 
The owner or operator of any EGU subject to this Subpart B must comply with applicable requirements for control of mercury emissions of Section 225.230 or Section 225.237 of this Subpart B.
 

 
d) Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements

Unless otherwise provided, the owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs at the source must keep on site at the source each of the documents listed in subsections (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this Section for a period of five years from the date the document is created. This period may be extended, in writing by the Agency, for cause, at any time prior to the end of five years.
 

 
1)
All emissions monitoring information gathered in accordance with Sections 225.240 through 225.290 and all periodic emissions testing information gathered in accordance with Section 225.239.

2)  Copies of all reports, compliance certifications, and other submissions and all records made or required or documents necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Subpart B.
 

 
3) Copies of all documents used to complete a permit application and any other submission under this Subpart B.
 
e) Liability.
  
1) The owner or operator of each source with one or more EGUs must meet the requirements of this Subpart B.
2) Any provision of this Subpart B that applies to a source must also apply to the owner and operator of such source and to the owner or operator of each EGU at the source.
   
3)  Any provision of this Subpart B that applies to an EGU must also apply to the owner or operator of such EGU.
f) Effect on Other Authorities. No provision of this Subpart B may be construed as exempting or excluding the owner or operator of a source or EGU from compliance with any other provision of an approved State Implementation Plan, a permit, the Act, or the CAA.
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
  
Section 225.220 Clean Air Act Permit Program (CAAPP) Permit Requirements
 
a) Application Requirements.
  
1) Each source with one or more EGUs subject to the requirements of this Subpart B is required to submit a CAAPP permit application that addresses all applicable requirements of this Subpart B, applicable to each EGU at the source.
2) For any EGU that commenced commercial operation:
 
A) on or before December 31, 2008, the owner or operator of such EGUs must submit an initial permit application or application for CAAPP permit modification that meets the requirements of this Section on or before December 31, 2008.
 
B) after December 31, 2008, the owner or operator of any such EGU must submit an initial CAAPP permit application or application for CAAPP modification that meets the requirements of this Section not later than 180 days before initial startup of the EGU, unless the construction permit issued for the EGU addresses the requirements of this Subpart B.
 
b) Contents of Permit Applications.

In addition to other information required for a complete application for CAAPP permit or CAAPP permit modification, the application must include the following information:
 

1) The ORIS (Office of Regulatory Information Systems) or facility code assigned to the source by the U.S. Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration, if applicable.
 
   
2) Identification of each EGU at the source.
3) The intended approach to the monitoring requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290 of this Subpart B, or, in the alternative, the applicant may include its intended approach to the testing requirement of Section 225.239 of this Subpart B.
4) The intended approach to the mercury emission reduction requirements of Section 225.230 or 225.237 of this Subpart B, as applicable.
 
c) Permit Contents.
  
1) Each CAAPP permit issued by the Agency for a source with one or more EGUs subject to the requirements of this Subpart B must contain federally enforceable conditions addressing all applicable requirements of this Subpart B, which conditions must be a complete and segregable portion of the source’s entire CAAPP permit.
2) In addition to conditions related to the applicable requirements of this Subpart B, each such CAAPP permit must also contain the information specified under subsection (b) of this Section.
 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)

 
Section 225.230  Emission Standards for EGUs at Existing Sources
 

 
a) Emission Standards.
1) Except as provided in Sections 225.230(b) and (d), 225.232 through 225.234, 225.239, and 225.291 through 225.299 of this Subpart B, beginning Beginning July 1, 2009, the owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs subject to this Subpart B that commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2008, must comply with one of the following standards for each EGU on a rolling 12-month basis:
 
 
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or

B)  A minimum 90-percent reduction of input mercury.
 

 
2) For an EGU complying with subsection (a)(1)(A) of this Section, the actual mercury emission rate of the EGU for each 12-month rolling period, as monitored in accordance with this Subpart B and calculated as follows, must not exceed the applicable emission standard:

       
 
Where:
 

ER = Actual mercury emissions rate of the EGU for the particular 12-month rolling period, expressed in lb/GWh.
Ei = Actual mercury emissions of the EGU, in lbs, in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period, as determined in accordance with the emissions monitoring provisions of this Subpart B.
Oi = Gross electrical output of the EGU, in GWh, in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period, as determined in accordance with Section 225.263 of this Subpart B.

 

 
3) For an EGU complying with subsection (a)(1)(B) of this Section, the actual control efficiency for mercury emissions achieved by the EGU for each 12-month rolling period, as monitored in accordance with this Subpart B and calculated as follows, must meet or exceed the applicable efficiency requirement:


 


Where:
 

CE  = Actual control efficiency for mercury emissions of the EGU for the particular 12-month rolling period, expressed as a percent.
 
Ei = Actual mercury emissions of the EGU, in lbs, in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period, as determined in accordance with the emissions monitoring provisions of this Subpart B.
Ii = Amount of mercury in the fuel fired in the EGU, in lbs, in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period, as determined in accordance with Section 225.265 of this Subpart B.
 
b) Alternative Emission Standards for Single EGUs.
  
1) As an alternative to compliance with the emission standards in subsection (a) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU may comply with the emission standards of this Subpart B by demonstrating that the actual emissions of mercury from the EGU are less than the allowable emissions of mercury from the EGU on a rolling 12-month basis.
2) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the alternative emission standards of this subsection (b), for each rolling 12-month period, the actual emissions of mercury from the EGU, as monitored in accordance with this Subpart B, must not exceed the allowable emissions of mercury from the EGU, as further provided by the following formulas:


 
 

 
Where:
 

E12 = Actual mercury emissions of the EGU for the particular 12-month rolling period.

A12 = Allowable mercury emissions of the EGU for the particular 12-month rolling period.
Ei = Actual mercury emissions of the EGU in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period.
Ai = Allowable mercury emissions of the EGU in an individual month in the 12-month rolling period, based on either the input mercury to the unit (AInput i) or the electrical output from the EGU (AOutput i), as selected by the owner or operator of the EGU for that given month.
AInput i = Allowable mercury emissions of the EGU in an individual month based on the input mercury to the EGU, calculated as 10.0 percent (or 0.100) of the input mercury to the EGU.
AOutput i = Allowable mercury emissions of the EGU in a particular month based on the electrical output from the EGU, calculated as the product of the output based mercury limit, i.e., 0.0080 lb/GWh, and the electrical output from the EGU, in GWh.
 

 
3) If the owner or operator of an EGU does not conduct the necessary sampling, analysis, and recordkeeping, in accordance with Section 225.265 of this Subpart B, to determine the mercury input to the EGU, the allowable emissions of the EGU must be calculated based on the electrical output of the EGU.
 
c)
If two or more EGUs are served by common stack(s) and the owner or operator conducts monitoring for mercury emissions in the common stack(s), as provided for by Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part, 40 CFR 75, Subpart I,such that the mercury emissions of each EGU are not determined separately, compliance of the EGUs with the applicable emission standards of this Subpart B must be determined as if the EGUs were a single EGU.
   
d) Alternative Emission Standards for Multiple EGUs.
1)  As an alternative to compliance with the emission standards of subsection (a) of this Section, the owner or operator of a source with multiple EGUs may comply with the emission standards of this Subpart B by demonstrating that the actual emissions of mercury from all EGUs at the source are less than the allowable emissions of mercury from all EGUs at the source on a rolling 12-month basis.
2) For the purposes of the alternative emission standard of subsection (d)(1) of this Section, for each rolling 12-month period, the actual emissions of mercury from all the EGUs at the source, as monitored in accordance with this Subpart B, must not exceed the sum of the allowable emissions of mercury from all the EGUs at the source, as further provided by the following formulas:


 



 



                          
 
Where:
 


ES = Sum of the actual mercury emissions of the EGUs at the source.
AS = Sum of the allowable mercury emissions of the EGUs at the source.
Ei = Actual mercury emissions of an individual EGU at the source, as determined in accordance with subsection (b)(2) of this Section.
Ai = Allowable mercury emissions of an individual EGU at the source, as determined in accordance with subsection (b)(2) of this Section.
n = Number of EGUs covered by the demonstration.
 

3) If an owner or operator of a source with two or more EGUs that is relying on this subsection (d) to demonstrate compliance fails to meet the requirements of this subsection (d) in a given 12-month rolling period, all EGUs at such source covered by the compliance demonstration are considered out of compliance with the applicable emission standards of this Subpart B for the entire last month of that period.

 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 

 
Section 225.232 Averaging Demonstrations for Existing Sources
 
a) Through December 31, 2013, as an alternative to compliance with the emission standards of Section 225.230(a) of this Subpart B, the owner or operator of an EGU may comply with the emission standards of this Subpart B by means of an Averaging Demonstration (Demonstration) that demonstrates that the actual emissions of mercury from the EGU and other EGUs at the source and other EGUs at other sources covered by the Demonstration are less than the allowable emissions of mercury from all EGUs covered by the Demonstration on a rolling 12-month basis.
 
b) The EGUs at each source covered by a Demonstration must also comply with one of the following emission standards on a source-wide basis for the period covered by the Demonstration:
 
1) An emission standard of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or
 
2)
A minimum 75 percent reduction of input mercury.
 
c)
For the purpose of this Section, compliance must be demonstrated using the equations in Section 225.230(a)(2), (a)(3), or (d)(2), as applicable, addressing all EGUs at the sources covered by the Demonstration, rather than by using only the EGUs at one source.
 
d) Limitations on Demonstrations.
   
1) The owners or operators of more than one existing source with EGUs can only participate in Demonstrations that include other existing sources that they own or operate.
2) Single Existing Source Demonstrations
A)  The owner or operator of only a single existing source with EGUs (i.e., City, Water, Light & Power, City of Springfield, ID 167120AAO; Kincaid Generating Station, ID 021814AAB; and Southern Illinois Power Cooperative/Marion Generating Station, ID 199856AAC) can only participate in Demonstrations with other such owners or operators of a single existing source of EGUs.
 
B)
Participation in Demonstrations under this Section by the owner or operator of only a single existing source with EGUs must be authorized through federally enforceable permit conditions for each such source participating in the Demonstration.
    
e) A source may be included in only one Demonstration during each rolling 12-month period.
f) The owner or operator of EGUs using Demonstrations to show compliance with this Subpart B must complete the determination of compliance for each 12-month rolling period no later than 60 days following the end of the period.
g) If averaging is used to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart B, the effect of a failure to demonstrate compliance will be that the compliance status of each source must be determined under Section 225.230 of this Subpart B as if the sources were not covered by a Demonstration.
h) For purposes of this Section, if the owner or operator of any source that participates in a Demonstration with an owner or operator of a source that does not maintain the required records, data, and reports for the EGUs at the source, or that does not submit copies of such records, data, or reports to the Agency upon request, then the effect of this failure will be deemed to be a failure to demonstrate compliance and the compliance status of each source must be determined under Section 225.230 of this Subpart B as if the sources were not covered by a Demonstration.

 


Section 225.233  Multi-Pollutant Standards (MPS)
 

 
a) General.
  
1) As an alternative to compliance with the emissions standards of Section 225.230(a), the owner of eligible EGUs may elect for those EGUs to demonstrate compliance pursuant to this Section, which establishes control requirements and standards for emissions of NOx and SO2, as well as for emissions of mercury.
2) For the purpose of this Section, the following requirements apply:
  
A) An eligible EGU is an EGU that is located in Illinois and which commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2004; and
B) Ownership of an eligible EGU is determined based on direct ownership, by the holding of a majority interest in a company that owns the EGU or EGUs, or by the common ownership of the company that owns the EGU, whether through a parent-subsidiary relationship, as a sister corporation, or as an affiliated corporation with the same parent corporation, provided that the owner has the right or authority to submit a CAAPP application on behalf of the EGU.
 
3) The owner of one or more EGUs electing to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart B pursuant to this Section must submit an application for a CAAPP permit modification to the Agency, as provided in Section 225.220, that includes the information specified in subsection (b) of this Section and which clearly states the owner’s election to demonstrate compliance pursuant to this Section 225.233.
 
A) If the owner of one or more EGUs elects to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart pursuant to this Section, then all EGUs it owns in Illinois as of July 1, 2006, as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B) of this Section, must be thereafter subject to the standards and control requirements of this Section, except as provided in subsection (a)(3)(B). Such EGUs must be referred to as a Multi-Pollutant Standard (MPS) Group.
B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the owner may exclude from an MPS Group any EGU scheduled for permanent shutdown that the owner so designates in its CAAPP application required to be submitted pursuant to subsection (a)(3) of this Section, with compliance for such units to be achieved by means of Section 225.235.
 
 
4) When an EGU is subject to the requirements of this Section, the requirements apply to all owners or operators of the EGU, and to the designated representative for the EGU.
 
b) Notice of Intent.

The owner of one or more EGUs that intends to comply with this Subpart B by means of this Section must notify the Agency of its intention by December 31, 2007. The following information must accompany the notification:
 

     
1) The identification of each EGU that will be complying with this Subpart B by means of the multi-pollutant standards contained in this Section, with evidence that the owner has identified all EGUs that it owned in Illinois as of July 1, 2006 and which commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2004;
2) If an EGU identified in subsection (b)(1) of this Section is also owned or operated by a person different than the owner submitting the notice of intent, a demonstration that the submitter has the right to commit the EGU or authorization from the responsible official for the EGU accepting the application;
3) The Base Emission Rates for the EGUs, with copies of supporting data and calculations;
4) A summary of the current control devices installed and operating on each EGU and identification of the additional control devices that will likely be needed for the each EGU to comply with emission control requirements of this Section, including identification of each EGU in the MPS group that will be addressed by subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section, with information showing that the eligibility criteria for this subsection (b) are satisfied; and
5) Identification of each EGU that is scheduled for permanent shut down, as provided by Section 225.235, which will not be part of the MPS Group and which will not be demonstrating compliance with this Subpart B pursuant to this Section.

c)  Control Technology Requirements for Emissions of Mercury.
 

 
1) Requirements for EGUs in an MPS Group.
 
A) For each EGU in an MPS Group other than an EGU that is addressed by subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section for the period beginning July 1, 2009 (or December 31, 2009 for an EGU for which an SO2 scrubber or fabric filter is being installed to be in operation by December 31, 2009), and ending on December 31, 2014 (or such earlier date that the EGU is subject to the mercury emission standard in subsection (d)(1) of this Section), the owner or operator of the EGU must install, to the extent not already installed, and properly operate and maintain one of the following emission control devices:
  
i) A Halogenated Activated Carbon Injection System, complying with the sorbent injection requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section, except as may be otherwise provided by subsection (c)(4) of this Section, and followed by a Cold-Side Electrostatic Precipitator or Fabric Filter; or
ii) If the boiler fires bituminous coal, a Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) System and an SO2 Scrubber.
 
B) An owner of an EGU in an MPS Group has two options under this subsection (c). For an MPS Group that contains EGUs smaller than 90 gross MW in capacity, the owner may designate any such EGUs to be not subject to subsection (c)(1)(A) of this Section. Or, for an MPS Group that contains EGUs with gross MW capacity of less than 115 MW, the owner may designate any such EGUs to be not subject to subsection (c)(1)(A) of this Section, provided that the aggregate gross MW capacity of the designated EGUs does not exceed 4% of the total gross MW capacity of the MPS Group. For any EGU subject to one of these two options, unless the EGU is subject to the emission standards in subsection (d)(2) of this Section, beginning on January 1, 2013, and continuing until such date that the owner or operator of the EGU commits to comply with the mercury emission standard in subsection (d)(2) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must install and properly operate and maintain a Halogenated Activated Carbon Injection System that complies with the sorbent injection requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section, except as may be otherwise provided by subsection (c)(4) of this Section, and followed by either a Cold-Side Electrostatic Precipitator or Fabric Filter. The use of a properly installed, operated, and maintained Halogenated Activated Carbon Injection System that meets the sorbent injection requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section is defined as the “principal control technique.”
 
2) For each EGU for which injection of halogenated activated carbon is required by subsection (c)(1) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must inject halogenated activated carbon in an optimum manner, which, except as provided in subsection (c)(4) of this Section, is defined as all of the following:
A) The use of an injection system designed for effective absorption of mercury, considering the configuration of the EGU and its ductwork;
 
  
B) The injection of halogenated activated carbon manufactured by Alstom, Norit, or Sorbent Technologies, or Calgon Carbon's FLUEPAC MC Plus, or the injection of any other halogenated activated carbon or sorbent that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated to have similar or better effectiveness for control of mercury emissions; and
C) The injection of sorbent at the following minimum rates, as applicable:
 
i) For an EGU firing subbituminous coal, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or, for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 2.5 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
 
ii) For an EGU firing bituminous coal, 10.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
  
iii) For an EGU firing a blend of subbituminous and bituminous coal, a rate that is the weighted average of the above rates, based on the blend of coal being fired; or
iv) A rate or rates set lower by the Agency, in writing, than the rate specified in any of subsections (c)(2)(C)(i), (c)(2)(C)(ii), or (c)(2)(C)(iii) of this Section on a unit-specific basis, provided that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated that such rate or rates are needed so that carbon injection will not increase particulate matter emissions or opacity so as to threaten noncompliance with applicable requirements for particulate matter or opacity.
 
D) For the purposes of subsection (c)(2)(C) of this Section, the flue gas flow rate must be determined for the point of sorbent injection; provided that this flow rate may be assumed to be identical to the stack flow rate if the gas temperatures at the point of injection and the stack are normally within 100o F, or the flue gas flow rate may otherwise be calculated from the stack flow rate, corrected for the difference in gas temperatures.
 
3) The owner or operator of an EGU that seeks to operate an EGU with an activated carbon injection rate or rates that are set on a unit-specific basis pursuant to subsection (c)(2)(C)(iv) of this Section must submit an application to the Agency proposing such rate or rates, and must meet the requirements of subsections (c)(3)(A) and (c)(3)(B) of this Section, subject to the limitations of subsections (c)(3)(C) and (c)(3)(D) of this Section:
    
A) The application must be submitted as an application for a new or revised federally enforceable operating permit for the EGU, and it must include a summary of relevant mercury emission data for the EGU, the unit-specific injection rate or rates that are proposed, and detailed information to support the proposed injection rate or rates; and
B) This application must be submitted no later than the date that activated carbon must first be injected. For example, the owner or operator of an EGU that must inject activated carbon pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(A) of this subsection must apply for unit-specific injection rate or rates by July 1, 2009. Thereafter, the owner or operator of the EGU may supplement its application; and
C) Any decision of the Agency denying a permit or granting a permit with conditions that set a lower injection rate or rates may be appealed to the Board pursuant to Section 39 of the Act; and
D) The owner or operator of an EGU may operate at the injection rate or rates proposed in its application until a final decision is made on the application, including a final decision on any appeal to the Board.
 
4) During any evaluation of the effectiveness of a listed sorbent, an alternative sorbent, or other technique to control mercury emissions, the owner or operator of an EGU need not comply with the requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section for any system needed to carry out the evaluation, as further provided as follows:
   
A) The owner or operator of the EGU must conduct the evaluation in accordance with a formal evaluation program submitted to the Agency at least 30 days prior to commencement of the evaluation;
B) The duration and scope of the evaluation may not exceed the duration and scope reasonably needed to complete the desired evaluation of the alternative control technique, as initially addressed by the owner or operator in a support document submitted with the evaluation program;
C) The owner or operator of the EGU must submit a report to the Agency no later than 30 days after the conclusion of the evaluation that describes the evaluation conducted and which provides the results of the evaluation; and
D) If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows less effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU than was achieved with the principal control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must resume use of the principal control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows comparable effectiveness to the principal control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU may either continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is at least as effective as the principal control technique, or it may resume use of the principal control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows more effective control of mercury emissions than the control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is more effective than the principal control technique, so long as it continues to be subject to this subsection (c).
 
 
5) In addition to complying with the applicable recordkeeping and monitoring requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with this Subpart B by means of this Section must also comply with the following additional requirements:
 
A) For the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must maintain records of the usage of sorbent, the exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, and the sorbent feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on a weekly average;
 
B) After the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must monitor activated sorbent feed rate to the EGU, flue gas temperature at the point of sorbent injection, and exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, automatically recording this data and the sorbent carbon feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on an hourly average; and
 
C) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, it must keep records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of activated carbon, on a weekly basis.
 
6) As an alternative to the CEMS monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to comply with the emissions testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), (i)(3) and (4), and (j)(1).
 
76) In addition to complying with the applicable reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with this Subpart B by means of this Section must also submit quarterly reports for the recordkeeping and monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (c)(5) of this Section.
 
d) Emission Standards for Mercury.
      
1) For each EGU in an MPS Group that is not addressed by subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section, beginning January 1, 2015 (or such earlier date when the owner or operator of the EGU notifies the Agency that it will comply with these standards) and continuing thereafter, the owner or operator of the EGU must comply with one of the following standards on a rolling 12-month basis:
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or
B) A minimum 90-percent reduction of input mercury.
2) For each EGU in an MPS Group that has been addressed under subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section, beginning on the date when the owner or operator of the EGU notifies the Agency that it will comply with these standards and continuing thereafter, the owner or operator of the EGU must comply with one of the following standards on a rolling 12-month basis:
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or
B) A minimum 90-percent reduction of input mercury.
  
3) Compliance with the mercury emission standard or reduction requirement of this subsection (d) must be calculated in accordance with Section 225.230(a) or (d).
4) Until June 30, 2012, as an alternative to demonstrating compliance with the emissions standards in this subsection (d), the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to comply with the emissions testing requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), (i)(3) and (4), and (j)(1) of this Subpart.
    
e) Emission Standards for NOx and SO2.
1) NOx Emission Standards.
A) Beginning in calendar year 2012 and continuing in each calendar thereafter, for the EGUs in each MPS Group, the owner and operator of the EGUs must comply with an overall NOx annual emission rate of no more than 0.11 lb/million Btu or an emission rate equivalent to 52 percent of the Base Annual Rate of NOx emissions, whichever is more stringent.
B) Beginning in the 2012 ozone season and continuing in each ozone season thereafter, for the EGUs in each MPS Group, the owner and operator of the EGUs must comply with an overall NOx seasonal emission rate of no more than 0.11 lb/million Btu or an emission rate equivalent to 80 percent of the Base Seasonal Rate of NOx emissions, whichever is more stringent.
 
2) SO2 Emission Standards.
  
A) Beginning in calendar year 2013 and continuing in calendar year 2014, for the EGUs in each MPS Group, the owner and operator of the EGUs must comply with an overall SO2 annual emission rate of 0.33 lbs/million Btu or a rate equivalent to 44 percent of the Base Rate of SO2 emissions, whichever is more stringent.
B) Beginning in calendar year 2015 and continuing in each calendar year thereafter, for the EGUs in each MPS Grouping, the owner and operator of the EGUs must comply with an overall annual emission rate for SO2 of 0.25 lbs/million Btu or a rate equivalent to 35 percent of the Base Rate of SO2 emissions, whichever is more stringent.
 
3) Compliance with the NOx and SO2 emission standards must be demonstrated in accordance with Sections 225.310, 225.410, and 225.510. The owner or operator of EGUs must complete the demonstration of compliance before March 1 of the following year for annual standards and before November 1 for seasonal standards, by which date a compliance report must be submitted to the Agency.
    
f) Requirements for NOx and SO2 Allowances.
1) The owner or operator of EGUs in an MPS Group must not sell or trade to any person or otherwise exchange with or give to any person NOx allowances allocated to the EGUs in the MPS Group for vintage years 2012 and beyond that would otherwise be available for sale, trade, or exchange as a result of actions taken to comply with the standards in subsection (e) of this Section. Such allowances that are not retired for compliance must be surrendered to the Agency on an annual basis, beginning in calendar year 2013. This provision does not apply to the use, sale, exchange, gift, or trade of allowances among the EGUs in an MPS Group.
2) The owners or operators of EGUs in an MPS Group must not sell or trade to any person or otherwise exchange with or give to any person SO2 allowances allocated to the EGUs in the MPS Group for vintage years 2013 and beyond that would otherwise be available for sale or trade as a result of actions taken to comply with the standards in subsection (e) of this Section. Such allowances that are not retired for compliance, or otherwise surrendered pursuant to a consent decree to which the State of Illinois is a party, must be surrendered to the Agency on an annual basis, beginning in calendar year 2014. This provision does not apply to the use, sale, exchange, gift, or trade of allowances among the EGUs in an MPS Group.
3) The provisions of this subsection (f) do not restrict or inhibit the sale or trading of allowances that become available from one or more EGUs in a MPS Group as a result of holding allowances that represent over-compliance with the NOx or SO2 standard in subsection (e) of this Section, once such a standard becomes effective, whether such over-compliance results from control equipment, fuel changes, changes in the method of operation, unit shut downs, or other reasons.
  
4) For purposes of this subsection (f), NOx and SO2 allowances mean allowances necessary for compliance with Subpart W of Section 217 (NOx Trading Program for Electrical Generating Units)Sections 225.310, 225.410, or 225.510, 40 CFR 72, or subparts Subparts A through IA and AAAA of 40 CFR 96, or any future federal NOx or SO2 emissions trading programs that include Illinois sources. This Section does not prohibit the owner or operator of EGUs in an MPS Group from purchasing or otherwise obtaining allowances from other sources as allowed by law for purposes of complying with federal or state requirements, except as specifically set forth in this Section.
5) Before March 1, 2010, and continuing each year thereafter, the owner or operator of EGUs in an MPS Group must submit a report to the Agency that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this subsection (f) for the previous calendar year, and which includes identification of any allowances that have been surrendered to the USEPA or to the Agency and any allowances that were sold, gifted, used, exchanged, or traded because they became available due to over-compliance. All allowances that are required to be surrendered must be surrendered by August 31, unless USEPA has not yet deducted the allowances from the previous year. A final report must be submitted to the Agency by August 31 of each year, verifying that the actions described in the initial report have taken place or, if such actions have not taken place, an explanation of all changes that have occurred and the reasons for such changes. If USEPA has not deducted the allowances from the previous year by August 31, the final report must be due, and all allowances required to be surrendered must be surrendered, within 30 days after such deduction occurs.
 
g) Notwithstanding 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146(hhh), until an EGU has complied with the applicable emission standards of subsections (d) and (e) of this Section for 12 months, the owner or operator of the EGU must obtain a construction permit for any new or modified air pollution control equipment that it proposes to construct for control of emissions of mercury, NOx, or SO2.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 

 

Section 225.234  Temporary Technology-Based Standard for EGUs at Existing Sources  
 
a)  General.
 

 
1) At a source with EGUs that commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2008, for an EGU that meets the eligibility criteria in subsection (b) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU may temporarily comply with the requirements of this Section through June 30, 2015, as an alternative to compliance with the mercury emission standards in Section 225.230, as provided in subsections (c), (d), and (e) of this Section.
 
2) An EGU that is complying with the emission control requirements of this Subpart B by operating pursuant to this Section may not be included in a compliance demonstration involving other EGUs during the period that is operating pursuant to this Section.
 
3) The owner or operator of an EGU that is complying with this Subpart B by means of the temporary alternative emission standards of this Section is not excused from any of the applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements set forth in Sections 225.240 through 225.290.  
 
4) Until June 30, 2012, as an alternative to the CEMS monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to comply with the emissions testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), (i)(3) and (4), and (j)(1).

b)  Eligibility.
 
To be eligible to operate an EGU pursuant to this Section, the following criteria must be met for the EGU:
 

 
1) The EGU is equipped and operated with the air pollution control equipment or systems that include injection of halogenated activated carbon and either a cold-side electrostatic precipitator or a fabric filter.
 
2) The owner or operator of the EGU is injecting halogenated activated carbon in an optimum manner for control of mercury emissions, which must include injection of Alstrom, Norit, Sorbent Technologies, Calgon Carbon's FLUEPAC MC Plus, or other halogenated activated carbon that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated to have similar or better effectiveness for control of mercury emissions, at least at the following rates set forth in subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(D) of this Section, unless other provisions for injection of halogenated activated carbon are established in a federally enforceable operating permit issued for the EGU, using an injection system designed for effective absorption of mercury, considering the configuration of the EGU and its ductwork. For the purposes of this subsection (b)(2), the flue gas flow rate must be determined for the point of sorbent injection (provided, however, that this flow rate may be assumed to be identical to the stack flow rate if the gas temperatures at the point of injection and the stack are normally within 100º F) or may otherwise be calculated from the stack flow rate, corrected for the difference in gas temperatures.
A) For an EGU firing subbituminous coal, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet.

 

   
B) For an EGU firing bituminous coal, 10.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet.
C) For an EGU firing a blend of subbituminous and bituminous coal, a rate that is the weighted average of the above rates, based on the blend of coal being fired.
D) A rate or rates set on a unit-specific basis that are lower than the rate specified above to the extent that the owner or operator of the EGU demonstrates that such rate or rates are needed so that carbon injection would not increase particulate matter emissions or opacity so as to threaten compliance with applicable regulatory requirements for particulate matter or opacity.
 
3) The total capacity of the EGUs that operate pursuant to this Section does not exceed the applicable of the following values:
 
A) For the owner or operator of more than one existing source with EGUs, 25 percent of the total rated capacity, in MW, of all the EGUs at the existing sources that it owns or operates, other than any EGUs operating pursuant to Section 225.235 of this Subpart B.
 
B) For the owner or operator of only a single existing source with EGUs (i.e., City, Water, Light & Power, City of Springfield, ID 167120AAO; Kincaid Generating Station, ID 021814AAB; and Southern Illinois Power Cooperative/Marion Generating Station, ID 199856AAC), 25 percent of the total rated capacity, in MW, of the all the EGUs at the existing sources, other than any EGUs operating pursuant to Section 225.235.

c)  Compliance Requirements.
 
1)  Emission Control Requirements.
 
The owner or operator of an EGU that is operating pursuant to this Section must continue to maintain and operate the EGU to comply with the criteria for eligibility for operation pursuant to this Section, except during an evaluation of the current sorbent, alternative sorbents or other techniques to control mercury emissions, as provided by subsection (e) of this Section.
 
2)  Monitoring and Recordkeeping Requirements.
 
In addition to complying with all applicable reporting monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290 or Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), and i(3) and (4), the owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section must also:
 

   
A) Through December 31, 2012, it must maintain records of the usage of activated carbon, the exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, and the activated carbon feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on a weekly average.
B) Beginning January 1, 2013, it must monitor activated carbon feed rate to the EGU, flue gas temperature at the point of sorbent injection, and exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, automatically recording this data and the activated carbon feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on an hourly average.
C) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, it must maintain records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of halogenated activated carbon, on a weekly basis.

3)  Notification and Reporting Requirements.
 
In addition to complying with all applicable reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290 or Section 225.239(f)(1), (f)(2), and (j)(1), the owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section must also submit the following notifications and reports to the Agency:
 

 
A) Written notification prior to the month in which any of the following events will occur:
  
i) The EGU will no longer be eligible to operate under this Section due to a change in operation;
ii) The type of coal fired in the EGU will change; the mercury emission standard with which the owner or operator is attempting to comply for the EGU will change; or
 
iii) Operation under this Section will be terminated.
  
B) Quarterly reports for the recordkeeping and monitoring or emissions testing conducted pursuant to subsection (c)(2) of this Section.
C) Annual reports detailing activities conducted for the EGU to further improve control of mercury emissions, including the measures taken during the past year and activities planned for the current year.

d)  Applications to Operate under the Technology-Based Standard
 

 
1) Application Deadlines.

A)  The owner or operator of an EGU that is seeking to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section must submit an application to the Agency no later than three months prior to the date on which compliance with Section 225.230 of this Subpart B would otherwise have to be demonstrated. For example, the owner or operator of an EGU that is applying to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section on June 30, 2010, when compliance with applicable mercury emission standards must be first demonstrated, must apply by March 31, 2010 to operate under this Section.
 

  
B) Unless the Agency finds that the EGU is not eligible to operate pursuant to this Section or that the application for operation pursuant to this Section does not meet the requirements of subsection (d)(2) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU is authorized to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section beginning 60 days after receipt of the application by the Agency.
C) The owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section must reapply to operate pursuant to this Section:
 
i) If it operated the EGU pursuant to this Section 225.234 during the period of June 2010 through December 2012 and it seeks to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section 225.234 during the period from January 2013 through June 2015.
 
ii) If it is planning a physical change to or a change in the method of operation of the EGU, control equipment or practices for injection of activated carbon that is expected to reduce the level of control of mercury emissions.
2) Contents of Application. An application to operate an EGU pursuant to this Section 225.234 must be submitted as an application for a new or revised federally enforceable operating permit for the EGU, and it must include the following documents and information:

   

    
A) A formal request to operate pursuant to this Section showing that the EGU is eligible to operate pursuant to this Section and describing the reason for the request, the measures that have been taken for control of mercury emissions, and factors preventing more effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU.
B) The applicable mercury emission standard in Section 225.230(a) with which the owner or operator of the EGU is attempting to comply and a summary of relevant mercury emission data for the EGU.
C) If a unit-specific rate or rates for carbon injection are proposed pursuant to subsection (b)(2) of this Section, detailed information to support the proposed injection rates.
D) An action plan describing the measures that will be taken while operating under this Section to improve control of mercury emissions. This plan must address measures such as evaluation of alternative forms or sources of activated carbon, changes to the injection system, changes to operation of the unit that affect the effectiveness of mercury absorption and collection, changes to the particulate matter control device to improve performance, and changes to other emission control devices. For each measure contained in the plan, the plan must provide a detailed description of the specific actions that are planned, the reason that the measure is being pursued and the range of improvement in control of mercury that is expected, and the factors that affect the timing for carrying out the measure, together with the current schedule for the measure.

 e)  Evaluation of Alternative Control Techniques for Mercury Emissions.
   

 
1) During an evaluation of the effectiveness of the current sorbent, alternative sorbent, or other technique to control mercury emissions, the owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section need not comply with the eligibility criteria for operation pursuant to this Section as needed to carry out an evaluation of the practicality and effectiveness of such technique, subject to the following limitations:
    
A) The owner or operator of the EGU must conduct the evaluation in accordance with a formal evaluation program that it has submitted to the Agency at least 30 days prior to beginning the evaluation.
B) The duration and scope of the formal evaluation program must not exceed the duration and scope reasonably needed to complete the desired evaluation of the alternative control technique, as initially addressed by the owner or owner in a support document that it has submitted with the formal evaluation program pursuant to subsection (e)(1)(A) of this Section.
C) Notwithstanding 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146(hhh), the owner or operator of the EGU must obtain a construction permit for any new or modified air pollution control equipment to be constructed as part of the evaluation of the alternative control technique.
D) The owner or operator of the EGU must submit a report to the Agency, no later than 90 days after the conclusion of the formal evaluation program describing the evaluation that was conducted, and providing the results of the formal evaluation program.
 
2) If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows less effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU than achieved with the prior control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must resume use of the prior control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows comparable control effectiveness, the owner or operator of the EGU may either continue to use the alternative control technique in an optimum manner or resume use of the prior control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows more effective control of mercury emissions, the owner or operator of the EGU must continue to use the alternative control technique in an optimum manner, if it continues to operate pursuant to this Section.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 

 
Section 225.235
Units Scheduled for Permanent Shut Down
 
a)
The emission standards of Section 225.230(a) are not applicable to an EGU that will be permanently shut down as described in this Section.:
 
1) The owner or operator of an EGU that relies on this Section must complete the following actions before June 30, 2009:
   
A) Have notified the Agency that it is planning to permanently shut down the EGU by the applicable date specified in subsection (a)(3) or (4) of this Section. This notification must include a description of the actions that have already been taken to allow the shut down of the EGU and a description of the future actions that must be accomplished to complete the shut down of the EGU, with the anticipated schedule for those actions and the anticipated date of permanent shut down of the unit.
B) Have applied for a construction permit or be actively pursuing a federally enforceable agreement that requires the EGU to be permanently shut down in accordance with this Section.
C) Have applied for revisions to the operating permits for the EGU to include provisions that terminate the authorization to operate the unit in accordance with this Section.  
        
2)
The owner or operator of an EGU that relies on this Section must, before June 30, 2010, complete the following actions:
A)
Have obtained a construction permit or entered into a federally enforceable agreement as described in subsection (a)(1)(B) of this Section; or
B)
Have obtained revised operating permits in accordance with subsection (a)(1)(C) of this Section.
3)
The plan for permanent shut down of the EGU must provide for the EGU to be permanently shut down by no later than the applicable date specified below:
A)
If the owner or operator of the EGU is not constructing a new EGU or other generating unit to specifically replace the existing EGU, by December 31, 2010.
B)
If the owner or operator of the EGU is constructing a new EGU or other generating unit to specifically replace the existing EGU, by December 31, 2011.
4)
The owner or operator of the EGU must permanently shut down the EGU by the date specified in subsection (a)(3) of this Section, unless the owner or operator submits a demonstration to the Agency before the specified date showing that circumstances beyond its reasonable control (such as protracted delays in construction activity, unanticipated outage of another EGU, or protracted shakedown of a replacement unit) have occurred that interfere with the plan for permanent shut down of the EGU, in which case the Agency may accept the demonstration as substantiated and extend the date for shut down of the EGU as follows:
A)
If the owner or operator of the EGU is not constructing a new EGU or other generating unit to specifically replace the existing EGU, for up to one year, i.e., permanent shut down of the EGU to occur by no later than December 31, 2011; or
 
B) If the owner or operator of the EGU is constructing a new EGU or other generating unit to specifically replace the existing EGU, for up to 18 months, i.e., permanent shutdown of the EGU to occur by no later than June 30, 2013; provided, however, that after December 31, 2012, the existing EGU must only operate as a back-up unit to address periods when the new generating units are not in service.
 
b) Notwithstanding Sections 225.230 and 225.232, any EGU that is not required to comply with Section 225.230 pursuant to this Section must not be included when determining whether any other EGUs at the source or other sources are in compliance with Section 225.230.
    
c)
If an EGU, for which the owner or operator of the source has relied upon this Section in lieu of complying with Section 225.230(a) is not permanently shut down as required by this Section, the EGU must be considered to be a new EGU subject to the emission standards in Section 225.237(a) beginning in the month after the EGU was required to be permanently shut down, in addition to any other penalties that may be imposed for failure to permanently shut down the EGU in accordance with this Section.
d)
An EGU that has completed the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section is exempt from the monitoring and testing requirements in Sections 225.239 and 225.240.
e)
An EGU that is scheduled for permanent shut down pursuant to Section 225.294(b) is exempt from the monitoring and testing requirements in Sections 225.239 and 225.240.
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
   
Section 225.237
Emission Standards for New Sources with EGUs
a) Standards.
1)  Except as provided in Sections 225.238 and 225.239, the The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs, but that previously had not had any EGUs that commenced commercial operation before January 1, 2009, must comply with one of the following emission standards for each EGU on a rolling 12-month basis:
 
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or

B)  A minimum 90 percent reduction of input mercury.
 

 
2) For this purpose, compliance may be demonstrated using the equations in Section 225.230(a)(2), (a)(3), or (b)(2).
 
b) The initial 12-month rolling period for which compliance with the emission standards of subsection (a)(1) of this Section must be demonstrated for a new EGU will commence on the date that the initial performance testing commences under 40 CFR 60.8. for the mercury emission standard under 40 CFR 60.45a also commences. The CEMS required by this Subpart B for mercury emissions from the EGU must be certified prior to this date. Thereafter, compliance must be demonstrated on a rolling 12-month basis based on calendar months.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.238  Temporary Technology-Based Standard for New Sources with EGUs
 

 
a) General.
 
1) At a source with EGUs that previously had not had any EGUs that commenced commercial operation before January 1, 2009, for an EGU that meets the eligibility criteria in subsection (b) of this Section, as an alternative to compliance with the mercury emission standards in Section 225.237, the owner or operator of the EGU may temporarily comply with the requirements of this Section, through December 31, 2018, as further provided in subsections (c), (d), and (e) of this Section.
 
2) An EGU that is complying with the emission control requirements of this Subpart B by operating pursuant to this Section may not be included in a compliance demonstration involving other EGUs at the source during the period that the temporary technology-based standard is in effect.
 
3) The owner or operator of an EGU that is complying with this Subpart B pursuant to this Section is not excused from applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290.
 
4) Until June 30, 2012, as an alternative to the CEMS monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to comply with the emissions testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), (i)(3) and (4), and (j)(1).
 
b) Eligibility. To be eligible to operate an EGU pursuant to this Section, the following criteria must be met for the EGU:
 
1) The EGU is subject to Best Available Control Technology (BACT) for emissions of sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter, and the EGU is equipped and operated with the air pollution control equipment or systems specified below, as applicable to the category of EGU:
  
A) For coal-fired boilers, injection of sorbent or other mercury control technique (e.g., reagent) approved by the Agency.
B) For an EGU firing fuel gas produced by coal gasification, processing of the raw fuel gas prior to combustion for removal of mercury with a system using a sorbent or other mercury control technique approved by the Agency.
 
2) For an EGU for which injection of a sorbent or other mercury control technique is required pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU is injecting sorbent or other mercury control technique in an optimum manner for control of mercury emissions, which must include injection of Alstrom, Norit, Sorbent Technologies, Calgon Carbon's FLUEPAC MC Plus, or other sorbent or other mercury control technique that the owner or operator of the EGU demonstrates to have similar or better effectiveness for control of mercury emissions, at least at the rate set forth in the appropriate of subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(C) of this Section, unless other provisions for injection of sorbent or other mercury control technique are established in a federally enforceable operating permit issued for the EGU, with an injection system designed for effective absorption of mercury. For the purposes of this subsection (b)(2), the flue gas flow rate must be determined for the point of sorbent injection or other mercury control technique (provided, however, that this flow rate may be assumed to be identical to the stack flow rate if the gas temperatures at the point of injection and the stack are normally within 100º F) , or the flow rate may otherwise be calculated from the stack flow rate, corrected for the difference in gas temperatures.
A) For an EGU firing subbituminous coal, 5.0 pounds per million actual cubic feet.

 

   
B) For an EGU firing bituminous coal, 10.0 pounds per million actual cubic feet.
C) For an EGU firing a blend of subbituminous and bituminous coal, a rate that is the weighted average of the above rates, based on the blend of coal being fired.
D) A rate or rates set on a unit-specific basis that are lower than the rate specified in subsections (b)(2)(A), (B), and (C) of this Section, to the extent that the owner or operator of the EGU demonstrates that such rate or rates are needed so that sorbent injection or other mercury control technique would not increase particulate matter emissions or opacity so as to threaten compliance with applicable regulatory requirements for particulate matter or opacity or cause a safety issue.

c)  Compliance Requirements .
 

 
1) Emission Control Requirements. The owner or operator of an EGU that is operating pursuant to this Section must continue to maintain and operate the EGU to comply with the criteria for eligibility for operation under this Section, except during an evaluation of the current sorbent, alternative sorbents, or other techniques to control mercury emissions, as provided by subsection (e) of this Section.
 
2) Monitoring and Recordkeeping Requirements. In addition to complying with all applicable reporting monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290 or Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), and i(3) and (4), the owner or operator of a new EGU operating pursuant to this Section must also:

A)  Monitor sorbent feed rate to the EGU, flue gas temperature at the point of sorbent injection or other mercury control technique, and exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, automatically recording this data and the sorbent feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on an hourly average.
 

  
B) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, maintain records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of sorbent, on a weekly basis.
C) If a mercury control technique other than sorbent injection is approved by the Agency, monitor appropriate parameter for that control technique as specified by the Agency.
 
3) Notification and Reporting Requirements. In addition to complying with all applicable reporting requirements of Sections 225.240 through 225.290 or Section 225.239(f)(1) and (2) and (j)(1), the owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section must also submit the following notifications and reports to the Agency:
   
A) Written notification prior to the month in which any of the following events will occur: the EGU will no longer be eligible to operate under this Section due to a change in operation; the type of coal fired in the EGU will change; the mercury emission standard with which the owner or operator is attempting to comply for the EGU will change; or operation under this Section will be terminated.
B) Quarterly reports for the recordkeeping and monitoring or emissions testing conducted pursuant to subsection (c)(2) of this Section.
C) Annual reports detailing activities conducted for the EGU to further improve control of mercury emissions, including the measures taken during the past year and activities planned for the current year.

d)  Applications to Operate under the Technology-Based Standard.
 
1)  Application Deadlines.
 
A)  The owner or operator of an EGU that is seeking to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section must submit an application to the Agency no later than three months prior to the date that compliance with Section 225.237 would otherwise have to be demonstrated.
 

  
B) Unless the Agency finds that the EGU is not eligible to operate pursuant to this Section or that the application for operation under this Section does not meet the requirements of subsection (d)(2) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU is authorized to operate the EGU pursuant to this Section beginning 60 days after receipt of the application by the Agency.
C) The owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section must reapply to operate pursuant to this Section if it is planning a physical change to or a change in the method of operation of the EGU, control equipment, or practices for injection of sorbent or other mercury control technique that is expected to reduce the level of control of mercury emissions.  
 
2) Contents of Application. An application to operate pursuant to this Section must be submitted as an application for a new or revised federally enforceable operating permit for the new EGU, and it must include the following information:

A)  A formal request to operate pursuant to this Section showing that the EGU is eligible to operate pursuant to this Section and describing the reason for the request, the measures that have been taken for control of mercury emissions, and factors preventing more effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU.
 

   
B) The applicable mercury emission standard in Section 225.237 with which the owner or operator of the EGU is attempting to comply and a summary of relevant mercury emission data for the EGU.
C) If a unit-specific rate or rates for sorbent or other mercury control technique injection are proposed pursuant to subsection (b)(2) of this Section, detailed information to support the proposed injection rates.
D) An action plan describing the measures that will be taken while operating pursuant to this Section to improve control of mercury emissions. This plan must address measures such as evaluation of alternative forms or sources of sorbent or other mercury control technique, changes to the injection system, changes to operation of the unit that affect the effectiveness of mercury absorption and collection, and changes to other emission control devices. For each measure contained in the plan, the plan must provide a detailed description of the specific actions that are planned, the reason that the measure is being pursued and the range of improvement in control of mercury that is expected, and the factors that affect the timing for carrying out the measure, with the current schedule for the measure.

 e)  Evaluation of Alternative Control Techniques for Mercury Emissions.
   

 
1) During an evaluation of the effectiveness of the current sorbent, alternative sorbent, or other technique to control mercury emissions, the owner or operator of an EGU operating pursuant to this Section does not need to comply with the eligibility criteria for operation pursuant to this Section as needed to carry out an evaluation of the practicality and effectiveness of such technique, further subject to the following limitations:
    
A) The owner or operator of the EGU must conduct the evaluation in accordance with a formal evaluation program that it has submitted to the Agency at least 30 days prior to beginning the evaluation.
B) The duration and scope of the formal evaluation program must not exceed the duration and scope reasonably needed to complete the desired evaluation of the alternative control technique, as initially addressed by the owner or operator in a support document that it has submitted with the formal evaluation program pursuant to subsection (e)(1)(A) of this Section.
C) Notwithstanding 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146(hhh), the owner or operator of the EGU must obtain a construction permit for any new or modified air pollution control equipment to be constructed as part of the evaluation of the alternative control technique.
D) The owner or operator of the EGU must submit a report to the Agency no later than 90 days after the conclusion of the formal evaluation program describing the evaluation that was conducted and providing the results of the formal evaluation program.
 
2) If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows less effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU than was achieved with the prior control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must resume use of the prior control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows comparable effectiveness, the owner or operator of the EGU may either continue to use the alternative control technique in an optimum manner or resume use of the prior control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows more effective control of mercury emissions, the owner or operator of the EGU must continue to use the alternative control technique in an optimum manner, if it continues to operate pursuant to this Section.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 


Section 225.239  Periodic Emissions Testing Alternative Requirements
 

 
a) General.
    
1) As an alternative to demonstrating compliance with the emissions standards of Sections 225.230(a) or 225.237(a), the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to demonstrate compliance pursuant to the emission standards in subsection (b) of this Section and the use of quarterly emissions testing as an alternative to the use of CEMS;
2) The owner or operator of an EGU that elects to demonstrate compliance pursuant to this Section must comply with the testing, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of this Section in addition to other applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this Subpart;
3) The alternative method of compliance provided under this subsection may only be used until June 30, 2012, after which a CEMS certified in accordance with Section 225.250 of this Subpart B must be used.
4) If an owner or operator of an EGU demonstrating compliance pursuant to Section 225.230 or 225.237 discontinues use of CEMS before collecting a full 12 months of CEMS data and elects to demonstrate compliance pursuant to this Section, the data collected prior to that point must be averaged to determine compliance for such period. In such case, for purposes of calculating an emission standard or mercury control efficiency using the equations in Section 225.230(a) or (b), the “12” in the equations will be replaced by a variable equal to the number of full and partial months for which the owner or operator collected CEMS data.
 
b) Emission Limits.
1) Existing Units: Beginning July 1, 2009, the owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs subject to this Subpart B that commenced commercial operation on or before June 30, 2009, must comply with one of the following standards for each EGU, as determined through quarterly emissions testing according to subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section:
 
 
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or

B)  A minimum 90-percent reduction of input mercury.
 

2) New Units: Beginning within the first 2,160 hours after the commencement of commercial operations, the owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs subject to this Subpart B that commenced commercial operation after June 30, 2009, must comply with one of the following standards for each EGU, as determined through quarterly emissions testing in accordance with subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section:
 
 
A) An emission standard of 0.0080 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or

B)  A minimum 90-percent reduction of input mercury.
 

  
c) Initial Emissions Testing Requirements for New Units. The owner or operator of an EGU that commenced commercial operation after June 30, 2009, and that is complying by means of this Section must conduct an initial performance test in accordance with the requirements of subsections (d) and (e) of this Section within the first 2,160 hours after the commencement of commercial operations.
d) Emissions Testing Requirements
      
1) Subsequent to the initial performance test, emissions tests must be performed on a quarterly calendar basis in accordance with the requirements of subsections (d), (e), and (f) of this Section;
2) Notwithstanding the provisions in subparagraph (1) of this subsection, owners or operators of EGUs demonstrating compliance under Section 225.233 or Sections 225.291 through 225.299 must perform emissions testing on a semi-annual calendar basis, where the periods consist of the months of January through June and July through December, in accordance with the requirements of subsections (d), (e), and (f)(1) and (2) of this Section;
3) Emissions tests which demonstrate compliance with this Subpart must be performed at least 45 days apart. However, if an emissions test fails to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart or the emissions test is being performed subsequent to a significant change in the operations of an EGU under subsection (h)(2) of this Section, the owner or operator of an EGU may perform additional emissions test(s) using the same test protocol previously submitted in the same period, with less than 45 days in between emissions tests;
4) A minimum of three and a maximum of nine emissions test runs, lasting at least one hour each, shall be conducted and averaged to determine compliance. All test runs performed will be reported.
5) If the EGU shares a common stack with one or more other EGUs, the owner or operator of the EGU will conduct emissions testing in the duct to the common stack from each unit, unless the owner or operator of the EGU considers the combined emissions measured at the common stack as the mass emissions of mercury for the EGUs for recordkeeping and compliance purposes.
6) If an owner or operator of an EGU demonstrating compliance pursuant to this Section later elects to demonstrate compliance pursuant to the CEMS monitoring provisions in Section 225.240 of this Subpart, the owner or operator must comply with the emissions monitoring deadlines in Section 225.240(b)(4) of this Subpart.

e)  Emissions Testing Procedures
 

   
1) The owner or operator must conduct a compliance test in accordance with Method 29, 30A, or 30B of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, as incorporated by reference in Section 225.140;
2) Mercury emissions or control efficiency must be measured while the affected unit is operating at or above 90% of peak load;
3) For units complying with the control efficiency standard of subsection (b)(1)(B) or (b)(2)(B) of this Section, the owner or operator must perform coal sampling as follows:
  
A) in accordance with Section 225.265 of this Subpart at least once during each day of testing; and
B) in accordance with Section 225.265 of this Subpart, once each month in those months when emissions testing is not performed;
  
4) For units complying with the output-based emission standard of subsection (b)(1)(A) or (b)(2)(A) of this Section, the owner or operator must monitor gross electrical output for the duration of the testing.
5) The owner or operator of an EGU may use an alternative emissions testing method if such alternative is submitted to the Agency in writing and approved in writing by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section.

f)  Notification Requirements
 

    
1) The owner or operator of an EGU must submit a testing protocol as described in USEPA’s Emission Measurement Center’s Guideline Document #42 to the Agency at least 45 days prior to a scheduled emissions test, except as provided in Section 225.239(h)(2) and (h)(3). Upon written request directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, the Agency may, in its sole discretion, waive the 45-day requirement. Such waiver shall only be effective if it is provided in writing and signed by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee;
2) Notification of a scheduled emissions test must be submitted to the Agency in writing, directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, at least 30 days prior to the expected date of the emissions test. Upon written request directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, the Agency may, in its sole discretion, waive the 30-day notification requirement. Such waiver shall only be effective if it is provided in writing and signed by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee. Notification of the actual date and expected time of testing must be submitted in writing, directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, at least five working days prior to the actual date of the test;
3) For an EGU that has elected to demonstrate compliance by use of the emission standards of subsection (b) of this Section, if an emissions test performed under the requirements of this Section fails to demonstrate compliance with the limits of subsection (b) of this Section, the owner or operator of an EGU may perform a new emissions test using the same test protocol previously submitted in the same period, by notifying the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section or his or her designee of the actual date and expected time of testing at least five working days prior to the actual date of the test. The Agency may, in its sole discretion, waive this five-day notification requirement. Such waiver shall only be effective if it is provided in writing and signed by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee;
4) In addition to the testing protocol required by subsection (f)(1) of this Section, the owner or operator of an EGU that has elected to demonstrate compliance by use of the emission standards of subsection (b) of this Section must submit a Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan to the Agency at least 45 days prior to a scheduled emissions test. Upon written request directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, the Agency may, in its sole discretion, waive the 45-day requirement. Such waiver shall only be effective if it is provided in writing and signed by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee. The Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan must detail how the EGU will continue to operate within the parameters enumerated in the testing protocol and how those parameters will ensure compliance with the applicable mercury limit. For example, the Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan must include coal sampling as described in Section 225.239(e)(3) of this Subpart and must ensure that an EGU that performs an emissions test using a blend of coals continues to operate using that same blend of coal. If the Agency disapproves the Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan, the owner or operator of the EGU has 30 days from the date of receipt of the disapproval to submit more detailed information in accordance with the Agency’s request.

g)  Compliance Determination
 

  
1) Each quarterly emissions test shall determine compliance with this Subpart for that quarter, where the quarterly periods consist of the months of January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December;
2) If emissions testing conducted pursuant to this Section fails to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of the EGU will be deemed to have been out of compliance with this Subpart beginning on the day after the most recent emissions test that demonstrated compliance or the last day of certified CEMS data demonstrating compliance on a rolling 12-month basis, and the EGU will remain out of compliance until a subsequent emissions test successfully demonstrates compliance with the limits of this Section.
 
h) Operation Requirements
   
1) The owner or operator of an EGU that has elected to demonstrate compliance by use of the emission standards of subsection (b) of this Section must continue to operate the EGU commensurate with the Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan until another Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan is developed and submitted to the Agency in conjunction with the next compliance demonstration, in accordance with subsection (f)(4) of this Section.
2) If the owner or operator makes a significant change to the operations of an EGU subject to this Section, such as changing from bituminous to subbituminous coal, the owner or operator must submit a testing protocol to the Agency and perform an emissions test within seven operating days of the significant change. In addition, the owner or operator of an EGU that has elected to demonstrate compliance by use of the emission standards of subsection (b) of this Section must submit a Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan within seven operating days of the significant change.
3) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, the owner or operator of the EGU must ensure that the EGU continues to operate using the same blend that was used during the most recent successful emissions test. If the blend of coal changes, the owner or operator of the EGU must re-test in accordance with subsections (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this Section within 30 days of the change in coal blend, notwithstanding the requirement of subsection (d)(3) of this Section that there must be 45 days between emissions tests.

i) Recordkeeping
 

  
1) The owner or operator of an EGU and its designated representative must comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this Section.
2) Continuous Parameter Monitoring. The owner or operator of an EGU must maintain records to substantiate that the EGU is operating in compliance with the parameters listed in the Continuous Parameter Monitoring Plan, detailing the parameters that impact mercury reduction and including the following records related to the emissions of mercury:
 
A)  For an EGU for which the owner or operator is complying with this Subpart B pursuant to Section 225.239(b)(1)(B) or 225.239(b)(2)(B), records of the daily mercury content of coal used (lbs/trillion Btu) and the daily and quarterly input mercury (lbs).
 
B) For an EGU for which the owner or operator of an EGU complying with this Subpart B pursuant to Section 225.239(b)(1)(A) or 225.239(b)(2)(A), records of the daily and quarterly gross electrical output (MWh) on an hourly basis.:
 
3) The owner or operator of an EGU using activated carbon injection must also comply with the following requirements:
 
A) Maintain records of the usage of sorbent, the exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, and the sorbent feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on a weekly average;
 
B) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, keep records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of activated carbon, on a weekly basis.
 
4) The owner or operator of an EGU must retain all records required by this Section at the source unless otherwise provided in the CAAPP permit issued for the source and must make a copy of any record available to the Agency promptly upon request.
  
5) The owner or operator of an EGU demonstrating compliance pursuant to this Section must monitor and report the heat input rate at the unit level.
6) The owner or operator of an EGU demonstrating compliance pursuant to this Section must perform and report coal sampling in accordance with subsection 225.239(e)(3).

j)  Reporting Requirements
 

 
1) An owner or operator of an EGU shall submit to the Agency a Final Source Test Report for each periodic emissions test within 45 days after the test is completed. The Final Source Test Report will be directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee, and include at a minimum:
  
A)  A summary of results;
B)  A description of test method(s), including a description of sampling points, sampling train, analysis equipment, and test schedule, and a detailed description of test conditions, including:
    
i)  Process information, including but not limited to mode(s) of operation, process rate, and fuel or raw material consumption;
ii)  Control equipment information (i.e., equipment condition and operating parameters during testing);
iii)  A discussion of any preparatory actions taken (i.e., inspections, maintenance, and repair); and
iv)  Data and calculations, including copies of all raw data sheets and records of laboratory analyses, sample calculations, and data on equipment calibration.
 
2) The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs demonstrating compliance with Subpart B in accordance with this Section must submit to the Agency a Quarterly Certification of Compliance within 45 days following the end of each calendar quarter. Quarterly certifications of compliance must certify whether compliance existed for each EGU for the calendar quarter covered by the certification. If the EGU failed to comply during the quarter covered by the certification, the owner or operator must provide the reasons the EGU or EGUs failed to comply and a full description of the noncompliance (i.e., tested emissions rate, coal sample data, etc.). In addition, for each EGU, the owner or operator must provide the following appropriate data to the Agency as set forth in this Section.
A) A list of all emissions tests performed within the calendar quarter covered by the Certification and submitted to the Agency for each EGU, including the dates on which such tests were performed.    
  
B) Any deviations or exceptions each month and discussion of the reasons for such deviations or exceptions.
C) All Quarterly Certifications of Compliance required to be submitted must include the following certification by a responsible official:

I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
 

 
3) Deviation Reports. For each EGU, the owner or operator must promptly notify the Agency of deviations from any of the requirements of this Subpart B. At a minimum, these notifications must include a description of such deviations within 30 days after discovery of the deviations, and a discussion of the possible cause of such deviations, any corrective actions, and any preventative measures taken.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.240  General Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
 
The owner or operator of an EGU must comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements as provided in this Section, Sections 225.250 through 225.290 of this Subpart B, and Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part. Subpart I of 40 CFR 75 (sections 75.80 through 75.84), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. If the EGU utilizes a common stack with units that are not EGUs and the owner or operator of the EGU does not conduct emissions monitoring in the duct to the common stack from each EGU, the owner or operator of the EGU must conduct emissions monitoring in accordance with Section 1.16(b)(2) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.82(b)(2) and this Section, including monitoring in the duct to the common stack from each unit that is not an EGU, unless the owner or operator of the EGU counts the combined emissions measured at the common stack as the mass emissions of mercury for the EGUs for recordkeeping and compliance purposes.
 

 
a) Requirements for installation, certification, and data accounting. The owner or operator of each EGU must:
    
1) Install all monitoring systems required pursuant to this Section and Sections 225.250 through 225.290 for monitoring mercury mass emissions (including all systems required to monitor mercury concentration, stack gas moisture content, stack gas flow rate, and CO2 or O2 concentration, as applicable, in accordance with Sections 1.15 and 1.16 of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.81 and 75.82).
2) Successfully complete all certification tests required pursuant to Section 225.250 and meet all other requirements of this Section, Sections 225.250 through 225.290, and Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part subpart I of 40 CFR Part 75 applicable to the monitoring systems required under subsection (a)(1) of this Section.
3) Record, report, and assure the quality of the data from the monitoring systems required under subsection (a)(1) of this Section.
4) If the owner or operator elects to use the low mass emissions excepted monitoring methodology for an EGU that emits no more than 464 ounces (29 pounds) of mercury per year pursuant to Section 1.15(b) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.81(b), it must perform emissions testing in accordance with Section 1.15(c) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.81(c) to demonstrate that the EGU is eligible to use this excepted emissions monitoring methodology, as well as comply with all other applicable requirements of Section 1.15(b) through (f) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.81(b) through (f). Also, the owner or operator must submit a copy of any information required to be submitted to the USEPA pursuant to these provisions to the Agency. The initial emissions testing to demonstrate eligibility of an EGU for the low mass emissions excepted methodology must be conducted by the applicable of the following dates:
  
A) If the EGU has commenced commercial operation before July 1, 2008, at least by July January 1, 2009, or 45 days prior to relying on the low mass emissions excepted methodology, whichever date is later.
B) If the EGU has commenced commercial operation on or after July 1, 2008, at least 45 days prior to the applicable date specified pursuant to subsection (b)(2) of this Section or 45 days prior to relying on the low mass emissions excepted methodology, whichever date is later.
 
b) Emissions Monitoring Deadlines. The owner or operator must meet the emissions monitoring system certification and other emissions monitoring requirements of subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section on or before the applicable of the following dates. The owner or operator must record, report, and quality-assure the data from the emissions monitoring systems required under subsection (a)(1) of this Section on and after the applicable of the following dates:
    
1) For the owner or operator of an EGU that commences commercial operation before July 1, 2008, by July January 1, 2009.
2) For the owner or operator of an EGU that commences commercial operation on or after July 1, 2008, by 90 unit operating days or 180 calendar days, whichever occurs first, after the date on which the EGU commences commercial operation.
3) For the owner or operator of an EGU for which construction of a new stack or flue or installation of add-on mercury emission controls, a flue gas desulfurization system, a selective catalytic reduction system, a fabric filter, or a compact hybrid particulate collector system is completed after the applicable deadline pursuant to subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this Section, by 90 unit operating days or 180 calendar days, whichever occurs first, after the date on which emissions first exit to the atmosphere through the new stack or flue, add-on mercury emission controls, flue gas desulfurization system, selective catalytic reduction system, fabric filter, or compact hybrid particulate collector system.
4) For an owner or operator of an EGU that originally elected to demonstrate compliance pursuant to the emissions testing requirements in Section 225.239, by the first day of the calendar quarter following the last emissions test demonstrating compliance with Section 225.239.

 c)  Reporting Data.
 

  
1) Except as provided in subsection (c)(2) of this Section, the owner or operator of an EGU that does not meet the applicable emissions monitoring date set forth in subsection (b) of this Section for any emissions monitoring system required pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this Section must begin periodic emissions testing in accordance with Section 225.239., for each such monitoring system, determine, record, and report the maximum potential (or, as appropriate, the minimum potential) values for mercury concentration, the stack gas flow rate, the stack gas moisture content, and any other parameters required to determine mercury mass emissions in accordance with 40 CFR 75.80(g). 
2) The owner or operator of an EGU that does not meet the applicable emissions monitoring date set forth in subsection (b)(3) of this Section for any emissions monitoring system required pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this Section must begin periodic emissions testing in accordance with Section 225.239., for each such monitoring system, determine, record, and report substitute data using the applicable missing data procedures as set forth in40 CFR 75.80(f), in lieu of the maximum potential (or, as appropriate, minimum potential) values for a parameter, if the owner or operator demonstrates that there is continuity between the data streams for that parameter before and after the construction or installation pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of this Section. 

 d)  Prohibitions.
 

    
1) No owner or operator of an EGU may use any alternative emissions monitoring system, alternative reference method for measuring emissions, or other alternative to the emissions monitoring and measurement requirements of this Section and Sections 225.250 through 225.290, unless such alternative is submitted to the Agency in writing and approved in writing by the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance Section, or his or her designee. promulgated by the USEPA and approved in writing by the Agency, or the use of such alternative is approved in writing by the Agency and USEPA.
2) No owner or operator of an EGU may operate its EGU so as to discharge, or allow to be discharged, mercury emissions to the atmosphere without accounting for all such emissions in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section, Sections 225.250 through 225.290, and Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part, unless demonstrating compliance pursuant to Section 225.239, as applicable. subpart I of 40 CFR 75.
3) No owner or operator of an EGU may disrupt the CEMS, any portion thereof, or any other approved emission monitoring method, and thereby avoid monitoring and recording mercury mass emissions discharged into the atmosphere, except for periods of recertification or periods when calibration, quality assurance testing, or maintenance is performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section, Sections 225.250 through 225.290, and Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part. subpart I of 40 CFR 75.
4) No owner or operator of an EGU may retire or permanently discontinue use of the CEMS or any component thereof, or any other approved monitoring system pursuant to this Subpart B, except under any one of the following circumstances:
   
A) The owner or operator is monitoring emissions from the EGU with another certified monitoring system that has been approved, in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section, Sections 225.250 through 225.290 of this Subpart B, and Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B to this Part, subpart I of 40 CFR 75, by the Agency for use at that EGU and that provides emission data for the same pollutant or parameter as the retired or discontinued monitoring system; or
B) The owner or operator or designated representative submits notification of the date of certification testing of a replacement monitoring system for the retired or discontinued monitoring system in accordance with Section 225.250(a)(3)(A).
C) The owner or operator is demonstrating compliance pursuant to the applicable subsections of Section 225.239.
 
e) Long-term Cold Storage.

The owner or operator of an EGU that is in long-term cold storage is subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 75.4 and 40 CFR 75.64, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, relating to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting for units in long-term cold storage.
 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 

 
Section 225.250 Initial Certification and Recertification Procedures for Emissions Monitoring
 
a) The owner or operator of an EGU must comply with the following initial certification and recertification procedures for a CEMS (i.e., a CEMS or an excepted monitoring system (sorbent trap monitoring system) pursuant to Section 1.3 of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.15, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) required by Section 225.240(a)(1). The owner or operator of an EGU that qualifies for, and for which the owner or operator elects to use, the low-mass-emissions excepted methodology pursuant to Section 1.15(b) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.81(b), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, must comply with the procedures set forth in subsection (c) of this Section.
   
1) Requirements for Initial Certification. The owner or operator of an EGU must ensure that, for each CEMS required by Section 225.240(a)(1) (including the automated data acquisition and handling system), the owner or operator successfully completes all of the initial certification testing required pursuant to Section 1.4 of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.80(d), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, by the applicable deadline in Section 225.240(b). In addition, whenever the owner or operator of an EGU installs a monitoring system to meet the requirements of this Subpart B in a location where no such monitoring system was previously installed, the owner or operator must successfully complete the initial certification requirements of Section 1.4 of Appendix B to this Part40 CFR 75.80(d).
2) Requirements for Recertification. Whenever the owner or operator of an EGU makes a replacement, modification, or change in any certified CEMS, or an excepted monitoring system (sorbent trap monitoring system) pursuant to Section 1.3 of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.15, and required by Section 225.240(a)(1), that may significantly affect the ability of the system to accurately measure or record mercury mass emissions or heat input rate or to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements of Section 1.5 of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.21 or Exhibit B to Appendix B to this PartAppendix B to 40 CFR 75, each incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the owner or operator of an EGU must recertify the monitoring system in accordance with Section 1.4(b) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.20(b), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Furthermore, whenever the owner or operator of an EGU makes a replacement, modification, or change to the flue gas handling system or the EGU’s operation that may significantly change the stack flow or concentration profile, the owner or operator must recertify each CEMS, and each excepted monitoring system (sorbent trap monitoring system) pursuant to Section 1.3 to Appendix B to this Part, 40 CFR 75.15, whose accuracy is potentially affected by the change, all in accordance with Section 1.4(b) to Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.20(b). Examples of changes to a CEMS that require recertification include, but are not limited to, replacement of the analyzer, complete replacement of an existing CEMS, or change in location or orientation of the sampling probe or site.
3) Approval Process for Initial Certification and Recertification. Subsections (a)(3)(A) through (a)(3)(D) of this Section apply to both initial certification and recertification of a CEMS required by Section 225.240(a)(1). For recertifications, the words “certification” and “initial certification” are to be read as the word “recertification”, the word “certified” is to be read as the word “recertified”, and the procedures set forth in Section 1.4(b)(5) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.20(b)(5) are to be followed in lieu of the procedures set forth in subsection (a)(3)(E) of this Section.
    
A) Notification of Certification. The owner or operator must submit written notice of the dates of certification testing to the Agency, directed to the Manager of the Bureau of Air’s Compliance SectionUSEPA Region 5, and the Administrator of the USEPA written notice of the dates of certification testing, in accordance with Section 225.270.
B) Certification Application. The owner or operator must submit to the Agency a certification application for each monitoring system. A complete certification application must include the information specified in 40 CFR 75.63, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. 
C) Provisional Certification Date. The provisional certification date for a monitoring system must be determined in accordance with Section 1.4(a)(3) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.20(a)(3), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. A provisionally certified monitoring system may be used pursuant to this Subpart B for a period not to exceed 120 days after receipt by the Agency of the complete certification application for the monitoring system pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(B) of this Section. Data measured and recorded by the provisionally certified monitoring system, in accordance with the requirements of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75, will be considered valid quality-assured data (retroactive to the date and time of provisional certification), provided that the Agency does not invalidate the provisional certification by issuing a notice of disapproval within 120 days after the date of receipt by the Agency of the complete certification application.
D) Certification Application Approval Process. The Agency must issue a written notice of approval or disapproval of the certification application to the owner or operator within 120 days after receipt of the complete certification application required by subsection (a)(3)(B) of this Section. In the event the Agency does not issue a written notice of approval or disapproval within the 120-day period, each monitoring system that meets the applicable performance requirements of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75 and which is included in the certification application will be deemed certified for use pursuant to this Subpart B.
    
i) Approval Notice. If the certification application is complete and shows that each monitoring system meets the applicable performance requirements of Appendix B to this Part, 40 CFR 75, then the Agency must issue a written notice of approval of the certification application within 120 days after receipt.
ii) Incomplete Application Notice. If the certification application is not complete, then the Agency must issue a written notice of incompleteness that sets a reasonable date by which the owner or operator must submit the additional information required to complete the certification application. If the owner or operator does not comply with the notice of incompleteness by the specified date, the Agency may issue a notice of disapproval pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(D)(iii) of this Section. The 120-day review period will not begin before receipt of a complete certification application.
iii) Disapproval Notice. If the certification application shows that any monitoring system does not meet the performance requirements of Appendix B to this Part, 40 CFR 75, or if the certification application is incomplete and the requirement for disapproval pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(D)(ii) of this Section is met, the Agency must issue a written notice of disapproval of the certification application. Upon issuance of such notice of disapproval, the provisional certification is invalidated, and the data measured and recorded by each uncertified monitoring system will not be considered valid quality-assured data beginning with the date and hour of provisional certification (as defined pursuant to Section 1.4(a)(3) of Appendix B to this Part). 40 CFR 75.20(a)(3)). The owner or operator must follow the procedures for loss of certification set forth in subsection (a)(3)(E) of this Section for each monitoring system that is disapproved for initial certification.
iv) Audit Decertification. The Agency may issue a notice of disapproval of the certification status of a monitor in accordance with Section 225.260(b).
 
E) Procedures for Loss of Certification. If the Agency issues a notice of disapproval of a certification application pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(D)(iii) of this Section or a notice of disapproval of certification status pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(D)(iv) of this Section, the owner or operator must fulfill the following requirements:
 
i) The owner or operator must substitute the following values for each disapproved monitoring system and for each hour of EGU operation during the period of invalid data specified pursuant to 40 CFR 75.20(a)(4)(iii) or 75.21(e), continuing until the applicable date and hour specified pursuant to 40 CFR 75.20(a)(5)(i), each incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For a disapproved mercury pollutant concentration monitor and disapproved flow monitor, respectively, the maximum potential concentration of mercury and the maximum potential flow rate, as defined in sections 2.1.7.1 and 2.1.4.1 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For a disapproved moisture monitoring system and disapproved diluent gas monitoring system, respectively, the minimum potential moisture percentage and either the maximum potential CO2 concentration or the minimum potential O2 concentration (as applicable), as defined in 2.1.5, 2.1.3.1, and 2.1.3.2 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For a disapproved excepted monitoring system (sorbent trap monitoring system) pursuant to 40 CFR 75.15 and disapproved flow monitor, respectively, the maximum potential concentration of mercury and maximum potential flow rate, as defined in sections 2.1.7.1 and 2.1.4.1 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in section 225.140.
  
iii) The owner or operator must submit a notification of certification retest dates and a new certification application in accordance with subsections (a)(3)(A) and (B) of this Section.
iiiii) The owner or operator must repeat all certification tests or other requirements that were failed by the monitoring system, as indicated in the Agency’s notice of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of issuance of the notice of disapproval.
  
b) Exemption.
1)  If an emissions monitoring system has been previously certified in accordance with Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75 and the applicable quality assurance and quality control requirements of Section 1.5 and Exhibit B to Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.21 and Appendix B to 40 CFR 75 are fully met, the monitoring system will be exempt from the initial certification requirements of this Section.
 
2) The recertification provisions of this Section apply to an emissions monitoring system required by Section 225.240(a)(1) exempt from initial certification requirements pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this Section.
  
c) Initial certification and recertification procedures for EGUs using the mercury low mass emissions excepted methodology pursuant to Section 1.15(b) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.81(b). The owner or operator that has elected to use the mercury-low-mass-emissions-excepted methodology for a qualified EGU pursuant to Section 1.15(b) to Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.81(b) must meet the applicable certification and recertification requirements in Section 1.15(c) through (f) to Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.81(c) through (f), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. 
d) Certification Applications. The owner or operator of an EGU must submit an application to the Agency within 45 days after completing all initial certification or recertification tests required pursuant to this Section, including the information required pursuant to 40 CFR 75.63, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 

 
Section 225.260 Out of Control Periods and Data Availability for Emission Monitors
   
a) Out of control periods must be determined in accordance with Section 1.7 of Appendix B.
ba) Monitor data availability must be determined on a calendar quarter basis in accordance with Section 1.8 of Appendix B Whenever any emissions monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, data must be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in Subparts D and I of 40 CFR 75, each incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. following initial certification of the required CO2, O2, flow monitor, or mercury concentration or moisture monitoring system(s) at a particular unit or stack location. Compliance with the percent reduction standard in Section 225.230(a)(1)(B) or 225.237(a)(1)(B) or the emissions concentration standard in Section 225.230(a)(1)(A) or 225.237(a)(1)(A) can only be demonstrated if the monitor data availability is equal to or greater than 75 percent; that is, quality assured data must be recorded by a certified primary monitor, a certified redundant or non-redundant backup monitor, or reference method for that unit at least 75 percent of the time the unit is in operation.
cb) Audit Decertification. Whenever both an audit of an emissions monitoring system and a review of the initial certification or recertification application reveal that any emissions monitoring system should not have been certified or recertified because it did not meet a particular performance specification or other requirement pursuant to Section 225.250 or the applicable provisions of Appendix B to this Part, 40 CFR 75, both at the time of the initial certification or recertification application submission and at the time of the audit, the Agency must issue a notice of disapproval of the certification status of such monitoring system. For the purposes of this subsection (cb), an audit must be either a field audit or an audit of any information submitted to the Agency. By issuing the notice of disapproval, the Agency revokes prospectively the certification status of the emissions monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the monitoring system must not be considered valid quality-assured data from the date of issuance of the notification of the revoked certification status until the date and time that the owner or operator completes subsequently approved initial certification or recertification tests for the monitoring system. The owner or operator must follow the applicable initial certification or recertification procedures in Section 225.250 for each disapproved monitoring system.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.261  Additional Requirements to Provide Heat Input Data
 
The owner or operator of an EGU that monitors and reports mercury mass emissions using a mercury concentration monitoring system and a flow monitoring system must also monitor and report the heat input rate at the EGU level using the procedures set forth in Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

   
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
Section 225.263 Monitoring of Gross Electrical Output
 
The owner or operator of an EGU complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(1) or using electrical output (Oi) and complying by means of Section 225.230(b) or (d) or Section 225.232 must monitor gross electrical output of the associated generator(s) in MWh on an hourly basis.
   
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
Section 225.265 Coal Analysis for Input Mercury Levels
 
a) The owner or operator of an EGU complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(12)(B), or using input mercury levels (Ii) and complying by means of Section 225.230(b) or (d) or Section 225.232, electing to comply with the emissions testing, monitoring, and recordkeeping requirements under Section 225.239, or demonstrating compliance under Section 225.233 or Sections 225.291 through 225.299 must fulfill the following requirements:
 
1)  Perform daily sampling of the coal combusted in the EGU for mercury content. The owner or operator of such EGU must collect a minimum of one 2-lb. grab sample per day of operation from the belt feeders anywhere between the crusher house or breaker building and the boiler. The sample must be taken in a manner that provides a representative mercury content for the coal burned on that day. EGUs complying by means of Section 225.233 or Sections 225.291 through 225.299 of this Subpart must perform such coal sampling at least once per month; EGUs complying by means of the emissions testing, monitoring, and recordkeeping requirements under Section 225.239 must perform such coal sampling according to the schedule provided in Section 225.239(e)(3) of this Subpart; all other EGUs subject to this requirement must perform such coal sampling on a daily basis.

2)  Analyze the grab coal sample for the following:
 

   
A) Determine the heat content using ASTM D5865-04 or an equivalent method approved in writing by the Agency.
B) Determine the moisture content using ASTM D3173-03 or an equivalent method approved in writing by the Agency.
C) Measure the mercury content using ASTM D6414-01, ASTM D3684-01, or an equivalent method approved in writing by the Agency.
  
3) The owner or operator of multiple EGUs at the same source using the same crusher house or breaker building may take one sample per crusher house or breaker building, rather than one per EGU.
4) The owner or operator of an EGU must use the data analyzed pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section to determine the mercury content in terms of lbs/trillion Btu.
 
b) The owner or operator of an EGU that must conduct sampling and analysis of coal pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section must begin such activity by the following date:
  
1) If the EGU is in daily service, at least 30 days before the start of the month for which such activity will be required.
2) If the EGU is not in daily service, on the day that the EGU resumes operation.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.270  Notifications
 
The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs must submit written notice to the Agency according to the provisions in 40 CFR 75.61, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (as a segment of 40 CFR 75), for each EGU or group of EGUs monitored at a common stack and each non-EGU monitored pursuant to Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.82(b)(2)(ii), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.290  Recordkeeping and Reporting
 

 
a) General Provisions.
 
1) The owner or operator of an EGU and its designated representative must comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this Section and with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of Section 1.18 to Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.84, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
2) The owner or operator of an EGU must maintain records for each month identifying the emission standard in Section 225.230(a) or 225.237(a) of this Section with which it is complying or that is applicable for the EGU and the following records related to the emissions of mercury that the EGU is allowed to emit:
 
A) For an EGU for which the owner or operator is complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(12)(B) or 225.237(a)(1)(B) or using input mercury levels to determine the allowable emissions of the EGU, records of the daily mercury content of coal used (lbs/trillion Btu) and the daily and monthly input mercury (lbs), which must be kept in the file pursuant to Section 1.18(a) of Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.84(a).
 
B) For an EGU for which the owner or operator of an EGU complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(1)(A) or 225.237(a)(1)(A) or using electrical output to determine the allowable emissions of the EGU, records of the daily and monthly gross electrical output (GWh), which must be kept in the file required pursuant to Section 1.18(a) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.84(a).
 
3) The owner or operator of an EGU must maintain records of the following data for each EGU:
  
A) Monthly emissions of mercury from the EGU.
B) For an EGU for which the owner or operator is complying by means of Section 225.230(b) or (d) of this Subpart B, records of the monthly allowable emissions of mercury from the EGU.
  
4) The owner or operator of an EGU that is participating in an Averaging Demonstration pursuant to Section 225.232 of this Subpart B must maintain records identifying all sources and EGUs covered by the Demonstration for each month and, within 60 days after the end of each calendar month, calculate and record the actual and allowable mercury emissions of the EGU for the month and the applicable 12-month rolling period.
5) The owner or operator of an EGU must maintain the following records related to quality assurance activities conducted for emissions monitoring systems:
  
A) The results of quarterly assessments conducted pursuant to Section section 2.2 of Exhibit B to Appendix B to this Part Appendix B of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; and
B) Daily/weekly system integrity checks pursuant to Section section 2.6 of Exhibit B to Appendix B to this Part Appendix B of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
  
6) The owner or operator of an EGU must maintain an electronic copy of all electronic submittals to the USEPA pursuant to Section 1.18(f) to Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75.84(f), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.  
7) The owner or operator of an EGU must retain all records required by this Section at the source unless otherwise provided in the CAAPP permit issued for the source and must make a copy of any record available to the Agency upon request.
 
b) Quarterly Reports. The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs must submit quarterly reports to the Agency as follows:
 
1) These reports must include the following information for operation of the EGUs during the quarter:
     
A) The total operating hours of each EGU and the mercury CEMS, as also reported in accordance with Appendix B to this Part. 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
B) A discussion of any significant changes in the measures used to control emissions of mercury from the EGUs or the coal supply to the EGUs, including changes in the source of coal.
C) Summary information on the performance of the mercury CEMS. When the mercury CEMS was not inoperative, repaired, or adjusted, except for routine zero and span checks, this must be stated in the report.
D) If the CEMS downtime was more than 5.0 percent of the total operating time for the EGU: the date and time identifying each period during which the CEMS was inoperative, except for routine zero and span checks; the nature of CEMS repairs or adjustments and a summary of quality assurance data consistent with Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75, i.e., the dates and results of the Linearity Tests and any RATAs during the quarter; a listing of any days when a required daily calibration was not performed; and the date and duration of any periods when the CEMS was out-of-control as addressed by Section 225.260.
E) Recertification testing that has been performed for any CEMS and the status of the results.
 
2)
The owner or operator must submit each quarterly report to the Agency within 45 days following the end of the calendar quarter covered by the report.
 
c) Compliance Certification. The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs must submit to the Agency a compliance certification in support of each quarterly report based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary responsibility for ensuring that all of the EGUs' emissions are correctly and fully monitored. The certification must state:
  
1) That the monitoring data submitted were recorded in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section, Sections 225.240 through 225.270 and Section 225.290 of this Subpart B, and Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75, including the quality assurance procedures and specifications; and
2) For an EGU with add-on mercury emission controls, a flue gas desulfurization system, a selective catalytic reduction system, or a compact hybrid particulate collector system and for all hours where mercury data is missing that: are substituted in accordance with 40 CFR 75.34(a)(1): A)  That:
   
Ai) The mercury add-on emission controls, flue gas desulfurization system, selective catalytic reduction system, or compact hybrid particulate collector system was operating within the range of parameters listed in the quality assurance/quality control program pursuant to Exhibit B to Appendix B to this Part Appendix B to 40 CFR 75; or
Bii) With regard to a flue gas desulfurization system or a selective catalytic reduction system, quality-assured SO2 emission data recorded in accordance with Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75 document that the flue gas desulfurization system was operating properly, or quality-assured NOX emission data recorded in accordance with Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75 document that the selective catalytic reduction system was operating properly, as applicable; and
B) The substitute data values do not systematically underestimate mercury emissions.

 d)  Annual Certification of Compliance.
   

  
1) The owner or operator of a source with one or more EGUs subject to this Subpart B must submit to the Agency an Annual Certification of Compliance with this Subpart B no later than May 1 of each year and must address compliance for the previous calendar year. Such certification must be submitted to the Agency, Air Compliance and Enforcement Section, and the Air Regional Field Office.
2) Annual Certifications of Compliance must indicate whether compliance existed for each EGU for each month in the year covered by the Certification and it must certify to that effect. In addition, for each EGU, the owner or operator must provide the following appropriate data as set forth in subsections (d)(2)(A) through (d)(2)(E) of this Section, together with the data set forth in subsection (d)(2)(F) of this Section:
 
A) If complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(1)(A) or 225.237(a)(1)(A):
   
i) Actual emissions rate, in lb/GWh, for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification;
ii) Actual emissions, in lbs, and gross electrical output, in GWh, for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification; and
iii) Actual emissions, in lbs, and gross electrical output, in GWh, for each month in the year covered by the Certification and in the previous year.
 
B) If complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(a)(1)(B) or 225.237(a)(1)(B):
   
i) Actual control efficiency for emissions for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification, expressed as a percent;
ii) Actual emissions, in lbs, and mercury content in the fuel fired in such EGU, in lbs, for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification; and
iii) Actual emissions, in lbs, and mercury content in the fuel fired in such EGU, in lbs, for each month in the year covered by the Certification and in the previous year.
 
C) If complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(b):
  
i) Actual emissions and allowable emissions for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification; and
ii) Actual emissions and allowable emissions, and which standard of compliance the owner or operator was utilizing for each month in the year covered by the Certification and in the previous year.
 
D) If complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.230(d):
  
i) Actual emissions and allowable emissions for all EGUs at the source for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification; and
ii) Actual emissions and allowable emissions, and which standard of compliance the owner or operator was utilizing for each month in the year covered by the Certification and in the previous year.
 
E) If complying with this Subpart B by means of Section 225.232:
  
i) Actual emissions and allowable emissions for all EGUs at the source in an Averaging Demonstration for each 12-month rolling period ending in the year covered by the Certification; and
ii) Actual emissions and allowable emissions, with the standard of compliance the owner or operator was utilizing for each EGU at the source in an Averaging Demonstration for each month for all EGUs at the source in an Averaging Demonstration in the year covered by the Certification and in the previous year.
 
F) Any deviations, data substitutions, or exceptions each month and discussion of the reasons for such deviations, data substitutions, or exceptions.
 
3) All Annual Certifications of Compliance required to be submitted must include the following certification by a responsible official:

I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
 

4) The owner or operator of an EGU must submit its first Annual Certification of Compliance to address calendar year 2009 or the calendar year in which the EGU commences commercial operation, whichever is later. Notwithstanding subsection (d)(2) of this Section, in the Annual Certifications of Compliance that are required to be submitted by May 1, 2010, and May 1, 2011, to address calendar years 2009 and 2010, respectively, the owner or operator is not required to provide 12-month rolling data for any period that ends before June 30, 2010.
 
  
e) Deviation Reports. For each EGU, the owner or operator must promptly notify the Agency of deviations from requirements of this Subpart B. At a minimum, these notifications must include a description of such deviations within 30 days after discovery of the deviations, and a discussion of the possible cause of such deviations, any corrective actions, and any preventative measures taken.
f) Quality Assurance RATA Reports. The owner or operator of an EGU must submit to the Agency, Air Compliance and Enforcement Section, the quality assurance RATA report for each EGU or group of EGUs monitored at a common stack and each non-EGU pursuant to Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of Appendix B to this Part 40 CFR 75.82(b)(2)(ii), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, within 45 days after completing a quality assurance RATA.

(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.295  Treatment of Mercury Allowances
 
Any mercury allowances allocated to the Agency by the USEPA must be treated as follows:
 

 
a) No such allowances may be allocated to any owner or operator of an EGU or other sources of mercury emissions into the atmosphere or discharges into the waters of the State.

b)  The Agency must hold all allowances allocated by the USEPA to the State. At the end of each calendar year, the Agency must instruct the USEPA to retire permanently all such allowances.
 
(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.291  Combined Pollutant Standard: Purpose
 
The purpose of Sections 225.291 through 225.299 (hereinafter referred to as the Combined Pollutant Standard (“CPS”)) is to allow an alternate means of compliance with the emissions standards for mercury in Section 225.230(a) for specified EGUs through permanent shut-down, installation of ACI, and the application of pollution control technology for NOx, PM, and SO2 emissions that also reduce mercury emissions as a co-benefit and to establish permanent emissions standards for those specified EGUs. Unless otherwise provided for in the CPS, owners and operators of those specified EGUs are not excused from compliance with other applicable requirements of Subparts B, C, D, and E.
 
(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.292  Applicability of the Combined Pollutant Standard
 

     
a) As an alternative to compliance with the emissions standards of Section 225.230(a), the owner or operator of specified EGUs in the CPS located at Fisk, Crawford, Joliet, Powerton, Waukegan, and Will County power plants may elect for all of those EGUs as a group to demonstrate compliance pursuant to the CPS, which establishes control requirements and emissions standards for NOx, PM, SO2, and mercury. For this purpose, ownership of a specified EGU is determined based on direct ownership, by holding a majority interest in a company that owns the EGU or EGUs, or by the common ownership of the company that owns the EGU, whether through a parent-subsidiary relationship, as a sister corporation, or as an affiliated corporation with the same parent corporation, provided that the owner or operator has the right or authority to submit a CAAPP application on behalf of the EGU.
b) A specified EGU is a coal-fired EGU listed in Appendix A, irrespective of any subsequent changes in ownership of the EGU or power plant, the operator, unit designation, or name of unit.
c) The owner or operator of each of the specified EGUs electing to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to the CPS must submit an application for a CAAPP permit modification to the Agency, as provided for in Section 225.220, that includes the information specified in Section 225.293 that clearly states the owner’s or operator’s election to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to the CPS.
d) If an owner or operator of one or more specified EGUs elects to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to the CPS, then all specified EGUs owned or operated in Illinois by the owner or operator as of December 31, 2006, as defined in subsection (a) of this Section, are thereafter subject to the standards and control requirements of the CPS. Such EGUs are referred to as a Combined Pollutant Standard (CPS) group.
e) If an EGU is subject to the requirements of this Section, then the requirements apply to all owners and operators of the EGU, and to the CAIR designated representative for the EGU.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.293  Combined Pollutant Standard: Notice of Intent
 
The owner or operator of one or more specified EGUs that intends to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of the CPS must notify the Agency of its intention on or before December 31, 2007. The following information must accompany the notification:
 

   
a) The identification of each EGU that will be complying with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to the CPS, with evidence that the owner or operator has identified all specified EGUs that it owned or operated in Illinois as of December 31, 2006, and which commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2004;
b) If an EGU identified in subsection (a) of this Section is also owned or operated by a person different than the owner or operator submitting the notice of intent, a demonstration that the submitter has the right to commit the EGU or authorization from the responsible official for the EGU submitting the application; and
c) A summary of the current control devices installed and operating on each EGU and identification of the additional control devices that will likely be needed for each EGU to comply with emission control requirements of the CPS.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 

 
Section 225.294 Combined Pollutant Standard: Control Technology Requirements and Emissions Standards for Mercury
 
a) Control Technology Requirements for Mercury.
  
1) For each EGU in a CPS group other than an EGU that is addressed by subsection (b) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must install, if not already installed, and properly operate and maintain, by the dates set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section, ACI equipment complying with subsections (g), (h), (i), (j), and (k) of this Section, as applicable.
2) By the following dates, for the EGUs listed in subsections (a)(2)(A) and (B), which include hot and cold side ESPs, the owner or operator must install, if not already installed, and begin operating ACI equipment or the Agency must be given written notice that the EGU will be shut down on or before the following dates:
  
A) Fisk 19, Crawford 7, Crawford 8, Waukegan 7, and Waukegan 8 on or before July 1, 2008; and
B) Powerton 5, Powerton 6, Will County 3, Will County 4, Joliet 6, Joliet 7, and Joliet 8 on or before July 1, 2009.
 
b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, the following EGUs are not required to install ACI equipment because they will be permanently shut down, as addressed by Section 225.297, by the date specified:
 
1) EGUs that are required to permanently shut down:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2007, Waukegan 6; and
B) On or before December 31, 2010, Will County 1 and Will County 2.
 
2) Any other specified EGU that is permanently shut down by December 31, 2010.
 
c) Beginning on January 1, 2015, and continuing thereafter, and measured on a rolling 12-month basis (the initial period is January 1, 2015, through December 31, 2015, and, then, for every 12-month period thereafter), each specified EGU, except Will County 3, shall achieve one of the following emissions standards:
  
1) An emissions standard of 0.0080 lbs mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or
2) A minimum 90 percent reduction of input mercury.
  
d) Beginning on January 1, 2016, and continuing thereafter, Will County 3 shall achieve the mercury emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section measured on a rolling 12-month basis (the initial period is January 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016, and, then, for every 12-month period thereafter).
e) Compliance with Emission Standards
 
1) At any time prior to the dates required for compliance in subsections (c) and (d) of this Section, the owner or operator of a specified EGU, upon notice to the Agency, may elect to comply with the emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section measured on either:

A)   a rolling 12-month basis, or;
 

 
B) semi-annual calendar basis pursuant to the emissions testing requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), and (i)(3) and (4) of this Subpart until June 30, 2012.
 
2) Once an EGU is subject to the mercury emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section, it shall not be subject to the requirements of subsections (g), (h), (i), (j) and (k) of this Section.
  
f) Compliance with the mercury emissions standards or reduction requirement of this Section must be calculated in accordance with Section 225.230(a) or (b).
g) For each EGU for which injection of halogenated activated carbon is required by subsection (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must inject halogenated activated carbon in an optimum manner, which, except as provided in subsection (h) of this Section, is defined as all of the following:
  
1) The use of an injection system for effective absorption of mercury, considering the configuration of the EGU and its ductwork;
2) The injection of halogenated activated carbon manufactured by Alstom, Norit, or Sorbent Technologies, or Calgon Carbon's FLUEPAC MC Plus, or the injection of any other halogenated activated carbon or sorbent that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated to have similar or better effectiveness for control of mercury emissions; and

3)  The injection of sorbent at the following minimum rates, as applicable:
 

    
A) For an EGU firing subbituminous coal, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or, for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 2.5 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
B) For an EGU firing bituminous coal, 10.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or, for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
C) For an EGU firing a blend of subbituminous and bituminous coal, a rate that is the weighted average of the rates specified in subsections (g)(3)(A) and (B), based on the blend of coal being fired; or
D) A rate or rates set lower by the Agency, in writing, than the rate specified in any of subsection (g)(3)(A), (B), or (C) of this Section on a unit-specific basis, provided that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated that such rate or rates are needed so that carbon injection will not increase particulate matter emissions or opacity so as to threaten noncompliance with applicable requirements for particulate matter or opacity.
 
4) For purposes of subsection (g)(3) of this Section, the flue gas flow rate must be determined for the point sorbent injection; provided that this flow rate may be assumed to be identical to the stack flow rate if the gas temperatures at the point of injection and the stack are normally within 100º F, or the flue gas flow rate may otherwise be calculated from the stack flow rate, corrected for the difference in gas temperatures.
 
h) The owner or operator of an EGU that seeks to operate an EGU with an activated carbon injection rate or rates that are set on a unit-specific basis pursuant to subsection (g)(3)(D) of this Section must submit an application to the Agency proposing such rate or rates, and must meet the requirements of subsections (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this Section, subject to the limitations of subsections (h)(3) and (h)(4) of this Section:
    
1) The application must be submitted as an application for a new or revised federally enforceable operation permit for the EGU, and it must include a summary of relevant mercury emissions data for the EGU, the unit-specific injection rate or rates that are proposed, and detailed information to support the proposed injection rate or rates; and
2) This application must be submitted no later than the date that activated carbon must first be injected. For example, the owner or operator of an EGU that must inject activated carbon pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this Section must apply for unit-specific injection rate or rates by July 1, 2008. Thereafter, the owner or operator may supplement its application; and
3) Any decision of the Agency denying a permit or granting a permit with conditions that set a lower injection rate or rates may be appealed to the Board pursuant to Section 39 of the Act; and
4) The owner or operator of an EGU may operate at the injection rate or rates proposed in its application until a final decision is made on the application including a final decision on any appeal to the Board.
 
i) During any evaluation of the effectiveness of a listed sorbent, alternative sorbent, or other technique to control mercury emissions, the owner or operator of an EGU need not comply with the requirements of subsection (g) of this Section for any system needed to carry out the evaluation, as further provided as follows:
    
1) The owner or operator of the EGU must conduct the evaluation in accordance with a formal evaluation program submitted to the Agency at least 30 days prior to commencement of the evaluation;
2) The duration and scope of the evaluation may not exceed the duration and scope reasonably needed to complete the desired evaluation of the alternative control techniques, as initially addressed by the owner or operator in a support document submitted with the evaluation program; and
3) The owner or operator of the EGU must submit a report to the Agency no later than 30 days after the conclusion of the evaluation that describes the evaluation conducted and which provides the results of the evaluation; and
4) If the evaluation of alternative control techniques shows less effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU than was achieved with the principal control techniques, the owner or operator of the EGU must resume use of the principal control techniques. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows comparable effectiveness to the principal control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU may either continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is at least as effective as the principal control technique or it may resume use of the principal control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows more effective control of mercury emissions than the control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is more effective than the principal control technique, so long as it continues to be subject to this Section.
 
j) In addition to complying with the applicable recordkeeping and monitoring requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of the CPS must also comply with the following additional requirements:
   
1) For the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must maintain records of the usage of sorbent, the exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, and the sorbent feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on a weekly average;
2) After the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must monitor activated sorbent feed rate to the EGU, flue gas temperature at the point of sorbent injection, and exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, automatically recording this data and the sorbent carbon feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on an hourly average; and
3) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, it must keep records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of activated carbon on a weekly basis.
 
k) In addition to complying with the applicable reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of the CPS must also submit quarterly reports for the recordkeeping and monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (j) of this Section.
 
l) As an alternative to the CEMS monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU may elect to comply with the emissions testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in Section 225.239(c), (d), (e), (f)(1) and (2), (h)(2), (i)(3) and (4), and (j)(1).
 
(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.295 Combined Pollutant Standard: Emissions Standards for NOx and SO2
 
a) Emissions Standards for NOx and Reporting Requirements.
   
1) Beginning with calendar year 2012 and continuing in each calendar year thereafter, the CPS group, which includes all specified EGUs that have not been permanently shut down by December 31 before the applicable calendar year, must comply with a CPS group average annual NOx emissions rate of no more than 0.11 lbs/mmBtu.
2) Beginning with ozone season control period 2012 and continuing in each ozone season control period (May 1 through September 30) thereafter, the CPS group, which includes all specified EGUs that have not been permanently shut down by December 31 before the applicable ozone season, must comply with a CPS group average ozone season NOx emissions rate of no more than 0.11 lbs/mmBtu.
3) The owner or operator of the specified EGUs in the CPS group must file, not later than one year after startup of any selective SNCR on such EGU, a report with the Agency describing the NOx emissions reductions that the SNCR has been able to achieve.
 
b) Emissions Standards for SO2. Beginning in calendar year 2013 and continuing in each calendar year thereafter, the CPS group must comply with the applicable CPS group average annual SO2 emissions rate listed as follows:
  
year lbs/mmBtu
2013 0.44
2014 0.41
2015 0.28
2016 0.195
2017 0.15
2018 0.13
2019 0.11
 
c) Compliance with the NOx and SO2 emissions standards must be demonstrated in accordance with Sections 225.310, 225.410, and 225.510. The owner or operator of the specified EGUs must complete the demonstration of compliance pursuant to Section 225.298(c) before March 1 of the following year for annual standards and before November 30 of the particular year for ozone season control periods (May 1 through September 30) standards, by which date a compliance report must be submitted to the Agency.
d) The CPS group average annual SO2 emission rate, annual NOx emission rate and ozone season NOx emission rates shall be determined as follows:
n n
ERavg = Σ (SO2i or NOxi tons)∕ Σ (HIi)
i=1 i=1
 

Where:
 

ERavg =average annual or ozone season emission rate in lbs/mmBbtu of all EGUs in the CPS group.
HIi =heat input for the annual or ozone control period of each EGU, in mmBtu.
SO2i =actual annual SO2 tons of each EGU in the CPS group.
  NOxi=actual annual or ozone season NOx tons of each EGU in the CPS group.
  n=number of EGUs that are in the CPS group
 
i =each EGU in the CPS group.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
 

 
Section 225.296 Combined Pollutant Standard: Control Technology Requirements for NOx, SO2, and PM Emissions
 
a) Control Technology Requirements for NOx and SO2.
    
1) On or before December 31, 2013, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Waukegan 7;
2) On or before December 31, 2014, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Waukegan 8;
3) On or before December 31, 2015, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Fisk 19;
4) If Crawford 7 will be operated after December 31, 2018, and not permanently shut down by this date, the owner or operator must:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2015, install and have operational SNCR or equipment capable of delivering essentially equivalent NOx reductions on Crawford 7; and
B) On or before December 31, 2018, install and have operational FGD equipment on Crawford 7;
 
5) If Crawford 8 will be operated after December 31, 2017 and not permanently shut down by this date, the owner or operator must:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2015, install and have operational SNCR or equipment capable of delivering essentially equivalent NOx emissions reductions on Crawford 8; and
B) On or before December 31, 2017, install and have operational FGD equipment on Crawford 8.
 
b) Other Control Technology Requirements for SO2. Owners or operators of specified EGUs must either permanently shut down or install FGD equipment on each specified EGU (except Joliet 5), on or before December 31, 2018, unless an earlier date is specified in subsection (a) of this Section.
 
c) Control Technology Requirements for PM. The owner or operator of the two specified EGUs listed in this subsection that are equipped with a hot-side ESP must replace the hot-side ESP with a cold-side ESP, install an appropriately designed fabric filter, or permanently shut down the EGU by the dates specified. Hot-side ESP means an ESP on a coal-fired boiler that is installed before the boiler's air-preheater where the operating temperature is typically at least 550º F, as distinguished from a cold-side ESP that is installed after the air pre-heater where the operating temperature is typically no more than 350º F.
  
1) Waukegan 7 on or before December 31, 2013; and
2) Will County 3 on or before December 31, 2015.
  
d) Beginning on December 31, 2008, and annually thereafter up to and including December 31, 2015, the owner or operator of the Fisk power plant must submit in writing to the Agency a report on any technology or equipment designed to affect air quality that has been considered or explored for the Fisk power plant in the preceding 12 months. This report will not obligate the owner or operator to install any equipment described in the report.
e) Notwithstanding 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146(hhh), until an EGU has complied with the applicable requirements of subsections 225.296(a), (b), and (c), the owner or operator of the EGU must obtain a construction permit for any new or modified air pollution control equipment that it proposes to construct for control of emissions of mercury, NOx, PM, or SO2.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.297  Combined Pollutant Standard: Permanent Shut Downs
 

 
a) The owner or operator of the following EGUs must permanently shut down the EGU by the dates specified:
  
1) Waukegan 6 on or before December 31, 2007; and
2) Will County 1 and Will County 2 on or before December 31, 2010.
    
b) No later than 8 months before the date that a specified EGU will be permanently shut down, the owner or operator must submit a report to the Agency that includes a description of the actions that have already been taken to allow the shutdown of the EGU and a description of the future actions that must be accomplished to complete the shutdown of the EGU, with the anticipated schedule for those actions and the anticipated date of permanent shutdown of the unit.
c) No later than six months before a specified EGU will be permanently shut down, the owner or operator shall apply for revisions to the operating permits for the EGU to include provisions that terminate the authorization to operate the unit on that date.
d) If after applying for or obtaining a construction permit to install required control equipment, the owner or operator decides to permanently shut-down a Specified EGU rather than install the required control technology, the owner or operator must immediately notify the Agency in writing and thereafter submit the information required by subsections (b) and (c) of this Section.
e) Failure to permanently shut down a specified EGU by the required date shall be considered separate violations of the applicable emissions standards and control technology requirements of the CPS for NOx, PM, SO2, and mercury.
  
(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
Section 225.298 Combined Pollutant Standard: Requirements for NOx and SO2 Allowances
 
a) The following requirements apply to the owner, the operator, and the designated representative with respect to SO2 and NOx allowances:
   
1) The owner, operator, and designated representative of specified EGUs in a CPS group is permitted to sell, trade, or transfer SO2 and NOx emissions allowances of any vintage owned, allocated to, or earned by the specified EGUs (the "CPS allowances") to its affiliated Homer City, Pennsylvania, generating station for as long as the Homer City Station needs the CPS allowances for compliance.
2) When and if the Homer City Station no longer requires all of the CPS allowances, the owner, operator, or designated representative of specified EGUs in a CPS group may sell any and all remaining CPS allowances, without restriction, to any person or entity located anywhere, except that the owner or operator may not directly sell, trade, or transfer CPS allowances to a unit located in Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan, Kentucky, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, or Texas.
3) In no event shall this subsection (a) require or be interpreted to require any restriction whatsoever on the sale, trade, or exchange of the CPS allowances by persons or entities who have acquired the CPS allowances from the owner, operator, or designated representative of specified EGUs in a CPS group.
  
b) The owner, operator, and designated representative of EGUs in a specified CPS group is prohibited from purchasing or using SO2 and NOx allowances for the purposes of meeting the SO2 and NOx emissions standards set forth in Section 225.295.
c) Before March 1, 2010, and continuing each year thereafter, the designated representative of the EGUs in a CPS group must submit a report to the Agency that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this Section for the previous calendar year and ozone season control period (May 1 through September 30), and includes identification of any NOx or SO2 allowances that have been used for compliance with any NOx or SO2 trading programs, and any NOx or SO2 allowances that were sold, gifted, used, exchanged, or traded. A final report must be submitted to the Agency by August 31 of each year, providing either verification that the actions described in the initial report have taken place, or, if such actions have not taken place, an explanation of the changes that have occurred and the reasons for such changes.

(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.299  Combined Pollutant Standard: Clean Air Act Requirements
 
The SO2 emissions rates set forth in the CPS shall be deemed to be best available retrofit technology (“BART”) under the Visibility Protection provisions of the CAA (42 USC 7491), reasonably available control technology (“RACT”) and reasonably available control measures (“RACM”) for achieving fine particulate matter (“PM2.5”) requirements under NAAQS in effect on August 31, 2007, as required by the CAA (42 USC 7502). The Agency may use the SO2 and NOx emissions reductions required under the CPS in developing attainment demonstrations and demonstrating reasonable further progress for PM2.5 and 8 hour ozone standards, as required under the CAA. Furthermore, in developing rules, regulations, or State Implementation Plans designed to comply with PM2.5 and 8 hour ozone NAAQS, the Agency, taking into account all emission reduction efforts and other appropriate factors, will use best efforts to seek SO2 and NOx emissions rates from other EGUs that are equal to or less than the rates applicable to the CPS group and will seek SO2 and NOx reductions from other sources before seeking additional emissions reductions from any EGU in the CPS group.
 
(Source: Added at _____, effective _____)
 

SUBPART F: COMBINED POLLUTANT STANDARDS
 

 
Section 225.600  Purpose
 
The purpose of this Subpart F is to allow an alternate means of compliance with the emissions standards for mercury in Section 225.230(a) for specified EGUs through permanent shut-down, installation of ACI, and the application of pollution control technology for NOx, PM, and SO2 emissions that also reduce mercury emissions as a co-benefit and to establish permanent emissions standards for those specified EGUs. Unless otherwise provided for in this Subpart F, owners and operators of those specified EGUs are not excused from compliance with other applicable requirements of Subparts B, C, D, and E.
 
(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____) 
 
Section 225.605  Applicability
 

     
a) As an alternative to compliance with the emissions standards of Section 225.230(a), the owner or operator of specified EGUs in this Subpart F located at Fisk, Crawford, Joliet, Powerton, Waukegan, and Will County power plants may elect for all of those EGUs as a group to demonstrate compliance pursuant to this Subpart F, which establishes control requirements and emissions standards for NOx, PM, SO2, and mercury. For this purpose, ownership of a specified EGU is determined based on direct ownership, by holding a majority interest in a company that owns the EGU or EGUs, or by the common ownership of the company that owns the EGU, whether through a parent-subsidiary relationship, as a sister corporation, or as an affiliated corporation with the same parent corporation, provided that the owner or operator has the right or authority to submit a CAAPP application on behalf of the EGU.
b) A specified EGU is a coal-fired EGU listed in Appendix A, irrespective of any subsequent changes in ownership of the EGU or power plant, the operator, unit designation, or name of unit.
c) The owner or operator of each of the specified EGUs electing to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to this Subpart must submit an application for a CAAPP permit modification to the Agency, as provided for in Section 225.220, that includes the information specified in Section 225.610 that clearly states the owner’s or operator’s election to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to this Subpart F.
d) If an owner or operator of one or more specified EGUs elects to demonstrate compliance with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to this Subpart F, then all specified EGUs owned or operated in Illinois by the owner or operator as of December 31, 2006, as defined in subsection (a) of this Section, are thereafter subject to the standards and control requirements of this Subpart F. Such EGUs are referred to as a Combined Pollutant Standard (CPS) group.
e) If an EGU is subject to the requirements of this Section, then the requirements apply to all owners and operators of the EGU, and to the CAIR designated representative for the EGU.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.610  Notice of Intent
 
The owner or operator of one or more specified EGUs that intends to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of this Subpart F must notify the Agency of its intention on or before December 31, 2007. The following information must accompany the notification:
 

   
a) The identification of each EGU that will be complying with Section 225.230(a) pursuant to this Subpart F, with evidence that the owner or operator has identified all specified EGUs that it owned or operated in Illinois as of December 31, 2006, and which commenced commercial operation on or before December 31, 2004;
b) If an EGU identified in subsection (a) of this Section is also owned or operated by a person different than the owner or operator submitting the notice of intent, a demonstration that the submitter has the right to commit the EGU or authorization from the responsible official for the EGU submitting the application; and
c) A summary of the current control devices installed and operating on each EGU and identification of the additional control devices that will likely be needed for each EGU to comply with emission control requirements of this Subpart F.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.615  Control Technology Requirements and Emissions Standards for Mercury
 

 
a) Control Technology Requirements for Mercury.
  
1) For each EGU in a CPS group other than an EGU that is addressed by subsection (b) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must install, if not already installed, and properly operate and maintain, by the dates set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section, ACI equipment complying with subsections (g), (h), (i), (j), and (k) of this Section, as applicable.
2) By the following dates, for the EGUs listed in subsections (a)(2)(A) and (B), which include hot and cold side ESPs, the owner or operator must install, if not already installed, and begin operating ACI equipment or the Agency must be given written notice that the EGU will be shut down on or before the following dates:
  
A) Fisk 19, Crawford 7, Crawford 8, Waukegan 7, and Waukegan 8 on or before July 1, 2008; and
B) Powerton 5, Powerton 6, Will County 3, Will County 4, Joliet 6, Joliet 7, and Joliet 8 on or before July 1, 2009.
 
b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, the following EGUs are not required to install ACI equipment because they will be permanently shut down, as addressed by Section 225.630, by the date specified:
 
1) EGUs that are required to permanently shut down:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2007, Waukegan 6; and
B) On or before December 31, 2010, Will County 1 and Will County 2.
 
2) Any other specified EGU that is permanently shut down by December 31, 2010.
 
c) Beginning on January 1, 2015 and continuing thereafter, and measured on a rolling 12-month basis (the initial period is January 1, 2015, through December 31, 2015, and, then, for every 12-month period thereafter), each specified EGU, except Will County 3, shall achieve one of the following emissions standards:
  
1) An emissions standard of 0.0080 lbs mercury/GWh gross electrical output; or
2) A minimum 90 percent reduction of input mercury.
    
d) Beginning on January 1, 2016, and continuing thereafter, Will County 3 shall achieve the mercury emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section measured on a rolling 12-month basis (the initial period is January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, and, then, for every 12-month period thereafter).
e) At any time prior to the dates required for compliance in subsections (c) and (d) of this Section, the owner or operator of a specified EGU, upon notice to the Agency, may elect to comply with the emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section measured on a rolling 12-month basis for one or more EGUs. Once an EGU is subject to the mercury emissions standards of subsection (c) of this Section, it shall not be subject to the requirements of subsections (g), (h), (i), (j) and (k) of this Section.
f) Compliance with the mercury emissions standards or reduction requirement of this Section must be calculated in accordance with Section 225.230(a) or (b).
g) For each EGU for which injection of halogenated activated carbon is required by subsection (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or operator of the EGU must inject halogenated activated carbon in an optimum manner, which, except as provided in subsection (h) of this Section, is defined as all of the following:
  
1) The use of an injection system for effective absorption of mercury, considering the configuration of the EGU and its ductwork;
2) The injection of halogenated activated carbon manufactured by Alstom, Norit, or Sorbent Technologies, or the injection of any other halogenated activated carbon or sorbent that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated to have similar or better effectiveness for control of mercury emissions; and

3)  The injection of sorbent at the following minimum rates, as applicable:
 

    
A) For an EGU firing subbituminous coal, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or, for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 2.5 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
B) For an EGU firing bituminous coal, 10.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet or, for any cyclone-fired EGU that will install a scrubber and baghouse by December 31, 2012, and which already meets an emission rate of 0.020 lb mercury/GWh gross electrical output or at least 75 percent reduction of input mercury, 5.0 lbs per million actual cubic feet;
C) For an EGU firing a blend of subbituminous and bituminous coal, a rate that is the weighted average of the rates specified in subsections (g)(3)(A) and (B), based on the blend of coal being fired; or
D) A rate or rates set lower by the Agency, in writing, than the rate specified in any of subsection (g)(3)(A), (B), or (C) of this Section on a unit-specific basis, provided that the owner or operator of the EGU has demonstrated that such rate or rates are needed so that carbon injection will not increase particulate matter emissions or opacity so as to threaten noncompliance with applicable requirements for particulate matter or opacity.
 
4) For purposes of subsection (g)(3) of this Section, the flue gas flow rate must be determined for the point sorbent injection; provided that this flow rate may be assumed to be identical to the stack flow rate if the gas temperatures at the point of injection and the stack are normally within 100º F, or the flue gas flow rate may otherwise be calculated from the stack flow rate, corrected for the difference in gas temperatures.
 
h) The owner or operator of an EGU that seeks to operate an EGU with an activated carbon injection rate or rates that are set on a unit-specific basis pursuant to subsection (g)(3)(D) of this Section must submit an application to the Agency proposing such rate or rates, and must meet the requirements of subsections (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this Section, subject to the limitations of subsections (h)(3) and (h)(4) of this Section:
    
1) The application must be submitted as an application for a new or revised federally enforceable operation permit for the EGU, and it must include a summary of relevant mercury emissions data for the EGU, the unit-specific injection rate or rates that are proposed, and detailed information to support the proposed injection rate or rates; and
2) This application must be submitted no later than the date that activated carbon must first be injected. For example, the owner or operator of an EGU that must inject activated carbon pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this Section must apply for unit-specific injection rate or rates by July 1, 2008. Thereafter, the owner or operator may supplement its application; and
3) Any decision of the Agency denying a permit or granting a permit with conditions that set a lower injection rate or rates may be appealed to the Board pursuant to Section 39 of the Act; and
4) The owner or operator of an EGU may operate at the injection rate or rates proposed in its application until a final decision is made on the application including a final decision on any appeal to the Board.
 
i) During any evaluation of the effectiveness of a listed sorbent, alternative sorbent, or other technique to control mercury emissions, the owner or operator of an EGU need not comply with the requirements of subsection (g) of this Section for any system needed to carry out the evaluation, as further provided as follows:
    
1) The owner or operator of the EGU must conduct the evaluation in accordance with a formal evaluation program submitted to the Agency at least 30 days prior to commencement of the evaluation;
2) The duration and scope of the evaluation may not exceed the duration and scope reasonably needed to complete the desired evaluation of the alternative control techniques, as initially addressed by the owner or operator in a support document submitted with the evaluation program; and
3) The owner or operator of the EGU must submit a report to the Agency no later than 30 days after the conclusion of the evaluation that describes the evaluation conducted and which provides the results of the evaluation; and
4) If the evaluation of alternative control techniques shows less effective control of mercury emissions from the EGU than was achieved with the principal control techniques, the owner or operator of the EGU must resume use of the principal control techniques. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows comparable effectiveness to the principal control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU may either continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is at least as effective as the principal control technique or it may resume use of the principal control technique. If the evaluation of the alternative control technique shows more effective control of mercury emissions than the control technique, the owner or operator of the EGU must continue to use the alternative control technique in a manner that is more effective than the principal control technique, so long as it continues to be subject to this Section.
 
j) In addition to complying with the applicable recordkeeping and monitoring requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of this Subpart F must also comply with the following additional requirements:
   
1) For the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must maintain records of the usage of sorbent, the exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, and the sorbent feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on a weekly average;
2) After the first 36 months that injection of sorbent is required, it must monitor activated sorbent feed rate to the EGU, flue gas temperature at the point of sorbent injection, and exhaust gas flow rate from the EGU, automatically recording this data and the sorbent carbon feed rate, in pounds per million actual cubic feet of exhaust gas at the injection point, on an hourly average; and
3) If a blend of bituminous and subbituminous coal is fired in the EGU, it must keep records of the amount of each type of coal burned and the required injection rate for injection of activated carbon on a weekly basis.
 
k) In addition to complying with the applicable reporting requirements in Sections 225.240 through 225.290, the owner or operator of an EGU that elects to comply with Section 225.230(a) by means of this Subpart F must also submit quarterly reports for the recordkeeping and monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (j) of this Section.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 

 
Section 225.620 Emissions Standards for NOx and SO2
 
a) Emissions Standards for NOx and Reporting Requirements.
   
1) Beginning with calendar year 2012 and continuing in each calendar year thereafter, the CPS group, which includes all specified EGUs that have not been permanently shut down by December 31 before the applicable calendar year, must comply with a CPS group average annual NOx emissions rate of no more than 0.11 lbs/mmBtu.
2) Beginning with ozone season control period 2012 and continuing in each ozone season control period (May 1 through September 30) thereafter, the CPS group, which includes all specified EGUs that have not been permanently shut down by December 31 before the applicable ozone season, must comply with a CPS group average ozone season NOx emissions rate of no more than 0.11 lbs/mmBtu.
3) The owner or operator of the specified EGUs in the CPS group must file, not later than one year after startup of any selective SNCR on such EGU, a report with the Agency describing the NOx emissions reductions that the SNCR has been able to achieve.
 
b) Emissions Standards for SO2. Beginning in calendar year 2013 and continuing in each calendar year thereafter, the CPS group must comply with the applicable CPS group average annual SO2 emissions rate listed as follows:
  
year lbs/mmBtu
2013 0.44
2014 0.41
2015 0.28
2016 0.195
2017 0.15
2018 0.13
2019 0.11
 
c) Compliance with the NOx and SO2 emissions standards must be demonstrated in accordance with Sections 225.310, 225.410, and 225.510. The owner or operator of the specified EGUs must complete the demonstration of compliance pursuant to Section 225.635(c) before March 1 of the following year for annual standards and before November 30 of the particular year for ozone season control periods (May 1 through September 30) standards, by which date a compliance report must be submitted to the Agency.
d) The CPS group average annual SO2 emission rate, annual NOx emission rate and ozone season NOx emission rates shall be determined as follows:
n n
ERavg = Σ (SO2i or NOxi tons)∕ Σ (HIi)
i=1 i=1
 

Where:
 

ERavg =average annual or ozone season emission rate in lbs/mmBbtu of all EGUs in the CPS group.
HIi =heat input for the annual or ozone control period of each EGU, in mmBtu.
SO2i =actual annual SO2 tons of each EGU in the CPS group.
  NOxi=actual annual or ozone season NOx tons of each EGU in the CPS group.
  n=number of EGUs that are in the CPS group
 
i =each EGU in the CPS group.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.625  Control Technology Requirements for NOx, SO2, and PM Emissions
 

 
a) Control Technology Requirements for NOx and SO2.
    
1) On or before December 31, 2013, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Waukegan 7;
2) On or before December 31, 2014, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Waukegan 8;
3) On or before December 31, 2015, the owner or operator must either permanently shut down or install and have operational FGD equipment on Fisk 19;
4) If Crawford 7 will be operated after December 31, 2018, and not permanently shut down by this date, the owner or operator must:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2015, install and have operational SNCR or equipment capable of delivering essentially equivalent NOx reductions on Crawford 7; and
B) On or before December 31, 2018, install and have operational FGD equipment on Crawford 7;
 
5) If Crawford 8 will be operated after December 31, 2017 and not permanently shut down by this date, the owner or operator must:
  
A) On or before December 31, 2015, install and have operational SNCR or equipment capable of delivering essentially equivalent NOx emissions reductions on Crawford 8; and
B) On or before December 31, 2017, install and have operational FGD equipment on Crawford 8.
 
b) Other Control Technology Requirements for SO2. Owners or operators of specified EGUs must either permanently shut down or install FGD equipment on each specified EGU (except Joliet 5), on or before December 31, 2018, unless an earlier date is specified in subsection (a) of this Section.
 
c) Control Technology Requirements for PM. The owner or operator of the two specified EGUs listed in this subsection that are equipped with a hot-side ESP must replace the hot-side ESP with a cold-side ESP, install an appropriately designed fabric filter, or permanently shut down the EGU by the dates specified. Hot-side ESP means an ESP on a coal-fired boiler that is installed before the boiler's air-preheater where the operating temperature is typically at least 550º F, as distinguished from a cold-side ESP that is installed after the air pre-heater where the operating temperature is typically no more than 350º F.
  
1) Waukegan 7 on or before December 31, 2013; and
2) Will County 3 on or before December 31, 2015.
  
d) Beginning on December 31, 2008, and annually thereafter up to and including December 31, 2015, the owner or operator of the Fisk power plant must submit in writing to the Agency a report on any technology or equipment designed to affect air quality that has been considered or explored for the Fisk power plant in the preceding 12 months. This report will not obligate the owner or operator to install any equipment described in the report.
e) Notwithstanding 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.146(hhh), until an EGU has complied with the applicable requirements of subsections 225.625(a), (b), and (c), the owner or operator of the EGU must obtain a construction permit for any new or modified air pollution control equipment that it proposes to construct for control of emissions of mercury, NOx, PM, or SO2.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
 
Section 225.630  Permanent Shut Downs
 

 
a) The owner or operator of the following EGUs must permanently shut down the EGU by the dates specified:
  
1) Waukegan 6 on or before December 31, 2007; and
2) Will County 1 and Will County 2 on or before December 31, 2010.
    
b) No later than 8 months before the date that a specified EGU will be permanently shut down, the owner or operator must submit a report to the Agency that includes a description of the actions that have already been taken to allow the shutdown of the EGU and a description of the future actions that must be accomplished to complete the shutdown of the EGU, with the anticipated schedule for those actions and the anticipated date of permanent shutdown of the unit.
c) No later than six months before a specified EGU will be permanently shut down, the owner or operator shall apply for revisions to the operating permits for the EGU to include provisions that terminate the authorization to operate the unit on that date.
d) If after applying for or obtaining a construction permit to install required control equipment, the owner or operator decides to permanently shut-down a Specified EGU rather than install the required control technology, the owner or operator must immediately notify the Agency in writing and thereafter submit the information required by subsections (b) and (c) of this Section.
e) Failure to permanently shut down a specified EGU by the required date shall be considered separate violations of the applicable emissions standards and control technology requirements of this Subpart F for NOx, PM, SO2, and mercury.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 

 
Section 225.635 Requirements for CAIR SO2, CAIR NOx, and CAIR NOx Ozone Season Allowances
 
a) The following requirements apply to the owner, the operator and the designated representative with respect to CAIR SO2, CAIR NOx, and CAIR NOx Ozone Season allowances:
   
1) The owner, operator, and CAIR designated representative of specified EGUs in a CPS group is permitted to sell, trade, or transfer SO2 and NOx emissions allowances of any vintage owned, allocated to, or earned by the specified EGUs (the "CPS allowances") to its affiliated Homer City, Pennsylvania generating station for as long as the Homer City Station needs the CPS allowances for compliance.
2) When and if the Homer City Station no longer requires all of the CPS allowances, the owner, operator, or CAIR designated representative of specified EGUs in CPS group may sell any and all remaining CPS allowances, without restriction, to any person or entity located anywhere, except that the owner or operator may not directly sell, trade, or transfer CPS allowances to a CAIR NOx or CAIR SO2 unit located in Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan, Kentucky, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, or Texas.
3) In no event shall this subsection (a) require or be interpreted to require any restriction whatsoever on the sale, trade, or exchange of the CPS allowances by persons or entities who have acquired the CPS allowances from the owner, operator, or CAIR designated representative of specified EGUs in a CPS group.
  
b) The owner, operator, and CAIR designated representative of EGUs in a specified CPS group is prohibited from purchasing or using CAIR SO2, CAIR NOx, and CAIR NOx Ozone Season allowances for the purposes of meeting the SO2 and NOx emissions standards set forth in Section 225.620.
c) Before March 1, 2010, and continuing each year thereafter, the CAIR designated representative of the EGUs in a CPS group must submit a report to the Agency that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this Section for the previous calendar year and ozone season control period (May 1 through September 30), and includes identification of any CAIR allowances that have been used for compliance with the CAIR Trading Programs as set forth in Subparts C, D, and E, and any CAIR allowances that were sold, gifted, used, exchanged, or traded. A final report must be submitted to the Agency by August 31 of each year, providing either verification that the actions described in the initial report have taken place, or, if such actions have not taken place, an explanation of the changes that have occurred and the reasons for such changes.

(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 
Section 225.640  Clean Air Act Requirements
 
The SO2 emissions rates set forth in this Subpart F shall be deemed to be best available retrofit technology (“BART”) under the Visibility Protection provisions of the CAA (42 USC 7491), reasonably available control technology (“RACT”) and reasonably available control measures (“RACM”) for achieving fine particulate matter (“PM2.5”) requirements under NAAQS in effect on August 31, 2007, as required by the CAA (42 USC 7502). The Agency may use the SO2 and NOx emissions reductions required under this Subpart F in developing attainment demonstrations and demonstrating reasonable further progress for PM2.5 and 8 hour ozone standards, as required under the CAA. Furthermore, in developing rules, regulations, or State Implementation Plans designed to comply with PM2.5 and 8 hour ozone NAAQS, the Agency, taking into account all emission reduction efforts and other appropriate factors, will use best efforts to seek SO2 and NOx emissions rates from other EGUs that are equal to or less than the rates applicable to the CPS group and will seek SO2 and NOx reductions from other sources before seeking additional emissions reductions from any EGU in the CPS group.
 
(Source: Repealed at _____, effective _____)
 

 
225.APPENDIX A Specified EGUs for Purposes of the CPS Subpart F (Midwest Generation’s Coal-Fired Boilers as of July 1, 2006)

Plant    Permit       Boiler    Permit designation      CPS Subpart F 
Number                Designation

  

Crawford  031600AIN    7    Unit 7 Boiler BLR1    Crawford 7
8    Unit 8 Boiler BLR2    Crawford 8
 
Fisk    031600AMI    19    Unit 19 Boiler BLR19    Fisk 19
 
Joliet    197809AAO    71    Unit 7 Boiler BLR71    Joliet 7
72    Unit 7 Boiler BLR72    Joliet 7
81    Unit 8 Boiler BLR81    Joliet 8
82    Unit 8 Boiler BLR82    Joliet 8  
5    Unit 6 Boiler BLR5    Joliet 6
 
Powerton  179801AAA    51    Unit 5 Boiler BLR 51    Powerton 5
52    Unit 5 Boiler BLR 52    Powerton 5
61    Unit 6 Boiler BLR 61    Powerton 6
62    Unit 6 Boiler BLR 62    Powerton 6
 
Waukegan  097190AAC    17    Unit 6 Boiler BLR17    Waukegan 6
7    Unit 7 Boiler BLR7    Waukegan 7
8    Unit 8 Boiler BLR8    Waukegan 8
 
Will County  197810AAK    1    Unit 1 Boiler BLR1    Will County 1
2    Unit 2 Boiler BLR2    Will County 2
3    Unit 3 Boiler BLR3    Will County 3
4    Unit 4 Boiler BLR4    Will County 4
 
(Source: Amended at _____, effective _____)

 
 

 
225.APPENDIX B
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems for Mercury

Section 1.1  Applicability
 
The provisions of this Appendix apply to sources subject to 35 Ill Admin. Code Part 225 mercury (Hg) mass emission reduction program.
 

Section 1.2  
General operating requirements
 

  
a) Primary Equipment Performance Requirements. The owner or operator must ensure that each continuous mercury emission monitoring system required by this Appendix meets the equipment, installation, and performance specifications in Exhibit A to this Appendix and is maintained according to the quality assurance and quality control procedures in Exhibit B to this Appendix.
b) Heat Input Rate Measurement Requirement. The owner or operator must determine and record the heat input rate, in units of mmBtu/hr, to each affected unit for every hour or part of an hour any fuel is combusted following the procedures in Exhibit C to this Appendix.
c) Primary equipment hourly operating requirements. The owner or operator must ensure that all continuous mercury emission monitoring systems required by this Appendix are in operation and monitoring unit emissions at all times that the affected unit combusts any fuel except during periods of calibration, quality assurance, or preventive maintenance, performed pursuant to Section 1.5 of this Appendix and Exhibit B to this Appendix, periods of repair, periods of backups of data from the data acquisition and handling system, or recertification performed pursuant to Section 1.4 of this Appendix.

     

 
1)  The owner or operator must ensure that each continuous emission monitoring system is capable of completing a minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling, analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 15-minute interval. The owner or operator must reduce all volumetric flow, CO2 concentration, O2 concentration, and mercury concentration data collected by the monitors to hourly averages. Hourly averages must be computed using at least one data point in each fifteen minute quadrant of an hour, where the unit combusted fuel during that quadrant of an hour. Notwithstanding this requirement, an hourly average may be computed from at least two data points separated by a minimum of 15 minutes (where the unit operates for more than one quadrant of an hour) if data are unavailable as a result of the performance of calibration, quality assurance, or preventive maintenance activities pursuant to Section 1.5 of this Appendix and Exhibit B to this Appendix, or backups of data from the data acquisition and handling system, or recertification, pursuant to Section 1.4 to this Appendix. The owner or operator must use all valid measurements or data points collected during an hour to calculate the hourly averages. All data points collected during an hour must be, to the extent practicable, evenly spaced over the hour.
 
2) Failure of a CO2 or O2 emissions concentration monitor, mercury concentration monitor, flow monitor, or a moisture monitor to acquire the minimum number of data points for calculation of an hourly average in paragraph (c)(1) of this Section must result in the failure to obtain a valid hour of data and the loss of such component data for the entire hour. For a moisture monitoring system consisting of one or more oxygen analyzers capable of measuring O2 on a wet-basis and a dry-basis, an hourly average percent moisture value is valid only if the minimum number of data points is acquired for both the wet-and dry-basis measurements.
 
d)  Optional backup monitor requirements. If the owner or operator chooses to use two or more continuous mercury emission monitoring systems, each of which is capable of monitoring the same stack or duct at a specific affected unit, or group of units using a common stack, then the owner or operator must designate one monitoring system as the primary monitoring system, and must record this information in the monitoring plan, as provided for in Section 1.10 of this Appendix. The owner or operator must designate the other monitoring system(s) as backup monitoring system(s) in the monitoring plan. The backup monitoring system(s) must be designated as redundant backup monitoring system(s), non-redundant backup monitoring system(s), or reference method backup system(s), as described in Section 1.4(d) of this Appendix. When the certified primary monitoring system is operating and not out-of-control as defined in Section 1.7 of this Appendix, only data from the certified primary monitoring system must be reported as valid, quality-assured data. Thus, data from the backup monitoring system may be reported as valid, quality-assured data only when the backup is operating and not out-of-control as defined in Section 1.7 of this Appendix (or in the applicable reference method in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) and when the certified primary monitoring system is not operating (or is operating but out-of-control). A particular monitor may be designated both as a certified primary monitor for one unit and as a certified redundant backup monitor for another unit.
  
e) Minimum measurement capability requirement. The owner or operator must ensure that each continuous emission monitoring system is capable of accurately measuring, recording, and reporting data, and must not incur an exceedance of the full scale range, except as provided in Section 2.1.2.3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
f) Minimum recording and recordkeeping requirements. The owner or operator must record and the designated representative must report the hourly, daily, quarterly, and annual information collected under the requirements as specified in subpart G of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and Section 1.11 through 1.13 of this Appendix.
 
Section 1.3 Special provisions for measuring mercury mass emissions using the excepted sorbent trap monitoring methodology

For an affected coal-fired unit under 35 Ill Admin. Code Part 225 if the owner or operator elects to use sorbent trap monitoring systems (as defined in
Section 225.130) to quantify mass emissions, the guidelines in paragraphs (a) through (l) of this Section must be followed for this excepted monitoring methodology:
 

  
a) For each sorbent trap monitoring system (whether primary or redundant backup), the use of paired sorbent traps, as described in Exhibit D to this Appendix, is required;
b) Each sorbent trap must have a main section, a backup section, and a third ection to allow spiking with a calibration gas of known mercury concentration, as described in Exhibit D to this Appendix;

 c)  A certified flow monitoring system is required;
 

    
d) Correction for stack gas moisture content is required, and in some cases, a certified O2 or CO2 monitoring system is required (see Section 1.15(a)(4));
e) Each sorbent trap monitoring system must be installed and operated in accordance with Exhibit D to this Appendix. The automated data acquisition and handling system must ensure that the sampling rate is proportional to the stack gas volumetric flow rate.
f) At the beginning and end of each sample collection period, and at least once in each unit operating hour during the collection period, the gas flow meter reading must be recorded.
g) After each sample collection period, the mass of mercury adsorbed in each sorbent trap (in all three sections) must be determined according to the applicable procedures in Exhibit D to this Appendix.
 
h)  The hourly mercury mass emissions for each collection period are determined using the results of the analyses in conjunction with contemporaneous hourly data recorded by a certified stack flow monitor, corrected for the stack gas moisture content. For each pair of sorbent traps analyzed, the average of the two mercury concentrations must be used for reporting purposes under Section 1.18(f) to this Appendix. Notwithstanding this requirement, if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the owner or operator, one of the paired traps is accidentally lost, damaged, or broken and cannot be analyzed, the results of the analysis of the other trap may be used for reporting purposes, provided that the other trap has met all of the applicable quality-assurance requirements of this part.
  
 
 
i) All unit operating hours for which valid mercury concentration data are obtained with the primary sorbent trap monitoring system (as verified using the quality assurance procedures in Exhibit D to this Appendix) must be reported in the electronic quarterly report under Section 1.18(f) to this Appendix. For hours in which data from the primary monitoring system are invalid, the owner or operator may, in accordance with Section 1.4(d) to this Appendix, report valid mercury concentration data from: A certified redundant backup CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring system; a certified non-redundant backup CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring system; or an applicable reference method under Section 1.6 to this Appendix.
j) Initial certification requirements and additional quality-assurance requirements for the sorbent trap monitoring systems are found in Section 1.4(c)(7), in Section 6.5.6 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, in Sections 1. 3 and 2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, and in Exhibit D to this Appendix.
k) During each RATA of a sorbent trap monitoring system, the type of sorbent material used by the traps must be the same as for daily operation of the monitoring system. A new pair of traps must be used for each RATA run. However, the size of the traps used for the RATA may be smaller than the traps used for daily operation of the system.
l) Whenever the type of sorbent material used by the traps is changed, the owner or operator must conduct a diagnostic RATA of the modified sorbent trap monitoring system within 720 unit or stack operating hours after the date and hour when the new sorbent material is first used. If the diagnostic RATA is passed, data from the modified system may be reported as quality-assured, back to the date and hour when the new sorbent material was first used. If the RATA is failed, all data from the modified system must be invalidated, back to the date and hour when the new sorbent material was first used, and data from the system must remain invalid until a subsequent RATA is passed. If the required RATA is not completed within 720 unit or stack operating hours, but is passed on the first attempt,  Data from the modified system must be invalidated beginning with the first operating hour after the 720 unit or stack operating hour window expires and data from the system must remain invalid until the date and hour of completion of the successful RATA.

Section 1.4  Initial certification and recertification procedures
 

 
a) Initial certification approval process. The owner or operator must ensure that each continuous mercury emission monitoring system required by this Appendix meets the initial certification requirements of this Section. In addition, whenever the owner or operator installs a continuous mercury emission monitoring system in order to meet the requirements of Sections 1.3 of this Appendix and 40 CFR Sections 75.11 through 75.14 and 75.16 through 75.18 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, where no continuous emission monitoring system was previously installed, initial certification is required.
 
1) Notification of initial certification test dates. The owner or operator or designated representative must submit a written notice of the dates of initial ertification testing at the unit as specified in 40 CFR 75.61 (a)(1), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
2) Certification application. The owner or operator must apply for certification of each continuous mercury emission monitoring system. The owner or operator must submit the certification application in accordance with 40 CFR 75.60 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and each complete certification application must include the information specified in 40 CFR 75.63 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 
3)  Provisional approval of certification (or recertification) applications. Upon the successful completion of the required certification (or recertification) procedures of this Section, each continuous mercury emission monitoring system must be deemed provisionally certified (or recertified) for use for a period not to exceed 120 days following receipt by the Agency of the complete certification (or recertification) application under paragraph (a)(4) of this Section. Data measured and recorded by a provisionally certified (or recertified) continuous emission monitoring system, operated in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit B to this Appendix, will be considered valid quality-assured data (retroactive to the date and time of provisional certification or recertification), provided that the Agency does not invalidate the provisional certification (or recertification) by issuing a notice of disapproval within 120 days of receipt by the Agency of the complete certification (or recertification) application. Note that when the conditional data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this Section are used for the initial certification (or recertification) of a continuous emissions monitoring system, the date and time of provisional certification (or recertification) of the CEMS may be earlier than the date and time of completion of the required certification (or recertification) tests.
 
4) Certification (or recertification) application formal approval process. The Agencywill issue a notice of approval or disapproval of the certification (or recertification) application to the owner or operator within 120 days of receipt of the complete certification (or recertification) application. In the event the Agency does not issue such a notice within 120 days of receipt, each continuous emission monitoring system which meets the performance requirements of this part and is included in the certification (or recertification) application will be deemed certified (or recertified) for use under 35 Ill Admin. Code Part 225.
 
A) Approval notice. If the certification (or recertification) application is complete and shows that each continuous emission monitoring system meets the performance requirements of this part, then the Agency will issue a notice of approval of the certification (or recertification) application within 120 days of receipt.
 
B)  Incomplete application notice. A certification (or recertification) application will be considered complete when all of the applicable information required to be submitted in 40 CFR 75.63 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, has been received by the Agency. If the certification (or recertification) application is not complete, then the Agency will issue a notice of incompleteness that provides a reasonable timeframe for the designated representative to submit the additional information required to complete the certification (or recertification) application. If the designated representative has not complied with the notice of incompleteness by a specified due date, then the Agency may issue a notice of disapproval specified under paragraph (a)(4)(C) of this Section. The 120-day review period will not begin prior to receipt of a complete application.
 
C) Disapproval notice. If the certification (or recertification) application shows that any continuous emission monitoring system does not meet the performance requirements of this part, or if the certification (or recertification) application is incomplete and the requirement for disapproval under paragraph (a)(4)(B) of this Section has been met, the Agency must issue a written notice of disapproval of the certification (or recertification) application within 120 days of receipt. By issuing the notice of disapproval, the provisional certification (or recertification) is invalidated by the Agency, and the data measured and recorded by each uncertified continuous emission or opacity monitoring system must not be considered valid quality-assured data as follows: from the hour of the probationary calibration error test that began the initial certification (or recertification) test period (if the conditional data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this Section were used to retrospectively validate data); or from the date and time of completion of the invalid certification or recertification tests (if the conditional data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this Section were not used). The owner or operator must follow the procedures for loss of initial certification in paragraph (a)(5) of this Section for each continuous emission or opacity monitoring system which is disapproved for initial certification. For each disapproved recertification, the owner or operator must follow the procedures of paragraph (b)(5) of this Section.
 
5) Procedures for loss of certification. When the Agency issues a notice of disapproval of a certification application or a notice of disapproval of certification status (as specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this Section), then:
   
A) Until such time, date, and hour as the continuous mercury emission monitoring system can be adjusted, repaired, or replaced and certification tests successfully completed (or, if the conditional data validation procedures in paragraphs (b)(3)(B) through (b)(3)(I) of this Section are used, until a probationary calibration error test is passed following corrective actions in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(B) of this Section), the owner or operator must perform emissions testing pursuant to Section 225.239.
B) The designated representative must submit a notification of certification retest dates as specified in Section 225.250(a)(3)(A) and a new certification application according to the procedures in Section 225.250(a)(3)(B); and
C) The owner or operator must repeat all certification tests or other requirements that were failed by the continuous mercury emission monitoring system, as indicated in the Agency’s notice of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of issuance of the notice of disapproval.
 
b) Recertification approval process. Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or change in a certified continuous mercury emission monitoring system that may significantly affect the ability of the system to accurately measure or record the gas volumetric flow rate, mercury concentration, percent moisture, or to meet the requirements of Section 1.5 of this Appendix or Exhibit B to this Appendix, the owner or operator must recertify the continuous mercury emission monitoring system, according to the procedures in this paragraph. Examples of changes which require recertification include: replacement of the analyzer; change in location or orientation of the sampling probe or site; and complete replacement of an existing continuous mercury emission monitoring system. The owner or operator must also recertify the continuous emission monitoring systems for a unit that has recommenced commercial operation following a period of long-term cold storage as defined in Section 225.130. Any change to a flow monitor or gas monitoring system for which a RATA is not necessary will not be considered a recertification event. In addition, changing the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) of a flow monitor will require a 3-load RATA, but is not considered to be a recertification event; however, records of the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) currently in use must be maintained on-site in a format suitable for inspection. Changing the coefficient or K factor(s) of a moisture monitoring system will require a RATA, but is not considered to be a recertification event; however, records of the coefficient or K factor(s) currently in use by the moisture monitoring system must be maintained on-site in a format suitable for inspection. In such cases, any other tests that are necessary to ensure continued proper operation of the monitoring system (e.g., 3-load flow RATAs following changes to flow monitor polynomial coefficients, linearity checks, calibration error tests, DAHS verifications, etc.) must be performed as diagnostic tests, rather than as recertification tests. The data validation procedures in paragraph (b)(3) of this Section must be applied to RATAs associated with changes to flow or moisture monitor coefficients, and to linearity checks, 7-day calibration error tests, and cycle time tests, when these are required as diagnostic tests. When the data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this Section are applied in this manner, replace the word "recertification" with the word "diagnostic."
   
1) Tests required. For all recertification testing, the owner or operator must complete all initial certification tests in paragraph (c) of this Section that are applicable to the monitoring system, except as otherwise approved by the Agency. For diagnostic testing after changing the flow rate monitor polynomial coefficients, the owner or operator must complete a 3-level RATA. For diagnostic testing after changing the K factor or mathematical algorithm of a moisture monitoring system, the owner or operator must complete a RATA.
2) Notification of recertification test dates. The owner, operator, or designated representative must submit notice of testing dates for recertification under this paragraph as specified in 40 CFR 75.61 (a)(1)(ii), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, unless all of the tests in paragraph (c) of this Section are required for recertification, in which case the owner or operator must provide notice in accordance with the notice provisions for initial certification testing in 40 CFR 75.61 (a)(1)(i), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
3) Recertification test period requirements and data validation. The data validation provisions in paragraphs (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(I) of this Section will apply to all mercury CEMS recertifications and diagnostic testing. The provisions in paragraphs (b)(3)(B) through (b)(3)(I) of this Section may also be applied to initial certifications (see Sections 6.2(a), 6.3.1(a), 6.3.2(a), 6.4(a) and 6.5(f) of Exhibit A to this Appendix) and may be used to supplement the linearity check and RATA data validation procedures in Sections 2.2.3(b) and 2.3.2(b) of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
    
A) The owner or operator must report emission data using a reference method or another monitoring system that has been certified or approved for use under this part, in the period extending from the hour of the replacement, modification, or change made to a monitoring system that triggers the need to perform recertification testing, until either: the hour of successful completion of all of the required recertification tests; or the hour in which a probationary calibration error test (according to paragraph (b)(3)(B) of this Section) is performed and passed, following all necessary repairs, adjustments, or reprogramming of the monitoring system. The first hour of quality-assured data for the recertified monitoring system must either be the hour after all recertification tests have been completed or, if conditional data validation is used, the first quality-assured hour must be determined in accordance with paragraphs (b)(3)(B) through (b)(3)(I) of this Section. Notwithstanding these requirements, if the replacement, modification, or change requiring recertification of the CEMS is such that the historical data stream is no longer representative (e.g., where the mercury concentration and stack flow rate change significantly after installation of a wet scrubber), the owner or operator must estimate the mercury emissions over that time period and notify the Agency within 15 days of the replacement, modification, or change requiring recertification of the CEMS.
B) Once the modification or change to the CEMS has been completed and all of the associated repairs, component replacements, adjustments, linearization, and reprogramming of the CEMS have been completed, a probationary calibration error test is required to establish the beginning point of the recertification test period. In this instance, the first successful calibration error test of the monitoring system following completion of all necessary repairs, component replacements, adjustments, linearization and reprogramming must be the probationary calibration error test. The probationary calibration error test must be passed before any of the required recertification tests are commenced.
C) Beginning with the hour of commencement of a recertification test period, emission data recorded by the mercury CEMS are considered to be conditionally valid, contingent upon the results of the subsequent recertification tests.
D) Each required recertification test must be completed no later than the following number of unit operating hours (or unit operating days) after the probationary calibration error test that initiates the test period:
   
i) For a linearity check and/or cycle time test, 168 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 168 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 ;
ii) For a RATA (whether normal-load or multiple-load), 720 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 720 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 ; and
iii) For a 7-day calibration error test, 21 consecutive unit operating days, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
   
E) All recertification tests must be performed hands-off. No adjustments to the calibration of the mercury CEMS, other than the routine calibration adjustments following daily calibration error tests as described in Section 2.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, are permitted during the recertification test period. Routine daily calibration error tests must be performed throughout the recertification test period, in accordance with Section 2.1.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix. The additional calibration error test requirements in Section 2.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, must also apply during the recertification test period.
F) If all of the required recertification tests and required daily calibration error tests are successfully completed in succession with no failures, and if each recertification test is completed within the time period specified in paragraph (b)(3)(D)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this Section, then all of the conditionally valid emission data recorded by the mercury CEMS will be considered quality assured, from the hour of commencement of the recertification test period until the hour of completion of the required test(s).
G) If a required recertification test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the mercury CEMS, or if a daily calibration error test is failed during a recertification test period, data validation must be done as follows:
      
i) If any required recertification test is failed, it must be repeated. If any recertification test other than a 7-day calibration error test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the mercury CEMS, the original recertification test period is ended, and a new recertification test period must be commenced with a probationary calibration error test. The tests that are required in the new recertification test period will include any tests that were required for the initial recertification event which were not successfully completed and any recertification or diagnostic tests that are required as a result of changes made to the monitoring system to correct the problems that caused the failure of the recertification test. For a 2- or 3-load flow RATA, if the relative accuracy test is passed at one or more load levels, but is failed at a subsequent load level, provided that the problem that caused the RATA failure is corrected without re-linearizing the instrument, the length of the new recertification test period must be equal to the number of unit operating hours remaining in the original recertification test period, as of the hour of failure of the RATA. However, if re-linearization of the flow monitor is required after a flow RATA is failed at a particular load level, then a subsequent 3-load RATA is required, and the new recertification test period must be 720 consecutive unit (or stack) operating hours. The new recertification test sequence must not be commenced until all necessary maintenance activities, adjustments, linearizations, and reprogramming of the CEMS have been completed;
ii) If a linearity check, RATA, or cycle time test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the mercury CEMS, all conditionally valid emission data recorded by the CEMS are invalidated, from the hour of commencement of the recertification test period to the hour in which the test is failed or aborted, except for the case in which a multiple-load flow RATA is passed at one or more load levels, failed at a subsequent load level, and the problem that caused the RATA failure is corrected without re-linearizing the instrument. In that case, data invalidation will be prospective, from the hour of failure of the RATA until the commencement of the new recertification test period. Data from the CEMS remain invalid until the hour in which a new recertification test period is commenced, following corrective action, and a probationary calibration error test is passed, at which time the conditionally valid status of emission data from the CEMS begins again;
iii) If a 7-day calibration error test is failed within the recertification test period, previously-recorded conditionally valid emission data from the mercury CEMS are not invalidated. The conditionally valid data status is unaffected, unless the calibration error on the day of the failed 7-day calibration error test exceeds twice the performance specification in Section 3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, as described in paragraph (b)(3)(G)(iv) of this Section.
iv) If a daily calibration error test is failed during a recertification test period (i.e., the results of the test exceed twice the performance specification in Section 3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix), the CEMS is out-of-control as of the hour in which the calibration error test is failed. Emission data from the CEMS will be invalidated prospectively from the hour of the failed calibration error test until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test following corrective action, at which time the conditionally valid status of data from the monitoring system resumes. Failure to perform a required daily calibration error test during a recertification test period will also cause data from the CEMS to be invalidated prospectively, from the hour in which the calibration error test was due until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test. Whenever a calibration error test is failed or missed during a recertification test period, no further recertification tests must be performed until the required subsequent calibration error test has been passed, re-establishing the conditionally valid status of data from the monitoring system. If a calibration error test failure occurs while a linearity check or RATA is still in progress, the linearity check or RATA must be re-started.
v) Trial gas injections and trial RATA runs are permissible during the recertification test period, prior to commencing a linearity check or RATA, for the purpose of optimizing the performance of the CEMS. The results of such gas injections and trial runs will not affect the status of previously-recorded conditionally valid data or result in termination of the recertification test period, provided that they meet the following specifications and conditions: for gas injections, the stable, ending monitor response is within +-5 percent or within 5 ppm of the tag value of the reference gas; for RATA trial runs, the average reference method reading and the average CEMS reading for the run differ by no more than +-10% of the average reference method value or +-15 ppm, or +-1.5% H2O, or +-0.02 lb/mmBtu from the average reference method value, as applicable; no adjustments to the calibration of the CEMS are made following the trial injection(s) or run(s), other than the adjustments permitted under Section 2.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix and the CEMS is not repaired, re-linearized or reprogrammed (e.g., changing flow monitor polynomial coefficients, linearity constants, or K-factors) after the trial injection(s) or run(s).
vi) If the results of any trial gas injection(s) or RATA run(s) are outside the limits in paragraphs (b)(3)(G)(v) of this Section or if the CEMS is repaired, re-linearized, or reprogrammed after the trial injection(s) or run(s), the trial injection(s) or run(s) will be counted as a failed linearity check or RATA attempt. If this occurs, follow the procedures pertaining to failed and aborted recertification tests in paragraphs (b)(3)(G)(i) and (b)(3)(G)(ii) of this Section.
  
H) If any required recertification test is not completed within its allotted time period, data validation must be done as follows. For a late linearity test, RATA, or cycle time test that is passed on the first attempt, data from the monitoring system will be invalidated from the hour of expiration of the recertification test period until the hour of completion of the late test. For a late 7-day calibration error test, whether or not it is passed on the first attempt, data from the monitoring system will also be invalidated from the hour of expiration of the recertification test period until the hour of completion of the late test. For a late linearity test, RATA, or cycle time test that is failed on the first attempt or aborted on the first attempt due to a problem with the monitor, all conditionally valid data from the monitoring system will be considered invalid back to the hour of the first probationary calibration error test which initiated the recertification test period. Data from the monitoring system will remain invalid until the hour of successful completion of the late recertification test and any additional recertification or diagnostic tests that are required as a result of changes made to the monitoring system to correct problems that caused failure of the late recertification test.
I) If any required recertification test of a monitoring system has not been completed by the end of a calendar quarter and if data contained in the quarterly report are conditionally valid pending the results of test(s) to be completed in a subsequent quarter, the owner or operator must indicate this by means of a suitable conditionally valid data flag in the electronic quarterly report, and notification within the quarterly report pursuant to 225.290(b)(1)(E), for that quarter. The owner or operator must resubmit the report for that quarter if the required recertification test is subsequently failed. If any required recertification test is not completed by the end of a particular calendar quarter but is completed no later than 30 days after the end of that quarter (i.e., prior to the deadline for submitting the quarterly report under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140), the test data and results may be submitted with the earlier quarterly report even though the test date(s) are from the next calendar quarter. In such instances, if the recertification test(s) are passed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(3) of this Section, conditionally valid data may be reported as quality-assured, in lieu of reporting a conditional data flag. In addition, if the owner or operator uses a conditionally valid data flag in any of the four quarterly reports for a given year, the owner or operator must indicate the final status of the conditionally valid data (i.e., resolved or unresolved) in the annual compliance certification report required under 40 CFR 72.90 for that year. The Agency may invalidate any conditionally valid data that remains unresolved at the end of a particular calendar year.
  
4) Recertification application. The designated representative must apply for recertification of each continuous mercury emission monitoring system. The owner or operator must submit the recertification application in accordance with 40 CFR 75.60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and each complete recertification application must include the information specified in 40 CFR 75.63 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
5) Approval or disapproval of request for recertification. The procedures for provisional certification in paragraph (a)(3) of this Section apply to recertification applications. The Agency will issue a notice of approval, disapproval, or incompleteness according to the procedures in paragraph (a)(4) of this Section. Data from the monitoring system remain invalid until all required recertification tests have been passed or until a subsequent probationary calibration error test is passed, beginning a new recertification test period. The owner or operator must repeat all recertification tests or other requirements, as indicated in the Agency’s notice of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of issuance of the notice of disapproval. The designated representative must submit a notification of the recertification retest dates, as specified in 40 CFR 75.61 (a)(1)(ii), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and must submit a new recertification application according to the procedures in paragraph (b)(4) of this Section.
 
c) Initial certification and recertification procedures. Prior to the applicable deadline in 35 Ill Admin. Code 225.240(b), the owner or operator must conduct initial certification tests and in accordance with 40 CFR 75.63 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the designated representative must submit an application to demonstrate that the continuous emission monitoring system and components thereof meet the specifications in Exhibit A to this Appendix. The owner or operator must compare reference method values with output from the automated data acquisition and handling system that is part of the continuous mercury emission monitoring system being tested. Except as otherwise specified in paragraphs (b)(1), (d), and (e) of this Section, and in Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, the owner or operator must perform the following tests for initial certification or recertification of continuous emission monitoring systems or components according to the requirements of Exhibit B to this Appendix:

   1)  For each mercury concentration monitoring system:
 
A)  A 7-day calibration error test;
 

 
B) A linearity check, for mercury monitors, perform this check with elemental mercury standards;

C)  A relative accuracy test audit must be done on a µg/scm basis;
 
D)  A bias test;
 
E)  A cycle time test;
 

 
F) For mercury monitors a 3-level system integrity check, using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury, as described in Section 6.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix. This test is not required for a mercury monitor that does not have a converter.

   2)  For each flow monitor:
 
A)  A 7-day calibration error test;
 
B)  Relative accuracy test audits, as follows:
 

  
i) A single-load (or single-level) RATA at the normal load (or level), as defined in Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, for a flow monitor installed on a peaking unit or bypass stack, or for a flow monitor exempted from multiple-level RATA testing under Section 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix;
ii) For all other flow monitors, a RATA at each of the three load levels (or operating levels) corresponding to the three flue gas velocities described in Section 6.5.2(a) of Exhibit A to this Appendix;
  
C) A bias test for the single-load (or single-level) flow RATA described in paragraph (c)(2)(B)(i) of this Section; and
D) A bias test (or bias tests) for the 3-level flow RATA described in paragraph (c)(2)(B)(ii) of this Section, at the following load or operational level(s):
  
i) At each load level designated as normal under Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, for units that produce electrical or thermal output, or
ii) At the operational level identified as normal in Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, for units that do not produce electrical or thermal output.
 
3) For each diluent gas monitor used only to monitor heat input rate:
    
A) A 7-day calibration error test;
B) A linearity check;
C) A relative accuracy test audit, where, for an O2 monitor used to determine CO2 concentration, the CO2 reference method must be used for the RATA; and
D) A cycle-time test.
 
4) For each continuous moisture monitoring system consisting of wet- and dry-basis O2 analyzers:
    
A) A 7-day calibration error test of each O2analyzer;
B) A cycle time test of each O2 analyzer;
C) A linearity test of each O2 analyzer; and
D) A RATA, directly comparing the percent moisture measured by the monitoring system to a reference method.
     
5) For each continuous moisture sensor: A RATA, directly comparing the percent moisture measured by the monitor sensor to a reference method.
6) For a continuous moisture monitoring system consisting of a temperature sensor and a data acquisition and handling system (DAHS) software component programmed with a moisture lookup table: A demonstration that the correct moisture value for each hour is being taken from the moisture lookup tables and applied to the emission calculations. At a minimum, the demonstration must be made at three different temperatures covering the normal range of stack temperatures from low to high.
7) For each sorbent trap monitoring system, perform a RATA, on a µg/dscm basis, and a bias test.
8) For the automated data acquisition and handling system, tests designed to verify the proper computation of hourly averages for pollutant concentrations, flow rate, pollutant emission rates, and pollutant mass emissions.
9) The owner or operator must provide adequate facilities for initial certification or recertification testing that include:
 
A) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to such facility, such that:
  
i) Volumetric flow rate, pollutant concentration, and pollutant emission rates can be accurately determined by applicable test methods and procedures; and
ii) A stack or duct free of cyclonic flow during performance tests is  available, as demonstrated by applicable test methods and  procedures.
 
B) Basic facilities (e.g., electricity) for sampling and testing equipment.
 
d) Initial certification and recertification and quality assurance procedures for optional backup continuous emission monitoring systems.
  
1) Redundant backups. The owner or operator of an optional redundant backup CEMS must comply with all the requirements for initial certification and recertification according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. The owner or operator must operate the redundant backup CEMS during all periods of unit operation, except for periods of calibration, quality assurance, maintenance, or repair. The owner or operator must perform upon the redundant backup CEMS all quality assurance and quality control procedures specified in Exhibit B to this Appendix, except that the daily assessments in Section 2.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix are optional for days on which the redundant backup CEMS is not used to report emission data under this part. For any day on which a redundant backup CEMS is used to report emission data, the system must meet all of the applicable daily assessment criteria in Exhibit B to this Appendix.
2) Non-redundant backups. The owner or operator of an optional non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer must comply with all of the following requirements for initial certification, quality assurance, recertification, and data reporting:
        
A) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(E) of this Section, for a regular non-redundant backup CEMS (i.e., a non-redundant backup CEMS that has its own separate probe, sample interface, and analyzer), or a non-redundant backup flow monitor, all of the tests in paragraph (c) of this Section are required for initial certification of the system, except for the 7-day calibration error test.
B) For a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer (i.e., a non-redundant backup analyzer that uses the same probe and sample interface as a primary monitoring system), no initial certification of the analyzer is required.
C) Each non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer must comply with the daily and quarterly quality assurance and quality control requirements in Exhibit B to this Appendix for each day and quarter that the non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer is used to report data, and must meet the additional linearity and calibration error test requirements specified in this paragraph. The owner or operator must ensure that each non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer passes a linearity check (for mercury concentration and diluent gas monitors) or a calibration error test (for flow monitors) prior to each use for recording and reporting emissions. When a non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer is brought into service, prior to conducting the linearity test, a probationary calibration error test (as described in paragraph (b)(3)(B) of this Section), which will begin a period of conditionally valid data, may be performed in order to allow the validation of data retrospectively, as follows. Conditionally valid data from the CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer are validated back to the hour of completion of the probationary calibration error test if the following conditions are met: if no adjustments are made to the CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer other than the allowable calibration adjustments specified in Section 2.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix between the probationary calibration error test and the successful completion of the linearity test; and if the linearity test is passed within 168 unit (or stack) operating hours of the probationary calibration error test. However, if the linearity test is performed within 168 unit or stack operating hours but is either failed or aborted due to a problem with the CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer, then all of the conditionally valid data are invalidated back to the hour of the probationary calibration error test, and data from the non-redundant backup CEMS or from the primary monitoring system of which the like-kind replacement analyzer is a part remain invalid until the hour of completion of a successful linearity test. Notwithstanding this requirement, the conditionally valid data status may be re-established after a failed or aborted linearity check, if corrective action is taken and a calibration error test is subsequently passed. However, in no case will the use of conditional data validation extend for more than 168 unit or stack operating hours beyond the date and time of the original probationary calibration error test when the analyzer was brought into service.
D) For each parameter monitored (i.e., CO2, O2, Hg, or flow rate) at each unit or stack, a regular non-redundant backup CEMS may not be used to report data at that affected unit or common stack for more than 720 hours in any one calendar year (in accordance with 40 CFR 75.74(c) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140), unless the CEMS passes a RATA at that unit or stack. For each parameter monitored at each unit or stack, the use of a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer (or analyzers) is restricted to 720 cumulative hours per calendar year, unless the owner or operator redesignates the like-kind replacement analyzer(s) as component(s) of regular non-redundant backup CEMS and each redesignated CEMS passes a RATA at that unit or stack.
E) For each regular non-redundant backup CEMS, no more than eight successive calendar quarters must elapse following the quarter in which the last RATA of the CEMS was done at a particular unit or stack, without performing a subsequent RATA. Otherwise, the CEMS may not be used to report data from that unit or stack until the hour of completion of a passing RATA at that location.
F) Each regular non-redundant backup CEMS must be represented in the monitoring plan required under Section 1.10 of this Appendix as a separate monitoring system, with unique system and component identification numbers. When like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzers are used, the owner or operator must represent each like-kind replacement analyzer used during a particular calendar quarter in the monitoring plan required under Section 1.10 of this Appendix as a component of a primary monitoring system. The owner or operator must also assign a unique component identification number to each like-kind replacement analyzer, beginning with the letters "LK" (e.g., "LK1," "LK2," etc.) and must specify the manufacturer, model and serial number of the like-kind replacement analyzer. This information may be added, deleted or updated as necessary, from quarter to quarter. The owner or operator must also report data from the like-kind replacement analyzer using the system identification number of the primary monitoring system and the assigned component identification number of the like-kind replacement analyzer. For the purposes of the electronic quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the owner or operator may manually enter the appropriate component identification number(s) of any like-kind replacement analyzer(s) used for data reporting during the quarter.
G) When reporting data from a certified regular non-redundant backup CEMS, use a method of determination (MODC) code of "02." When reporting data from a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer, use a MODC of "17" (see Table 4a under Section 1.11 of this Appendix). For the purposes of the electronic quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the owner or operator may manually enter the required MODC of "17" for a like-kind replacement analyzer.
H) For non-redundant backup mercury CEMS and sorbent trap monitoring systems, and for like-kind replacement mercury analyzers, the following provisions apply in addition to, or, in some cases, in lieu of, the general requirements in paragraphs (d)(2)(A) through (d)(2)(H) of this Section:
   
i) When a certified sorbent trap monitoring system is brought into service as a regular non-redundant backup monitoring system, the system must be operated according to the procedures in Section 1.3 of this Appendix and Exhibit D to this Appendix;
ii) When a regular non-redundant backup mercury CEMS or a like-kind replacement mercury analyzer is brought into service, a linearity check with elemental mercury standards, as described in paragraph (c)(1)(B) of this Section and Section 6.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, and a single-point system integrity check, as described in Section 2.6 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, must be performed. Alternatively, a 3-level system integrity check, as described in paragraph (c)(1)(E) of this Section and paragraph (g) of Section 6.2 in Exhibit A to this Appendix, may be performed in lieu of these two tests.
iii) The weekly single-point system integrity checks described in Section 2.6 of Exhibit B to this Appendix are required as long as a non-redundant backup mercury CEMS or like-kind replacement mercury analyzer remains in service, unless the daily calibrations of the mercury analyzer are done using a NIST-traceable source or other approved source of oxidized mercury.
 
3) Reference method backups. A monitoring system that is operated as a reference method backup system pursuant to the reference method requirements of Methods 2, 3A, 30A, 30B in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, need not perform and pass the certification tests required by paragraph (c) of this Section prior to its use pursuant to this paragraph.
  
e) Certification/recertification procedures for either peaking unit or by-pass stack/duct continuous emission monitoring systems. The owner or operator of either a peaking unit or by-pass stack/duct continuous emission monitoring system must comply with all the requirements for certification or recertification according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section, except as follows: the owner or operator need only perform one Nine-run relative accuracy test audit for certification or recertification of a flow monitor installed on the by-pass stack/duct or on the stack/duct used only by affected peaking unit(s). The relative accuracy test audit must be performed during normal operation of the peaking unit(s) or the by-pass stack/duct.
f) Certification/recertification procedures for alternative monitoring systems. The designated representative representing the owner or operator of each alternative monitoring system approved by the Agency as equivalent to or better than a continuous emission monitoring system according to the criteria in subpart E of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, must apply for certification to the Agency prior to use of the system under Part 225, Subpart B, and must apply for recertification to the Agency following a replacement, modification, or change according to the procedures in paragraph (c) of this Section. The owner or operator of an alternative monitoring system must comply with the notification and application requirements for certification or recertification according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

Section 1.5  
Quality assurance and quality control requirements
 

 
a) Continuous emission monitoring systems. The owner or operator of an affected unit must operate, calibrate and maintain each continuous mercury emission monitoring system used to report mercury emission data as follows:
   
1) The owner or operator must operate, calibrate and maintain each primary and redundant backup continuous emission monitoring system according to the quality assurance and quality control procedures in Exhibit B to this Appendix.
2) The owner or operator must ensure that each non-redundant backup CEMS meets the quality assurance requirements of Section 1.4(d) of this Appendix for each day and quarter that the system is used to report data.
3) The owner or operator must perform quality assurance upon a reference method backup monitoring system according to the requirements of method 2 or 3A in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (supplemented, as necessary, by guidance from the Administrator or the Agency), or one of the mercury reference methods in Section 1.6 of this Appendix, as applicable, instead of the procedures specified in Exhibit B of this Appendix.

b)  Calibration gases. The owner or operator must ensure that all calibration gases
used to quality assure the operation of the instrumentation required by this Appendix must meet the definition in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

Section 1.6  
Reference test methods
 

 
a) The owner or operator must use the following methods, which are found in appendix A-4 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or have been published by ASTM, to conduct the following tests: monitoring system tests for certification or recertification of continuous mercury emission monitoring systems; the emission tests required under Section 1.15(c) and (d) of this Appendix; and required quality assurance and quality control tests:
    
 
1) Methods 1 or 1A are the reference methods for selection of sampling site and sample traverses.
2) Method 2 or its allowable alternatives, as provided in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, except for Methods 2B and 2E, are the reference methods for determination of volumetric flow.
3) Methods 3, 3A, or 3B are the reference methods for the determination of the dry molecular weight O2 and CO2 concentrations in the emissions.
4) Method 4 (either the standard procedure described in Section 8.1 of the method or the moisture approximation procedure described in Section 8.2 of the method) must be used to correct pollutant concentrations from a dry basis to a wet basis (or from a wet basis to a dry basis) and must be used when relative accuracy test audits of continuous moisture monitoring systems are conducted. For the purpose of determining the stack gas molecular weight, however, the alternative wet bulb-dry bulb technique for approximating the stack gas moisture content described in Section 2.2 of Method 4 may be used in lieu of the procedures in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of the method.
5) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) is the reference method for determining mercury concentration.
 
 
 
 
A) Alternatively, Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, may be used, with these caveats: The procedures for preparation of mercury standards and sample analysis in Sections 13.4.1.1 through 13.4.1.3 ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) must be followed instead of the procedures in Sections 7.5.33 and 11.1.3 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, and the QA/QC procedures in Section 13.4.2 of ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) must be performed instead of the procedures in Section 9.2.3 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60. The tester may also opt to use the sample recovery and preparation procedures in ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) instead of the Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 procedures, as follows: Sections 8.2.8 and 8.2.9.1 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 may be replaced with Sections 13.2.9.1 through 13.2.9.3 of ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140); Sections 8.2.9.2 and 8.2.9.3 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 may be replaced with Sections 13.2.10.1 through 13.2.10.4 of ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140); Section 8.3.4 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 may be replaced with Section 13.3.4 or 13.3.6 of ASTM D6784-02 (as appropriate) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140); and Section 8.3.5 of Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 may be replaced with Section 13.3.5 or 13.3.6 of ASTM D6784-02 (as appropriate) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140).
B) Whenever ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) or Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used, paired sampling trains are required. To validate a RATA run or an emission test run, the relative deviation (RD), calculated according to Section 11.6 of Exhibit D to this Appendix, must not exceed 10 percent, when the average concentration is greater than 1.0 µg/m3. If the average concentration is less than or equal to 1.0 µg/m3, the RD must not exceed 20 percent. The RD results are also acceptable if the absolute difference between the mercury concentrations measured by the paired trains does not exceed 0.03 µg/m3. If the RD criterion is met, the run is valid. For each valid run, average the mercury concentrations measured by the two trains (vapor phase, only).
C) Two additional reference methods that may be used to measure mercury concentration are: Method 30A, "Determination of Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions from Stationary Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)" and Method 30B, "Determination of Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions from Coal-Fired Combustion Sources Using Carbon Sorbent Traps".
D) When Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or ASTM D6784- 02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) is used for the mercury emission testing required under Section 1.15(c) and (d) of this Appendix, locate the reference method test points according to Section 8.1 of Method 30A, and if mercury stratification testing is part of the test protocol, follow the procedures in Sections 8.1.3 through 8.1.3.5 of Method 30A.
 
b) The owner or operator may use any of the following methods, which are found in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or have been published by ASTM, as a reference method backup monitoring system to provide quality-assured monitor data:
    
 
 
1) Method 3A for determining O2 or CO2 concentration;
2) Method 2, or its allowable alternatives, as provided in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, except for Methods 2B and 2E, for determining volumetric flow. The sample point(s) for reference methods must be located according to the provisions of Section 6.5.4 of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
3) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) for determining mercury concentration;
4) Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for determining mercury concentration;
5) Method 30A for determining mercury concentration; and
6) Method 30B for determining mercury concentration.
 
c) Instrumental EPA Reference Method 3A in appendices A-2 and A-4 of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, must be conducted using calibration gases as defined in Section 5 of Exhibit A to this Appendix. Otherwise, performance tests must be conducted and data reduced in accordance with the test methods and procedures of this part unless the Agency:
   
1)
Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference method with minor changes in methodology;
2)
Approves the use of an equivalent method; or
3)
Approves shorter sampling times and smaller sample volumes when necessitated by process variables or other factors.

Section 1.7  
Out-of-control periods and system bias testing
 

 
a) If an out-of-control period occurs to a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system, the owner or operator must take corrective action and repeat the tests applicable to the "out-of-control parameter" as described in Exhibit B of this Appendix.
   
1) For daily calibration error tests, an out-of-control period occurs when the calibration error of a pollutant concentration monitor exceeds the applicable specification in Section 2.1.4 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
2) For quarterly linearity checks, an out-of-control period occurs when the error in linearity at any of three gas concentrations (low, mid-range, and high) exceeds the applicable specification in Exhibit A to this Appendix.
3) For relative accuracy test audits, an out-of-control period occurs when the relative accuracy exceeds the applicable specification in Exhibit A to this Appendix.
  
b) When a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is out-of-control, any data recorded by the monitor or monitoring system are not quality-assured and must not be used in calculating monitor data availabilities pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix.
c) When a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is out-of-control, the owner or operator must take one of the following actions until the monitor or monitoring system has successfully met the relevant criteria in Exhibits A and B of this Appendix as demonstrated by subsequent tests:
  
1) Use a certified backup monitoring system or a reference method for measuring and recording emissions from the affected unit(s); or
2) Adjust the gas discharge paths from the affected unit(s) with emissions normally observed by the out-of-control monitor or monitoring system so that all exhaust gases are monitored by a certified monitor or monitoring system meeting the requirements of Exhibits A and B of this Appendix.
 
d) When the bias test indicates that a flow monitor, a diluent monitoring system, a mercury concentration monitoring system or a sorbent trap monitoring system is biased low (i.e., the arithmetic mean of the differences between the reference method value and the monitor or monitoring system measurements in a relative accuracy test audit exceed the bias statistic in Section 7 of Exhibit A to this Appendix), the owner or operator must adjust the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system to eliminate the cause of bias such that it passes the bias test.

Section 1.8  Determination of monitor data availability
 

 
a) Following initial certification of the required CO2, O2, flow monitoring system(s), Hg concentration, or moisture monitoring system(s) at a particular unit or stack location (i.e., the date and time at which quality-assured data begins to be recorded by CEMS(s) at that location), the owner or operator must begin calculating the percent monitor data availability as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this Section, by means of the automated data acquisition and handling system, and the percent monitor data availability for each monitored parameter.
 
1) Following initial certification, the owner or operator must use Equation 8 to calculate, hourly, percent monitor data availability for each calendar quarter.



Total unit operating hours
for which quality-assured data
Percent  was recorded for the calendar quarter
monitor data = ______________________________  X 100 (Eq.8)
Availability  Total unit operating hours
for the calendar quarter
 

 
2) When calculating percent monitor data availability using Equation 8, the owner or operator must include all unit operating hours, and all monitor operating hours for which quality-assured data were recorded by a certified primary monitor; a certified redundant or non-redundant backup monitor or a reference method for that unit.

Section 1.9  
Determination of sorbent trap monitoring systems data availability
 

  
a) If a primary sorbent trap monitoring system has not been certified by the applicable compliance date specified under 35 Ill Admin. Code Part 225, Subpart B, and if quality-assured mercury concentration data from a certified backup mercury monitoring system, reference method, or approved alternative monitoring system are unavailable, the owner or operator must perform quarterly emissions testing in accordance with Section 225.239 until such time the primary sorbent trap monitoring system has been certified.
b) For a certified sorbent trap system, a missing data period will occur in the following circumstances, unless quality-assured mercury concentration data from a certified backup mercury CEMS, sorbent trap system, reference method, or approved alternative monitoring system are available:
 
 
1) A gas sample is not extracted from the stack during unit operation (e.g., during a monitoring system malfunction or when the system undergoes maintenance); or
2) The results of the mercury analysis for the paired sorbent traps are missing or invalid (as determined using the quality assurance procedures in Exhibit D to this Appendix). The missing data period begins with the hour in which the paired sorbent traps for which the mercury analysis is missing or invalid were put into service. The missing data period ends at the first hour in which valid mercury concentration data are obtained with another pair of sorbent traps (i.e., the hour at which this pair of traps was placed in service), or with a certified backup mercury CEMS, reference method, or approved alternative monitoring system.
 
c) Following initial certification of the sorbent trap monitoring system, begin reporting the percent monitor data availability in accordance with Section 1.8 of this Appendix.

Section 1.10  
Monitoring plan
 

  
 
a) The owner or operator of an affected unit must prepare and maintain a mercury emissions monitoring plan.
b) Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or change in the certified CEMS, including a change in the automated data acquisition and handling system or in the flue gas handling system, that affects information reported in the monitoring plan (e.g., a change to a serial number for a component of a monitoring system), then the owner or operator must update the monitoring plan, by the applicable deadline specified in 40 CFR 75.62 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or elsewhere in this Appendix.
c) Contents of monitoring plan for specific situations. The following additional information must be included in the monitoring plan for the specific situations described. For each monitoring system recertification, maintenance, or other event, the designated representative must include the following additional information in electronic format in the monitoring plan:
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) Component/system identification code;
2) Event code or code for required test;
3) Event begin date and hour;
4) Conditionally valid data period begin date and hour (if applicable);
5) Date and hour that last test is successfully completed; and
6) Indicator of whether conditionally valid data were reported at the end of the quarter.
 
d) Contents of the mercury monitoring plan. The requirements of paragraph (d) of this Section must be met on and after July 1, 2009. Each monitoring plan must contain the information in paragraph (d)(1) of this Section in electronic format and the information in paragraph (d)(2) of this Section in hardcopy format. Electronic storage of all monitoring plan information, including the hardcopy portions, is permissible provided that a paper copy of the information can be furnished upon request for audit purposes.

1)  Electronic
 

 
A) The facility ORISPL number developed by the Department of Energy and used in the National Allowance Data Base (or equivalent facility ID number assigned by USEPA, if the facility does not have an ORISPL number). Also provide the following information for each unit and (as applicable) for each common stack and/or pipe, and each multiple stack and/or pipe involved in the monitoring plan:
 
 
 
 
 
 
i) A representation of the exhaust configuration for the units in the monitoring plan. Provide the ID number of each unit and assign a unique ID number to each common stack, common pipe, multiple stack, and/or multiple pipe associated with the unit(s) represented in the monitoring plan. For common and multiple stacks and/or pipes, provide the activation date and deactivation date (if applicable) of each stack and/or pipe;
ii) Identification of the monitoring system location(s) (e.g., at the unit-level, on the common stack, at each multiple stack, etc.). Provide an indicator ("flag") if the monitoring location is at a bypass stack or in the ductwork (breeching);
iii) The stack exit height (ft) above ground level and ground level elevation above sea level, and the inside cross-sectional area (ft2) at the flue exit and at the flow monitoring location (for units with flow monitors, only). Also use appropriate codes to indicate the material(s) of construction and the shape(s) of the stack or duct cross-section(s) at the flue exit and (if applicable) at the flow monitor location;
iv) The type(s) of fuel(s) fired by each unit. Indicate the start and (if applicable) end date of combustion for each type of fuel, and whether the fuel is the primary, secondary, emergency, or startup fuel;
v) The type(s) of emission controls that are used to reduce mercury emissions from each unit. Also provide the installation date, optimization date, and retirement date (if applicable) of the emission controls, and indicate whether the controls are an original installation; and
vi) Maximum hourly heat input capacity of each unit.
  
B) For each monitored parameter (i.e., mercury concentration, diluent concentration, or flow) at each monitoring location, specify the monitoring methodology for the parameter. If the unmonitored bypass stack approach is used for a particular parameter, indicate this by means of an appropriate code. Provide the activation date/hour, and deactivation date/hour (if applicable) for each monitoring methodology.
C) For each required continuous emission monitoring system, and each sorbent trap monitoring system (as defined in Section 225.130), identify and describe the major monitoring components in the monitoring system (e.g., gas analyzer, flow monitor, moisture sensor, DAHS software, etc.). Other important components in the system (e.g., sample probe, PLC, data logger, etc.) may also be represented in the monitoring plan, if necessary. Provide the following specific information about each component and monitoring system:

i)  For each required monitoring system,
assign a unique, 3-
character alphanumeric identification code to the system; indicate the parameter monitored by the system; designate the system as a primary, redundant backup, non-redundant backup, data backup, or reference method backup system, as provided in Section 1.2(d) of this Appendix; and indicate the system activation date/hour and deactivation date/hour (as applicable).
 

 
ii) For each component of each monitoring system represented in the monitoring plan, assign a unique, 3-character alphanumeric identification code to the component; indicate the manufacturer, model and serial number; designate the component type; for gas analyzers, indicate the moisture basis of measurement; indicate the method of sample acquisition or operation, (e.g., extractive pollutant concentration monitor or thermal flow monitor); and indicate the component activation date/hour and deactivation date/hour (as applicable).
 
 
D) Explicit formulas, using the component and system identification codes for the primary monitoring system, and containing all constants and factors required to derive the required emission rates, heat input rates, etc. from the hourly data recorded by the monitoring systems. Formulas using the system and component ID codes for backup monitoring systems are required only if different formulas for the same parameter are used for the primary and backup monitoring systems (e.g., if the primary system measures pollutant concentration on a different moisture basis from the backup system). Provide the equation number or other appropriate code for each emissions formula (e.g., use code F-1 if Equation F-1 in Exhibit C to this Appendix is used to calculate SO2 mass emissions). Also identify each emissions formula with a unique three character alphanumeric code. The formula effective start date/hour and inactivation date/hour (as applicable) must be included for each formula.
E) For each parameter monitored with CEMS, provide the following information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i) Measurement scale;
ii) Maximum potential value (and method of calculation);
iii) Maximum expected value (if applicable) and method of calculation;
iv) Span value(s) and full-scale measurement range(s);
v) Daily calibration units of measure;
vi) Effective date/hour, and (if applicable) inactivation date/hour of each span value;
vii) The default high range value (if applicable) and the maximum allowable low-range value for this option.
 
F) If the monitoring system or excepted methodology provides for the use of a constant, assumed, or default value for a parameter under specific circumstances, then include the following information for each such value for each parameter:

i)  Identification of the parameter;
 

 
ii) Default, maximum, minimum, or constant value, and units of measure for the value;

iii)  Purpose of the value;
 

 
iv) Indicator of use, i.e., during controlled hours, uncontrolled hours, or all operating hours;

v)  Type of fuel;
 

vi)  Source of the value;
 

vii)  Value effective date and hour;
 

viii)  Date and hour value is no longer effective (if applicable); and
 

 
G) Unless otherwise specified in Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, for each unit or common stack on which hardware CEMS are installed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
i) Maximum hourly gross load (in MW, rounded to the nearest MW, or steam load in 1000 lb/hr (i.e., klb/hr), rounded to the nearest klb/hr, or thermal output in mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest mmBtu/hr), for units that produce electrical or thermal output;
ii) The upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation (as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix), expressed in megawatts, thousands of lb/hr of steam, mmBtu/hr of thermal output, or ft/sec (as applicable);
iii) Except for peaking units, identify the most frequently and second most frequently used load (or operating) levels (i.e., low, mid, or high) in accordance with Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, expressed in megawatts, thousands of lb/hr of steam, mmBtu/hr of thermal output, or ft/sec (as applicable);
iv) An indicator of whether the second most frequently used load (or operating) level is designated as normal in Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix;
v) The date of the data analysis used to determine the normal load (or operating) level(s) and the two most frequently-used load (or operating) levels (as applicable); and
vi) Activation and deactivation dates and hours, when the maximum hourly gross load, boundaries of the range of operation, normal load (or operating) level(s) or two most frequently-used load (or operating) levels change and are updated.
 
 
H) For each unit for which CEMS are not installed, the maximum hourly gross load (in MW, rounded to the nearest MW, or steam load in klb/hr, rounded to the nearest klb/hr, or steam load in mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest mmBtu/hr);
I) For each unit with a flow monitor installed on a rectangular stack or duct, if a wall effects adjustment factor (WAF) is determined and applied to the hourly flow rate data:

i)  Stack or duct width at the test location, ft;
 

ii)  Stack or duct depth at the test location, ft;
 

 
iii) Wall effects adjustment factor (WAF), to the nearest 0.0001;

iv)  Method of determining the WAF;
 

v)  WAF Effective date and hour;
 

vi)  WAF no longer effective date and hour (if applicable);
 

vii)  WAF determination date;
 

viii)  Number of WAF test runs;
 

ix)  Number of Method 1 traverse points in the WAF test;
 

x)  Number of test ports in the WAF test; and
 

xi)  Number of Method 1 traverse points in the reference flow RATA.
 
2)  Hardcopy
 

 
 
 
 
 
A) Information, including (as applicable): Identification of the test strategy; protocol for the relative accuracy test audit; other relevant test information; calibration gas levels (percent of span) for the calibration error test and linearity check and span; and apportionment strategies under Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of this Appendix.
B) Description of site locations for each monitoring component in the continuous emission monitoring systems, including schematic diagrams and engineering drawings specified in 40 CFR 75.53(e)(2)(iv) and (e)(2)(v), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and any other documentation that demonstrates each monitor location meets the appropriate siting criteria.
C) A data flow diagram denoting the complete information handling path from output signals of CEMS components to final reports.
D) For units monitored by a continuous emission monitoring system, a schematic diagram identifying entire gas handling system from boiler to stack for all affected units, using identification numbers for units, monitoring systems and components, and stacks corresponding to the identification numbers provided in paragraphs (d)(1)(A) and (d)(1)(C) of this Section. The schematic diagram must depict stack height and the height of any monitor locations. Comprehensive and/or separate schematic diagrams must be used to describe groups of units using a common stack.
E) For units monitored by a continuous emission monitoring system, stack and duct engineering diagrams showing the dimensions and location of fans, turning vanes, air preheaters, monitor components, probes, reference method sampling ports, and other equipment that affects the monitoring system location, performance, or quality control checks.

Section 1.11  
General recordkeeping provisions
 
The owner or operator must meet all of the applicable recordkeeping requirements of Section 225.290 and of this Section.
 

 
a) Recordkeeping requirements for affected sources. The owner or operator of any affected source subject to the requirements of this Appendix must maintain for each affected unit a file of all measurements, data, reports, and other information required by Part 225, Subpart B at the source in a form suitable for inspection for at least three (3) years from the date of each record. The file must contain the following information:
      
1) The data and information required in paragraphs (b) through (h) of this Section, beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional certification or July 1, 2009;
2) The supporting data and information used to calculate values required in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this Section, excluding the subhourly data points used to compute hourly averages under Section 1.2(c) of this Appendix, beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional certification or July 1, 2009;
3) The data and information required in Section 1.12 of this Appendix for specific situations, beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional certification or July 1, 2009;
4) The certification test data and information required in Section 1.13 of this Appendix for tests required under Section 1.4 of this Appendix, beginning with the date of the first certification test performed, the quality assurance and quality control data and information required in Section 1.13 of this Appendix for tests, and the quality assurance/quality control plan required under Section 1.5 of this Appendix and Exhibit B to this Appendix, beginning with the date of provisional certification;
5) The current monitoring plan as specified in Section 1.10 of this Appendix, beginning with the initial submission required by 40 CFR 75.62 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; and
6) The quality control plan as described in Section 1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, beginning with the date of provisional certification.
 
b) Operating parameter record provisions. The owner or operator must record for each hour the following information on unit operating time, heat input rate, and load, separately for each affected unit and also for each group of units utilizing a common stack and a common monitoring system:
        
1) Date and hour;
2) Unit operating time (rounded up to the nearest fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator));
3) Hourly gross unit load (rounded to nearest MWge)
4) Steam load in 1000 lbs/hr at stated temperatures and pressures, rounded to the nearest 1000 lbs/hr.
5) Operating load range corresponding to hourly gross load of 1 to 10, except for units using a common stack, which may use up to 20 load ranges for stack or fuel flow, as specified in the monitoring plan;
6) Hourly heat input rate (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth);
7) Identification code for formula used for heat input, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix; and
8) For Mercury CEMS units only, F-factor for heat input calculation and indication of whether the diluent cap was used for heat input calculations for the hour.
 
c) Diluent record provisions. The owner or operator of a unit using a flow monitor and an O2 diluent monitor to determine heat input, in accordance with Equation F-17 or F-18 of Exhibit C to this Appendix, or a unit that accounts for heat input using a flow monitor and a CO2 diluent monitor (which is used only for heat input determination and is not used as a CO2 pollutant concentration monitor) must keep the following records for the O2 or CO2 diluent monitor:
     
1) Component-system identification code, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix;
2) Date and hour;
3) Hourly average diluent gas (O2 or CO2) concentration (in percent, rounded to the nearest tenth);
4) Percent monitor data availability for the diluent monitor (recorded to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix; and
5) Method of determination code for diluent gas (O2 or CO2) concentration data using Codes 1-55, in Table 4a of this Section.
  
d) Missing data records. The owner or operator must record the causes of any missing data periods and the actions taken by the owner or operator to correct such causes.
e) Mercury emission record provisions (CEMS). The owner or operator must record for each hour the information required by this paragraph for each affected unit using mercury CEMS in combination with flow rate, and (in certain cases) moisture, and diluent gas monitors, to determine mercury concentration and (if applicable) unit heat input under Part 225, Subpart B.
 
1) For mercury concentration during unit operation, as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
 
 
   
 
A) Component-system identification code, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix;
B) Date and hour;
C) Hourly mercury concentration (μg/scm, rounded to the nearest tenth). For a particular pair of sorbent traps, this will be the flow-proportional average concentration for the data collection period;
D) Method of determination for hourly mercury concentration using Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of this Section; and
E) The percent monitor data availability (to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix.
 
2) For flue gas moisture content during unit operation (if required), as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination (except where a default moisture value is approved under 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140):
 
 
 
 
 
A) Component-system identification code, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix;
B) Date and hour;
C) Hourly average moisture content of flue gas (percent, rounded to the nearest tenth). If the continuous moisture monitoring system consists of wet-and dry-basis oxygen analyzers, also record both the wet- and dry-basis oxygen hourly averages (in percent O2, rounded to the nearest tenth);
D) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth of a percent) for the moisture monitoring system, calculated pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix; and
E) Method of determination for hourly average moisture percentage, using Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of this Section.
 
3) For diluent gas (O2 or CO2) concentration during unit operation (if required), as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
 
 
 
 
 
A) Component-system identification code, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix;
B) Date and hour;
C) Hourly average diluent gas (O2 or CO2) concentration (in percent, rounded to the nearest tenth);
D) Method of determination code for diluent gas (O2 or CO2) concentration data using Codes 1-55, in Table 4a of this Section; and
E) The percent monitor data availability (to the nearest tenth of a percent) for the O2 or CO2 monitoring system (if a separate O2 or CO2 monitoring system is used for heat input determination), calculated pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix.
 
 
4) For stack gas volumetric flow rate during unit operation, as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination, record the information required under 40 CFR 75.57(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
5) For mercury mass emissions during unit operation, as measured and reported from the certified primary monitoring system(s), certified redundant or non-redundant back-up monitoring system(s), or other approved method(s) of emissions determination:
 
 
 
A) Date and hour;
B) Hourly mercury mass emissions (ounces, rounded to three decimal places);
C) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly mercury mass emissions from mercury concentration, flow rate and moisture data, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix.
 
f) Mercury emission record provisions (sorbent trap systems). The owner or operator must record for each hour the information required by this paragraph, for each affected unit using sorbent trap monitoring systems in combination with flow rate, moisture, and (in certain cases) diluent gas monitors, to determine mercury mass emissions and (if required) unit heat input under Part 225.
 
1) For mercury concentration during unit operation, as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
 
 
   
 
A) Component-system identification code, as provided in Section 1.10 of this Appendix;
B) Date and hour;
C) Hourly mercury concentration (μg/dscm, rounded to the nearest tenth). For a particular pair of sorbent traps, this will be the flow-proportional average concentration for the data collection period;
D) Method of determination for hourly average mercury concentration using Codes 1- 55 in Table 4a of this Section; and
E) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Appendix;
 
 
   
   
 
2) For flue gas moisture content during unit operation, as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination (except where a default moisture value is approved under 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140), record the information required under paragraphs (e)(2)(A) through (e)(2)(E) of this Section;
3) For diluent gas (O2 or CO2 ) concentration during unit operation (if required for heat input determination), record the information required under paragraphs (e)(3)(A) through (e)(3)(E) of this Section.
4) For stack gas volumetric flow rate during unit operation, as measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination, record the information required under 40 CFR 75.57(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
5) For mercury mass emissions during unit operation, as measured and reported from the certified primary monitoring system(s), certified redundant or non-redundant back-up monitoring system(s), or other approved method(s) of emissions determination, record the information required under paragraph (e)(5) of this Section.
6) Record the average flow rate of stack gas through each sorbent trap (in appropriate units, e.g., liters/min, cc/min, dscm/min).
7) Record the gas flow meter reading (in dscm, rounded to the nearest hundredth) at the beginning and end of the collection period and at least once in each unit operating hour during the collection period.
8) Calculate and record the ratio of the bias-adjusted stack gas flow rate to the sample flow rate, as described in Section 11.2 of Exhibit D to this Appendix.

Table 4a.—Codes for Method of Emissions and Flow Determination
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Code  Hourly emissions/flow measurement or estimation method
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.....Certified primary emission/flow monitoring system.
2.....Certified backup emission/flow monitoring system.
3.....Approved alternative monitoring system.
4.....Reference method:
17....Like-kind replacement non-redundant backupanalyzer.
32....Hourly Hg concentration determined from analysis of a single trap
multiplied by a factor of 1.111 when one of the paired traps is
invalidated or damaged (See Appendix K, section 8).
33....Hourly Hg concentration determined from the trap resulting in the
higher Hg concentration when the relative deviation criterion for the
paired traps is not met (See Appendix K, section 8).
40....Fuel specific default value (or prorated default value) used for the
hour.
54....Other quality assured methodologies approved through petition. These
hours are included in missing data lookback and are treated as
unavailable hours for percent monitor availability calculations.
55....Other substitute data approved through petition. These hours are not
included in missing data lookback and are treated as unavailable
hours for percent monitor availability calculations.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 1.12  
General recordkeeping provisions for specific situations
 
The owner or operator must meet all of the applicable recordkeeping requirements of this Section. In accordance with 40 CFR 75.34 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the owner or operator of an affected unit with add-on emission controls must record the applicable information in this Section for each hour of missing mercury concentration data. Except as otherwise provided in 40 CFR 75.34(d) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for units with add-on mercury emission controls, the owner or operator must record:
 

  
a) Parametric data which demonstrate, for each hour of missing mercury emission data, the proper operation of the add-on emission controls, as described in the quality assurance/quality control program for the unit. The parametric data must be maintained on site and must be submitted, upon request, to the Agency. Alternatively, for units equipped with flue gas desulfurization (FGD) systems, the owner or operator may use quality-assured data from a certified SO2 monitor to demonstrate proper operation of the emission controls during periods of missing mercury data;
b) A flag indicating, for each hour of missing mercury emission data, either that the add-on emission controls are operating properly, as evidenced by all parameters being within the ranges specified in the quality assurance/quality control program, or that the add-on emission controls are not operating properly.

Section 1.13  Certification, quality assurance, and quality control record provisions
 
The owner or operator must meet all of the applicable recordkeeping requirements of this Section.
 

 
a) Continuous emission monitoring systems. The owner or operator must record the applicable information in this Section for each certified monitor or certified monitoring system (including certified backup monitors) measuring and recording emissions or flow from an affected unit.
 
1) For each flow monitor, mercury monitor, or diluent gas monitor (including wet- and dry-basis O2 monitors used to determine percent moisture), the owner or operator must record the following for all daily and 7-day calibration error tests, all daily system integrity checks, and all off-line calibration demonstrations, including any follow-up tests after corrective action:
           
A) Component-system identification code (on and after January 1, 2009, only the component identification code is required);
B) Instrument span and span scale;
C) Date and hour;
D) Reference value (i.e., calibration gas concentration or reference signal value, in ppm or other appropriate units);
E) Observed value (monitor response during calibration, in ppm or other appropriate units);
F) Percent calibration error (rounded to the nearest tenth of a percent) (flag if using alternative performance specification for low emitters or differential pressure flow monitors);
G) Reference signal or calibration gas level;
H) For 7-day calibration error tests, a test number and reason for test;
I) For 7-day calibration tests for certification or recertification, a certification from the cylinder gas vendor or CEMS vendor that calibration gas, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and Exhibit A to this Appendix, was used to conduct calibration error testing;
J) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test; and
K) Indication of whether the unit is off-line or on-line.
 
2) For each flow monitor, the owner or operator must record the following for all daily interference checks, including any follow-up tests after corrective action.
    
A) Component-system identification code (after January 1, 2009, only the component identification code is required);
B) Date and hour;
C) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the interference check; and
D) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
 
3) For each mercury concentration monitor, or diluent gas monitor (including wet- and dry-basis O2monitors used to determine percent moisture), the owner or operator must record the following for the initial and all subsequent linearity check(s) and 3-level system integrity checks (mercury monitors with converters, only), including any follow-up tests after corrective action:
          
A) Component-system identification code (on and after July 1, 2009, only the component identification code is required);
B) Instrument span and span scale (only span scale is required on and after July 1, 2009);
C) Calibration gas level;
D) Date and time (hour and minute) of each gas injection at each calibration gas level;
E) Reference value (i.e., reference gas concentration for each gas injection at each calibration gas level, in ppm or other appropriate units);
F) Observed value (monitor response to each reference gas injection at each calibration gas level, in ppm or other appropriate units);
G) Mean of reference values and mean of measured values at each calibration gas level;
H) Linearity error at each of the reference gas concentrations (rounded to nearest tenth of a percent) (flag if using alternative performance specification);
I) Test number and reason for test (flag if aborted test); and
J) Description of any adjustments, corrective action, or maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
 
4) For each differential pressure type flow monitor, the owner or operator must record items in paragraphs (a)(4)(A) through (E) of this Section, for all quarterly leak checks, including any follow-up tests after corrective action. For each flow monitor, the owner or operator must record items in paragraphs (a)(4)(F) and (G) of this Section for all flow-to-load ratio and gross heat rate tests:
      
A) Component-system identification code (on and after July 1, 2009, only the system identification code is required).
B) Date and hour.
C) Reason for test.
D) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the quarterly leak check.
E) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
F) Test data from the flow-to-load ratio or gross heat rate (GHR) evaluation, including:
              
i) Monitoring system identification code;
ii) Calendar year and quarter;
iii) Indication of whether the test is a flow-to-load ratio or gross heat rate evaluation;
iv) Indication of whether bias adjusted flow rates were used;
v) Average absolute percent difference between reference ratio (or GHR) and hourly ratios (or GHR values);
vi) Test result;
vii) Number of hours used in final quarterly average;
viii) Number of hours exempted for use of a different fuel type;
ix) Number of hours exempted for load ramping up or down;
x) Number of hours exempted for scrubber bypass;
xi) Number of hours exempted for hours preceding a normal-load flow RATA;
xii) Number of hours exempted for hours preceding a successful diagnostic test, following a documented monitor repair or major component replacement;
xiii) Number of hours excluded for flue gases discharging simultaneously thorough a main stack and a bypass stack; and
xiv) Test number.
 
G) Reference data for the flow-to-load ratio or gross heat rate evaluation, including (as applicable):
             
i) Reference flow RATA end date and time;
ii) Test number of the reference RATA;
iii) Reference RATA load and load level;
iv) Average reference method flow rate during reference flow RATA;
v) Reference flow/load ratio;
vi) Average reference method diluent gas concentration during flow RATA and diluent gas units of measure;
vii) Fuel specific Fd-or Fc-factor during flow RATA and F-factor units of measure;
viii) Reference gross heat rate value;
ix) Monitoring system identification code;
x) Average hourly heat input rate during RATA;
xi) Average gross unit load;
xii) Operating load level; and
xiii) An indicator (“flag”) if separate reference ratios are calculated for each multiple stack.
 
5) For each flow monitor, each diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor used to determine heat input, each moisture monitoring system, mercury concentration monitoring system, each sorbent trap monitoring system, and each approved alternative monitoring system, the owner or operator must record the following information for the initial and all subsequent relative accuracy test audits:
  
A) Reference method(s) used.
B) Individual test run data from the relative accuracy test audit for the flow monitor, CO2 emissions concentration monitor-diluent continuous emission monitoring system, diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor used to determine heat input, moisture monitoring system, mercury concentration monitoring system, sorbent trap monitoring system, or approved alternative monitoring system, including:
             
i) Date, hour, and minute of beginning of test run;
ii) Date, hour, and minute of end of test run;
iii) Monitoring system identification code;
iv) Test number and reason for test;
v) Operating level (low, mid, high, or normal, as appropriate) and number of operating levels comprising test;
vi) Normal load (or operating level) indicator for flow RATAs (except for peaking units);
vii) Units of measure;
viii) Run number;
ix) Run value from CEMS being tested, in the appropriate units of measure;
x) Run value from reference method, in the appropriate units of measure;
xi) Flag value (0, 1, or 9, as appropriate) indicating whether run has been used in calculating relative accuracy and bias values or whether the test was aborted prior to completion;
xii) Average gross unit load, expressed as a total gross unit load, rounded to the nearest MWe, or as steam load, rounded to the nearest thousand lb/hr), except for units that do not produce electrical or thermal output; and
xiii) Flag to indicate whether an alternative performance specification has been used.
 
C)
Calculations and tabulated results, as follows:
     
i) Arithmetic mean of the monitoring system measurement values, of the reference method values, and of their differences, as specified in Equation A–7 in Exhibit A to this Appendix;
ii) Standard deviation, as specified in Equation A–8 in Exhibit A to this Appendix;
iii) Confidence coefficient, as specified in Equation A–9 in Exhibit A to this Appendix;
iv) Statistical “t” value used in calculations;
v) Relative accuracy test results, as specified in Equation A–10 in Exhibit A to this Appendix. For multi-level flow monitor tests the relative accuracy test results must be recorded at each load (or operating) level tested. Each load (or operating) level must be expressed as a total gross unit load, rounded to the nearest MWe, or as steam load, rounded to the nearest thousand lb/hr, or as otherwise specified by the Agency, for units that do not produce electrical or thermal output;
 
vi) Bias test results as specified in Section 7.4.4 in Exhibit A to this Appendix; and
   
D) Description of any adjustment, corrective action, or maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed or aborted test.
E) For flow monitors, the equation used to linearize the flow monitor and the numerical values of the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) of that equation.
F) For moisture monitoring systems, the coefficient or “K” factor or other mathematical algorithm used to adjust the monitoring system with respect to the reference method.
 
6) For each mercury concentration monitor, and each CO2 or O2 monitor used to determine heat input, the owner or operator must record the following information for the cycle time test:
           
A) Component-system identification code (on and after July 1, 2009, only the component identification code is required);
B) Date;
C) Start and end times;
D) Upscale and downscale cycle times for each component;
E) Stable start monitor value;
F) Stable end monitor value;
G) Reference value of calibration gas(es);
H) Calibration gas level;
I) Total cycle time;
J) Reason for test; and
K) Test number.
 
7) In addition to the information in paragraph (a)(5) of this Section, the owner or operator must record, for each relative accuracy test audit, supporting information sufficient to substantiate compliance with all applicable sections and appendices in this part. Unless otherwise specified in this part or in an applicable test method, the information in paragraphs (a)(7)(A) through (a)(7)(H) of this Section may be recorded either in hard copy format, electronic format or a combination of the two, and the owner or operator must maintain this information in a format suitable for inspection and audit purposes. This RATA supporting information must include, but must not be limited to, the following data elements:
 
A) For each RATA using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives) in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to determine volumetric flow rate:
  
i) Information indicating whether or not the location meets requirements of Method 1 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; and
ii) Information indicating whether or not the equipment passed the required leak checks.
 
B) For each run of each RATA using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) to determine volumetric flow rate, record the following data elements (as applicable to the measurement method used):
                   
i) Operating level (low, mid, high, or normal, as appropriate);
ii) Number of reference method traverse points;
iii) Average stack gas temperature (°F);
iv) Barometric pressure at test port (inches of mercury);
v) Stack static pressure (inches of H2O);
vi) Absolute stack gas pressure (inches of mercury);
vii) Percent CO2 and O2 in the stack gas, dry basis;
viii) CO2 and O2 reference method used;
ix) Moisture content of stack gas (percent H2O);
x) Molecular weight of stack gas, dry basis (lb/lb-mole);
xi) Molecular weight of stack gas, wet basis (lb/lb-mole);
xii) Stack diameter (or equivalent diameter) at the test port (ft);
xiii) Average square root of velocity head of stack gas (inches of H2O) for the run;
xiv) Stack or duct cross-sectional area at test port (ft2);
xv) Average velocity (ft/sec);
xvi) Average stack flow rate, adjusted, if applicable, for wall effects (scfh, wet basis);
xvii) Flow rate reference method used;
xviii) Average velocity, adjusted for wall effects;
xix) Calculated (site-specific) wall effects adjustment factor determined during the run, and, if different, the wall effects adjustment factor used in the calculations; and
xx) Default wall effects adjustment factor used.
 
C) For each traverse point of each run of each RATA using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) to determine volumetric flow rate, record the following data elements (as applicable to the measurement method used):
             
i) Reference method probe type;
ii) Pressure measurement device type;
iii) Traverse point ID;
iv) Probe or pitot tube calibration coefficient;
v) Date of latest probe or pitot tube calibration;
vi) Average velocity differential pressure at traverse point (inches of H2O) or the average of the square roots of the velocity differential pressures at the traverse point ((inches of H2O)1/2);
vii) TS, stack temperature at the traverse point (°F);
viii) Composite (wall effects) traverse point identifier;
ix) Number of points included in composite traverse point;
x) Yaw angle of flow at traverse point (degrees);
xi) Pitch angle of flow at traverse point (degrees);
xii) Calculated velocity at traverse point both accounting and not accounting for wall effects (ft/sec); and
xiii) Probe identification number.
 
D) For each RATA using or 3A in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to determine, CO2, or O2concentration:
                      
i) Pollutant or diluent gas being measured;
ii) Span of reference method analyzer;
iii) Type of reference method system (e.g., extractive or dilution type);
iv) Reference method dilution factor (dilution type systems, only);
v) Reference gas concentrations (zero, mid, and high gas levels) used for the 3-point pre-test analyzer calibration error test (or, for dilution type reference method systems, for the 3-point pre-test system calibration error test) and for any subsequent recalibrations;
vi) Analyzer responses to the zero-, mid-, and high-level calibration gases during the 3-point pre-test analyzer (or system) calibration error test and during any subsequent recalibration(s);
vii) Analyzer calibration error at each gas level (zero, mid, and high) for the 3-point pre-test analyzer (or system) calibration error test and for any subsequent recalibration(s) (percent of span value);
viii) Upscale gas concentration (mid or high gas level) used for each pre-run or post-run system bias check or (for dilution type reference method systems) for each pre-run or post-run system calibration error check;
ix) Analyzer response to the calibration gas for each pre-run or post-run system bias (or system calibration error) check;
x) The arithmetic average of the analyzer responses to the zero-level gas, for each pair of pre- and post-run system bias (or system calibration error) checks;
xi) The arithmetic average of the analyzer responses to the upscale calibration gas, for each pair of pre- and post-run system bias (or system calibration error) checks;
xii) The results of each pre-run and each post-run system bias (or system calibration error) check using the zero-level gas (percentage of span value);
xiii) The results of each pre-run and each post-run system bias (or system calibration error) check using the upscale calibration gas (percentage of span value);
xiv) Calibration drift and zero drift of analyzer during each RATA run (percentage of span value);
xv) Moisture basis of the reference method analysis;
xvi) Moisture content of stack gas, in percent, during each test run (if needed to convert to moisture basis of CEMS being tested);
xvii) Unadjusted (raw) average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for each run;
xviii) Average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for each run, corrected for calibration bias (or calibration error) and, if applicable, corrected for moisture;
xix) The F-factor used to convert reference method data to units of lb/mmBtu (if applicable);
xx) Date(s) of the latest analyzer interference test(s);
xxi) Results of the latest analyzer interference test(s);
xxii) For each calibration gas cylinder used during each RATA, record the cylinder gas vendor, cylinder number, expiration date, pollutant(s) in the cylinder, and certified gas concentration(s).
 
E) For each test run of each moisture determination using Method 4 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, (or its allowable alternatives), whether the determination is made to support a gas RATA, to support a flow RATA, or to quality assure the data from a continuous moisture monitoring system, record the following data elements (as applicable to the moisture measurement method used):
               
i) Test number;
ii) Run number;
iii) The beginning date, hour, and minute of the run;
iv) The ending date, hour, and minute of the run;
v) Unit operating level (low, mid, high, or normal, as appropriate);
vi) Moisture measurement method;
vii) Volume of H2O collected in the impingers (ml);
viii) Mass of H2O collected in the silica gel (g);
ix) Dry gas meter calibration factor;
x) Average dry gas meter temperature (°F);
xi) Barometric pressure (inches of mercury);
xii) Differential pressure across the orifice meter (inches of H2O);
xiii) Initial and final dry gas meter readings (ft3 );
xiv) Total sample gas volume, corrected to standard conditions (dscf); and
xv) Percentage of moisture in the stack gas (percent H2O).
  
F) The raw data and calculated results for any stratification tests performed in accordance with Sections 6.5.5.1 through 6.5.5.3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
G) For each RATA run using the Ontario Hydro Method to determine mercury concentration:
          
i) Percent CO2 and O2 in the stack gas, dry basis;
ii) Moisture content of the stack gas (percent H2O);
iii) Average stack temperature (°F);
iv) Dry gas volume metered (dscm);
v) Percent isokinetic;
vi) Particle-bound mercury collected by the filter, blank, and probe rinse (µgm);
vii) Oxidized mercury collected by the KCl impingers (µgm);
viii) Elemental mercury collected in the HNO3/H2O2 impinger and in the KMnO4/H2SO4 impingers (µgm);
ix) Total mercury, including particle-bound mercury (µgm); and
x) Total mercury, excluding particle-bound mercury (µgm)
  
H) All appropriate data elements for Methods 30A and 30B.
I) For a unit with a flow monitor installed on a rectangular stack or duct, if a site-specific default or measured wall effects adjustment factor (WAF) is used to correct the stack gas volumetric flow rate data to account for velocity decay near the stack or duct wall, the owner or operator must keep records of the following for each flow RATA performed with EPA Method 2 in appendices A–1 and A–2 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, subsequent to the WAF determination:
      
i) Monitoring system ID;
ii) Test number;
iii) Operating level;
iv) RATA end date and time;
v) Number of Method 1 traverse points; and
vi) Wall effects adjustment factor (WAF), to the nearest 0.0001.
 
J) For each RATA run using Method 29 in appendix A–8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to determine mercury concentration:
       
i) Percent CO2and O2 in the stack gas, dry basis;
ii) Moisture content of the stack gas (percent H2O);
iii) Average stack gas temperature (°F);
iv) Dry gas volume metered (dscm);
v) Percent isokinetic;
vi) Particulate mercury collected in the front half of the sampling train, corrected for the front-half blank value (µg); and
vii) Total vapor phase mercury collected in the back half of the sampling train, corrected for the back-half blank value (µg).
  
8) For each certified continuous emission monitoring system, excepted monitoring system, or alternative monitoring system, the date and description of each event which requires certification, recertification, or certain diagnostic testing of the system and the date and type of each test performed. If the conditional data validation procedures of Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are to be used to validate and report data prior to the completion of the required certification, recertification, or diagnostic testing, the date and hour of the probationary calibration error test must be reported to mark the beginning of conditional data validation.
9) Hardcopy relative accuracy test reports, certification reports, recertification reports, or semiannual or annual reports for gas or flow rate CEMS, mercury CEMS, or sorbent trap monitoring systems are required or requested under 40 CFR 75.60(b)(6) or 75.63, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the reports must include, at a minimum, the following elements (as applicable to the type(s) of test(s) performed:
   
A) Summarized test results.
B) DAHS printouts of the CEMS data generated during the calibration error, linearity, cycle time, and relative accuracy tests.
C) For pollutant concentration monitor or diluent monitor relative accuracy tests at normal operating load:
    
i) The raw reference method data from each run, i.e., the data under paragraph (a)(7)(D)(xvii) of this Section (usually in the form of a computerized printout, showing a series of one-minute readings and the run average);
ii) The raw data and results for all required pre-test, post-test, pre-run and post-run quality assurance checks (i.e., calibration gas injections) of the reference method analyzers, i.e., the data under paragraphs (a)(7)(D)(v) through (a)(7)(D)(xiv) of this Section;
iii) The raw data and results for any moisture measurements made during the relative accuracy testing, i.e., the data under paragraphs (a)(7)(E)(i) through (a)(7)(E)(xv) of this Section; and
iv) Tabulated, final, corrected reference method run data (i.e., the actual values used in the relative accuracy calculations), along with the equations used to convert the raw data to the final values and example calculations to demonstrate how the test data were reduced.
 
D) For relative accuracy tests for flow monitors:
  
i) The raw flow rate reference method data, from Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives) under appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, including auxiliary moisture data (often in the form of handwritten data sheets), i.e., the data under paragraphs (a)(7)(B)(i) through (a)(7)(B)(xx), paragraphs (a)(7)(C)(i) through (a)(7)(C)(xiii), and, if applicable, paragraphs (a)(7)(E)(i) through (a)(7)(E)(xv) of this Section; and
ii) The tabulated, final volumetric flow rate values used in the relative accuracy calculations (determined from the flow rate reference method data and other necessary measurements, such as moisture, stack temperature and pressure), along with the equations used to convert the raw data to the final values and example calculations to demonstrate how the test data were reduced.
     
E) Calibration gas certificates for the gases used in the linearity, calibration error, and cycle time tests and for the calibration gases used to quality assure the gas monitor reference method data during the relative accuracy test audit.
F) Laboratory calibrations of the source sampling equipment. For sorbent trap monitoring systems, the laboratory analyses of all sorbent traps, and information documenting the results of all leak checks and other applicable quality control procedures.
G) A copy of the test protocol used for the CEMS certifications or recertifications, including narrative that explains any testing abnormalities, problematic sampling, and analytical conditions that required a change to the test protocol, and/or solutions to technical problems encountered during the testing program.
H) Diagrams illustrating test locations and sample point locations (to verify that locations are consistent with information in the monitoring plan). Include a discussion of any special traversing or measurement scheme. The discussion must also confirm that sample points satisfy applicable acceptance criteria.
I) Names of key personnel involved in the test program, including test team members, plant contacts, agency representatives and test observers on site.
 
10) Whenever reference methods are used as backup monitoring systems pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(3) of this Appendix, the owner or operator must record the following information:
 
A) For each test run using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) to determine volumetric flow rate, record the following data elements (as applicable to the measurement method used):
     
i) Unit or stack identification number;
ii) Reference method system and component identification numbers;
iii) Run date and hour;
iv) The data in paragraph (a)(7)(B) of this Section, except for paragraphs (a)(7)(B)(i), (vi), (viii), (xii), and (xvii) through (xx); and
v) The data in paragraph (a)(7)(C), except on a run basis.
 
B) For each reference method test run using Method 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to determine SO2, NOx, CO2, or O2 concentration:
      
i) Unit or stack identification number;
ii) The reference method system and component identification numbers;
iii) Run number;
iv) Run start date and hour;
v) Run end date and hour;
vi) The data in paragraphs (a)(7)(D)(ii) through (ix) and (xii) through (xv); and (vii) Stack gas density adjustment factor (if applicable).
 
C) For each hour of each reference method test run using Method 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to determine SO2, NOx, CO2, or O2 concentration:
       
i) Unit or stack identification number;
ii) The reference method system and component identification numbers;
iii) Run number;
iv) Run date and hour;
v) Pollutant or diluent gas being measured;
vi) Unadjusted (raw) average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for the hour; and
vii) Average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for the hour, adjusted as appropriate for moisture, calibration bias (or calibration error) and stack gas density.
 
11) For each other quality-assurance test or other quality assurance activity, the owner or operator must record the following (as applicable):
       
A) Component/system identification code;
B) Parameter;
C) Test or activity completion date and hour;
D) Test or activity description;
E) Test result;
F) Reason for test; and
G) Test code.
 
12) For each request for a quality assurance test extension or exemption, for any loss of exempt status, and for each single-load flow RATA claim pursuant to Section 2.3.1.3(c)(3) of Exhibit B to this Appendix, the owner or operator must record the following (as applicable):
 
A) For a RATA deadline extension or exemption request:
        
i) Monitoring system identification code;
ii) Date of last RATA;
iii) RATA expiration date without extension;
iv) RATA expiration date with extension;
v) Type of RATA extension of exemption claimed or lost;
vi) Year to date hours of usage of fuel other than very low sulfur fuel;
vii) Year to date hours of non-redundant back-up CEMS usage at the unit/stack; and
viii) Quarter and year.
 
B) For a linearity test or flow-to-load ratio test quarterly exemption:
     
i) Component-system identification code;
ii) Type of test;
iii) Basis for exemption;
iv) Quarter and year; and
v) Span scale.
 
C) For a fuel flowmeter accuracy test extension:
      
i) Component-system identification code;
ii) Date of last accuracy test;
iii) Accuracy test expiration date without extension;
iv) Accuracy test expiration date with extension;
v) Type of extension; and
vi) Quarter and year.
 
D) For a single-load (or single-level) flow RATA claim:
     
i) Monitoring system identification code;
ii) Ending date of last annual flow RATA;
iii) The relative frequency (percentage) of unit or stack operation at each load (or operating) level (low, mid, and high) since the previous annual flow RATA, to the nearest 0.1 percent;
iv) End date of the historical load (or operating level) data collection period; and
v) Indication of the load (or operating) level (low, mid or high) claimed for the single-load flow RATA.
 
13) For the sorbent traps used in sorbent trap monitoring systems to quantify mercury concentration under Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix (including sorbent traps used for relative accuracy testing), the owner or operator must keep records of the following:
       
A) The ID number of the monitoring system in which each sorbent trap was used to collect mercury;
B) The unique identification number of each sorbent trap;
C) The beginning and ending dates and hours of the data collection period for each sorbent trap;
D) The average mercury concentration (in µgm/dscm) for the data collection period;
E) Information documenting the results of the required leak checks;
F) The analysis of the mercury collected by each sorbent trap; and
G) Information documenting the results of the other applicable quality control procedures in Section 1.3 of this Appendix and in Exhibits B and D to this Appendix.
 
b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.12(a) of this Appendix, for units with add-on mercury emission controls, the owner or operator must keep the following records on-site in the quality assurance/quality control plan required by Section 1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix:
  
1) A list of operating parameters for the add-on emission controls, including parameters in Section 1.12 of this Appendix, appropriate to the particular installation of add-on emission controls; and
2) The range of each operating parameter in the list that indicates the add-on emission controls are properly operating.
  
c) Excepted monitoring for mercury low mass emission units under Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix. For qualifying coal-fired units using the alternative low mass emission methodology under Section 1.15(b), the owner or operator must record the data elements described in Section 1.13(a)(7)(G), Section 1.13(a)(7)(H), or Section 1.13(a)(7)(J) of this Appendix, as applicable, for each run of each mercury emission test and re-test required under Section 1.15(c)(1) or Section 1.15(d)(4)(C) of this Appendix.
d) DAHS Verification. For each DAHS (missing data and formula) verification that is required for initial certification, recertification, or for certain diagnostic testing of a monitoring system, record the date and hour that the DAHS verification is successfully completed. (This requirement only applies to units that report monitoring plan data in accordance with Section 1.10(d) of this Appendix.)

Section 1.14  
General provisions
 

     
a) Applicability. The owner or operator of a unit must comply with the requirements of this Appendix to the extent that compliance is required by Part 225. For purposes of this Appendix, the term "affected unit" means any coal-fired unit (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference) that is subject to Part 225. The term "non-affected unit" means any unit that is not subject to such a program, the term "permitting authority" means the Agency, and the term "designated representative" means the responsible party under Part 225.
b) Compliance dates. The owner or operator of an affected unit must meet the compliance deadlines established by Part 225, Subpart B.
c) Prohibitions.
    
1) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix will use any alternative monitoring system, alternative reference method, or any other alternative for the required continuous emission monitoring system without having obtained prior written approval in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.
2) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix will operate the unit so as to discharge, or allow to be discharged emissions of mercury to the atmosphere without accounting for all such emissions in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Appendix.
3) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix will disrupt the continuous emission monitoring system, any portion thereof, or any other approved emission monitoring method, and thereby avoid monitoring and recording mercury mass emissions discharged into the atmosphere, except for periods of recertification or periods when calibration, quality assurance testing, or maintenance is performed in accordance with the provisions of this Appendix applicable to monitoring systems under Section 1.15 of this Appendix.
4) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) will retire or permanently discontinue use of the continuous emission monitoring system, any component thereof, or any other approved emission monitoring system under this Appendix, except under any one of the following circumstances:
   
A) During the period that the unit is covered by a retired unit exemption that is in effect under Part 225; or
B) The owner or operator is monitoring mercury mass emissions from the affected unit with another certified monitoring system approved, in accordance with the provisions of Section 225.250; or
C) The designated representative submits notification of the date of certification testing of a replacement monitoring system in accordance with Part 225.240(d).
   
 
d) Quality assurance and quality control requirements. For units that use continuous emission monitoring systems to account for mercury mass emissions, the owner or operator must meet the applicable quality assurance and quality control requirements in Section 1.5 and Exhibit B to this Appendix for the flow monitoring systems, mercury concentration monitoring systems, moisture monitoring systems, and diluent monitors required under Section 1.15 of this Appendix. Units using sorbent trap monitoring systems must meet the applicable quality assurance requirements in Section 1.3 of this Appendix, Exhibit D to this Appendix, and Sections 1. 3 and 2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
e) Reporting data prior to initial certification. If, by the applicable compliance date under Part 225, the owner or operator of an affected unit has not successfully completed all required certification tests for any monitoring system(s), he or she must determine, record, and report data prior to initial certification in accordance with Section 225.239 of this Part.
f) Petitions.
   
1)
The designated representative of an affected unit that is also subject to the Acid Rain Program may submit a petition to the Agency requesting an alternative to any requirement of Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix. Such a petition must meet the requirements of 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and any additional requirements established by Part 225, Subpart B. Use of an alternative to any requirement of Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix is in accordance with Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix and with Part 225, Subpart B only to the extent that the petition is approved in writing by the Agency.
2)
Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(1) of this Section, petitions requesting an alternative to a requirement concerning any additional CEMS required solely to meet the common stack provisions of Section 1.16 of this Appendix must be submitted to the Agency and will be governed by paragraph (f)(3) of this Section. Such a petition must meet the requirements of 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and any additional requirements established by Part 225, Subpart B.
3)
The designated representative of an affected unit that is not subject to the Acid Rain Program may submit a petition to the Agency requesting an alternative to any requirement of Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix. Such a petition must meet the requirements of 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and any additional requirements established by Part 225, Subpart B. Use of an alternative to any requirement of Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix is in accordance with Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of this Appendix only to the extent that it is approved in writing by the Agency.

Section 1.15  
Monitoring of mercury mass emissions and heat input at the unit level
 
The owner or operator of the affected coal-fired unit must:
 

 
a) Meet the general operating requirements in Section 1.2 of this Appendix for the following continuous emission monitors (except as provided in accordance with subpart E of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140):
    
1) A mercury concentration monitoring system (consisting of a mercury pollutant concentration monitor and an automated DAHS, which provides a permanent, continuous record of mercury emissions in units of micrograms per standard cubic meter (µg/scm)) or a sorbent trap monitoring system, to measure the mass concentration of total vapor phase mercury in the flue gas, including the elemental and oxidized forms of mercury, in micrograms per standard cubic meter (μg/scm); and
2) A flow monitoring system; and
3) A continuous moisture monitoring system (if correction of mercury concentration for moisture is required), as described in 40 CFR 75.11(b) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Alternatively, the owner or operator may use the appropriate fuel-specific default moisture value provided in 40 CFR 75.11 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or a site-specific moisture value approved by petition under 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; and
4) If heat input is required to be reported under Part 225, the owner or operator must meet the general operating requirements for a flow monitoring system and an O2 or CO2 monitoring system to measure heat input rate.
  
b) For an affected unit that emits 464 ounces (29 lb) of mercury per year or less, use the following excepted monitoring methodology. To implement this methodology for a qualifying unit, the owner or operator must meet the general operating requirements in Section 1.2 of this Appendix for the continuous emission monitors described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(4) of this Section, and perform mercury emission testing for initial certification and on-going quality-assurance, as described in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this Section.
c) To determine whether an affected unit is eligible to use the monitoring provisions in paragraph (b) of this Section:
 
1) The owner or operator must perform mercury emission testing within 18 months before the compliance date in Section 1.14(b) of this Appendix, to determine the mercury concentration (i.e., total vapor phase mercury) in the effluent.
    
   
A) The testing must be performed using one of the mercury reference methods listed in Section 1.6(a)(5) of this Appendix, and must consist of a minimum of 3 runs at the normal unit operating load, while combusting coal. The coal combusted during the testing must be representative of the coal that will be combusted at the start of the mercury mass emissions reduction program (preferably from the same source(s) of supply).
B) The minimum time per run must be 1 hour if Method 30A is used. If either Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference, ASTM D6784-02 (the Ontario Hydro method) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140 ), or Method 30B is used, paired samples are required for each test run and the runs must be long enough to ensure that sufficient mercury is collected to analyze. When Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference, or the Ontario Hydro method is used, the test results must be based on the vapor phase mercury collected in the back-half of the sampling trains (i.e., the non-filterable impinger catches). For each Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference, Method 30B, or Ontario Hydro method test run, the paired trains must meet the relative deviation (RD) requirement specified in Section 1.6(a)(5) of this Appendix or Method 30B, as applicable. If the RD specification is met, the results of the two samples must be averaged arithmetically.
C) If the unit is equipped with flue gas desulfurization or add-on mercury emission controls, the controls must be operating normally during the testing, and, for the purpose of establishing proper operation of the controls, the owner or operator must record parametric data or SO2 concentration data in accordance with Section 1.12(a) of this Appendix.
D) If two or more of units of the same type qualify as a group of identical units in accordance with 40 CFR 75.19 (c)(1)(iv)(B), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, the owner or operator may test a subset of these units in lieu of testing each unit individually. If this option is selected, the number of units required to be tested must be determined from Table LM-4 in 40 CFR 75.19 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For the purposes of the required retests under paragraph (d)(4) of this Section, it is strongly recommended that (to the extent practicable) the same subset of the units not be tested in two successive retests, and that every effort be made to ensure that each unit in the group of identical units is tested in a timely manner.
2)
A) Based on the results of the emission testing, Equation 1 of this Section must be used to provide a conservative estimate of the annual mercury mass emissions from the unit:

   (Equation 1)
 
Where:
 
E = Estimated annual mercury mass emissions from the affected unit, (ounces/year)
 
K = Units conversion constant, 9.978 x 10-10 oz-scm/μg-scf
 
N = Either 8,760 (the number of hours in a year) or the maximum number of operating hours per year (if less than 8,760) allowed by the unit's Federally-enforceable operating permit.
 
= The highest mercury concentration (μg/scm) from any of the test runs or 0.50 μg/scm, whichever is greater
 
= Maximum potential flow rate, determined according to Section 2.1.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, (scfh)
 

 
B) Equation 1 of this Section assumes that the unit operates at its maximum potential flow rate, either year-round or for the maximum number of hours allowed by the operating permit (if unit operation is restricted to less than 8,760 hours per year). If the permit restricts the annual unit heat input but not the number of annual unit operating hours, the owner or operator may divide the allowable annual heat input (mmBtu) by the design rated heat input capacity of the unit (mmBtu/hr) to determine the value of "N" in Equation 1. Also, note that if the highest mercury concentration measured in any test run is less than 0.50 μg/scm, a default value of 0.50 μg/scm must be used in the calculations.
 
3) If the estimated annual mercury mass emissions from paragraph (c)(2) of this Section are 464 ounces per year or less, then the unit is eligible to use the monitoring provisions in paragraph (b) of this Section, and continuous monitoring of the mercury concentration is not required (except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this Section).
 
d) If the owner or operator of an eligible unit under paragraph (c)(3) of this Section elects not to continuously monitor mercury concentration, then the following requirements must be met:
    
1) The results of the mercury emission testing performed under paragraph (c) of this Section must be submitted as a certification application to the permitting authority, no later than 45 days after the testing is completed. The calculations demonstrating that the unit emits 464 ounces (or less) per year of mercury must also be provided, and the default mercury concentration that will be used for reporting under Section 1.18 of this Appendix must be specified in both the electronic and hard copy portions of the monitoring plan for the unit. The methodology is considered to be provisionally certified as of the date and hour of completion of the mercury emission testing.
2) Following initial certification, the same default mercury concentration value that was used to estimate the unit's annual mercury mass emissions under paragraph (c) of this Section must be reported for each unit operating hour, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(4)(D) or (d)(6) of this Section. The default mercury concentration value must be updated as appropriate, according to paragraph (d)(5) of this Section.
3) The hourly mercury mass emissions must be calculated according to Section 4.1.3 in Exhibit C to this Appendix.
4) The mercury emission testing described in paragraph (c) of this Section must be repeated periodically, for the purposes of quality-assurance, as follows:
  
 
 
A) If the results of the certification testing under paragraph (c) of this Section show that the unit emits 144 ounces (9 lb) of mercury per year or less, the first retest is required by the end of the fourth QA operating quarter (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference) following the calendar quarter of the certification testing; or
B) If the results of the certification testing under paragraph (c) of this Section show that the unit emits more than 144 ounces of mercury per year, but less than or equal to 464 ounces per year, the first retest is required by the end of the second QA operating quarter (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference) following the calendar quarter of the certification testing; and
C) Thereafter, retesting must be required either semiannually or annually (i.e., by the end of the second or fourth QA operating quarter following the quarter of the previous test), depending on the results of the previous test. To determine whether the next retest is due within two or four QA operating quarters, substitute the highest mercury concentration from the current test or 0.50 μg/scm (whichever is greater) into the equation in paragraph (c)(2) of this Section. If the estimated annual mercury mass emissions exceeds 144 ounces, the next test is due within two QA operating quarters. If the estimated annual mercury mass emissions is 144 ounces or less, the next test is due within four QA operating quarters.
D) An additional retest is required when there is a change in the coal rank of the primary fuel (e.g., when the primary fuel is switched from bituminous coal to lignite). Use ASTM D388-99 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) to determine the coal rank. The four principal coal ranks are anthracitic, bituminous, subbituminous, and lignitic. The ranks of anthracite coal refuse (culm) and bituminous coal refuse (gob) must be anthracitic and bituminous, respectively. The retest must be performed within 720 unit operating hours of the change.
  
5) The default mercury concentration used for reporting under Section 1.18 of this Appendix must be updated after each required retest. This includes retests that are required prior to the compliance date in Section 1.14(b) of this Appendix. The updated value must either be the highest mercury concentration measured in any of the test runs or 0.50 μg/scm, whichever is greater. The updated value must be applied beginning with the first unit operating hour in which mercury emissions data are required to be reported after completion of the retest, except as provided in paragraph (d)(4)(D) of this Section, where the need to retest is triggered by a change in the coal rank of the primary fuel. In that case, apply the updated default mercury concentration beginning with the first unit operating hour in which mercury emissions are required to be reported after the date and hour of the fuel switch.
6) If the unit is equipped with a flue gas desulfurization system or add-on mercury controls, the owner or operator must record the information required under Section 1.12 of this Appendix for each unit operating hour, to document proper operation of the emission controls.
 
e) For units with common stack and multiple stack exhaust configurations, the use of the monitoring methodology described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this Section is restricted as follows:
 
1) The methodology may not be used for reporting mercury mass emissions at a common stack unless all of the units using the common stack are affected units and the units' combined potential to emit does not exceed 464 ounces of mercury per year times the number of units sharing the stack, in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section. If the test results demonstrate that the units sharing the common stack qualify as low mass emitters, the default mercury concentration used for reporting mercury mass emissions at the common stack must either be the highest value obtained in any test run or 0.50 μg/scm, whichever is greater.
 
A) The initial emission testing required under paragraph (c) of this Section may be performed at the common stack if the following conditions are met. Otherwise, testing of the individual units (or a subset of the units, if identical, as described in paragraph (c)(1)(D) of this Section) is required:
      
i) The testing must be done at a combined load corresponding to the designated normal load level (low, mid, or high) for the units sharing the common stack, in accordance with Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix;
ii) All of the units that share the stack must be operating in a normal, stable manner and at typical load levels during the emission testing. The coal combusted in each unit during the testing must be representative of the coal that will be combusted in that unit at the start of the mercury mass emission reduction program (preferably from the same source(s) of supply);
iii) If flue gas desulfurization and/or add-on mercury emission controls are used to reduce level the emissions exiting from the common stack, these emission controls must be operating normally during the emission testing and, for the purpose of establishing proper operation of the controls, the owner or operator must record parametric data or SO2 concentration data in accordance with Section 1.12(a) of this Appendix;
iv) When calculating E, the estimated maximum potential annual mercury mass emissions from the stack, substitute the maximum potential flow rate through the common stack (as defined in the monitoring plan) and the highest concentration from any test run (or 0.50 μg/scm, if greater) into Equation 1;
v) The calculated value of E must be divided by the number of units sharing the stack. If the result, when rounded to the nearest ounce, does not exceed 464 ounces, the units qualify to use the low mass emission methodology; and
vi) If the units qualify to use the methodology, the default mercury concentration used for reporting at the common stack must be the highest value obtained in any test run or 0.50 μg/scm, whichever is greater; or
 
B) The retests required under paragraph (d)(4) of this Section may also be done at the common stack. If this testing option is chosen, the testing must be done at a combined load corresponding to the designated normal load level (low, mid, or high) for the units sharing the common stack, in accordance with Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix. Provided that the required load level is attained and that all of the units sharing the stack are fed from the same on-site coal supply during normal operation, it is not necessary for all of the units sharing the stack to be in operation during a retest. However, if two or more of the units that share the stack are fed from different on-site coal supplies (e.g., one unit burns low-sulfur coal for compliance and the other combusts higher-sulfur coal), then either:
 
 
i) Perform the retest with all units in normal operation; or
ii) If this is not possible, due to circumstances beyond the control of the owner or operator (e.g., a forced unit outage), perform the retest with the available units operating and assess the test results as follows. Use the mercury concentration obtained in the retest for reporting purposes under this part if the concentration is greater than or equal to the value obtained in the most recent test. If the retested value is lower than the mercury concentration from the previous test, continue using the higher value from the previous test for reporting purposes and use that same higher mercury concentration value in Equation 1 to determine the due date for the next retest, as described in paragraph (e)(1)(C) of this Section.
 
C) If testing is done at the common stack, the due date for the next scheduled retest must be determined as follows:
   
i) Substitute the maximum potential flow rate for the common stack (as defined in the monitoring plan) and the highest mercury concentration from any test run (or 0.50 μg/scm, if greater) into Equation 1;
ii) If the value of E obtained from Equation 1, rounded to the nearest ounce, is greater than 144 times the number of units sharing the common stack, but less than or equal to 464 times the number of units sharing the stack, the next retest is due in two QA operating quarters;
iii) If the value of E obtained from Equation 1, rounded to the nearest ounce, is less than or equal to 144 times the number of units sharing the common stack, the next retest is due in four QA operating quarters.
  
2) For units with multiple stack or duct configurations, mercury emission testing must be performed separately on each stack or duct, and the sum of the estimated annual mercury mass emissions from the stacks or ducts must not exceed 464 ounces of mercury per year. For reporting purposes, the default mercury concentration used for each stack or duct must either be the highest value obtained in any test run for that stack or 0.50 µg/scm, whichever is greater.
3) For units with a main stack and bypass stack configuration, mercury emission testing must be performed only on the main stack. For reporting purposes, the default mercury concentration used for the main stack must either be the highest value obtained in any test run for that stack or 0.50 µg/scm, whichever is greater. Whenever the main stack is bypassed, the maximum potential mercury concentration, as defined in Section 2.1.3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, must be reported.
 
f) At the end of each calendar year, if the cumulative annual mercury mass emissions from an affected unit have exceeded 464 ounces, then the owner must install, certify, operate, and maintain a mercury concentration monitoring system or a sorbent trap monitoring system no later than 180 days after the end of the calendar year in which the annual mercury mass emissions exceeded 464 ounces. For common stack and multiple stack configurations, installation and certification of a mercury concentration or sorbent trap monitoring system on each stack (except for bypass stacks) is likewise required within 180 days after the end of the calendar year, if:
   
1) The annual mercury mass emissions at the common stack have exceeded 464 ounces times the number of affected units using the common stack; or
2) The sum of the annual mercury mass emissions from all of the multiple stacks or ducts has exceeded 464 ounces; or
3) The sum of the annual mercury mass emissions from the main and bypass stacks has exceeded 464 ounces.
 
g) For an affected unit that is using a mercury concentration CEMS or a sorbent trap system under Section 1.15(a) of this Appendix to continuously monitor the mercury mass emissions, the owner or operator may switch to the methodology in Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix, provided that the applicable conditions in paragraphs (c) through (f) of this Section are met.

Section 1.16  
Monitoring of mercury mass emissions and heat input at common and multiple stacks
 

 
a) Unit utilizing common stack with other affected unit(s). When an affected unit utilizes a common stack with one or more affected units, but no non-affected units, the owner or operator must either:
 
1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems described in Section 1.15(a) of this Appendix at the common stack, record the combined mercury mass emissions for the units exhausting to the common stack. Alternatively, if, in accordance with Section 1.15(e) of this Appendix, each of the units using the common stack is demonstrated to emit less than 464 ounces of mercury per year, the owner or operator may install, certify, operate and maintain the monitoring systems and perform the mercury emission testing described under Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix. If reporting of the unit heat input rate is required, determine the hourly unit heat input rates either by:
 
 
A) Apportioning the common stack heat input rate to the individual units according to the procedures in 40 CFR 75.16 (e)(3), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; or
B) Installing, certifying, operating, and maintaining a flow monitoring system and diluent monitor in the duct to the common stack from each unit; or
 
2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix in the duct to the common stack from each unit.
 
b) Unit utilizing common stack with nonaffected unit(s). When one or more affected units utilizes a common stack with one or more nonaffected units, the owner or operator must either:
  
1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix in the duct to the common stack from each affected unit; or
2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems described in Section 1.15(a) of this Appendix in the common stack; and
   
A) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix in the duct to the common stack from each non-affected unit. The designated representative must submit a petition to the Agency to allow a method of calculating and reporting the mercury mass emissions from the affected units as the difference between mercury mass emissions measured in the common stack and mercury mass emissions measured in the ducts of the non-affected units, not to be reported as an hourly value less than zero. The Agency may approve such a method whenever the designated representative demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Agency, that the method ensures that the mercury mass emissions from the affected units are not underestimated; or
B) Count the combined emissions measured at the common stack as the mercury mass emissions for the affected units, for recordkeeping and compliance purposes, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section; or
C) Submit a petition to the Agency to allow use of a method for apportioning mercury mass emissions measured in the common stack to each of the units using the common stack and for reporting the mercury mass emissions. The Agency may approve such a method whenever the designated representative demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Agency, that the method ensures that the mercury mass emissions from the affected units are not underestimated.
 
3) If the monitoring option in paragraph (b)(2) of this Section is selected, and if heat input is required to be reported under Part 225, the owner or operator must either:
  
A) Apportion the common stack heat input rate to the individual units according to the procedures in 40 CFR 75.16 (e)(3), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; or
B) Install a flow monitoring system and a diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitoring system in the duct leading from each affected unit to the common stack, and measure the heat input rate in each duct, according to Section 2.2 of Exhibit C to this Appendix.
 
c) Unit with a main stack and a bypass stack. Whenever any portion of the flue gases from an affected unit can be routed through a bypass stack to avoid the mercury monitoring system(s) installed on the main stack, the owner and operator must either:
    
1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems described in Section 1.15(a) of this Appendix on both the main stack and the bypass stack and calculate mercury mass emissions for the unit as the sum of the mercury mass emissions measured at the two stacks;
2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems described in Section 1.15(a) of this Appendix at the main stack and measure mercury mass emissions at the bypass stack using the appropriate reference methods in Section 1.6(b) of this Appendix. Calculate mercury mass emissions for the unit as the sum of the emissions recorded by the installed monitoring systems on the main stack and the emissions measured by the reference method monitoring systems;
3) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix only on the main stack. If this option is chosen, it is not necessary to designate the exhaust configuration as a multiple stack configuration in the monitoring plan required under Section 1.10 of this Appendix, since only the main stack is monitored; or
4) If the monitoring option in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this Section is selected, and if heat input is required to be reported under Part 225, the owner or operator must:
   
A) Use the installed flow and diluent monitors to determine the hourly heat input rate at each stack (mmBtu/hr), according to Section 2.2 of Exhibit C to this Appendix; and
B) Calculate the hourly heat input at each stack (in mmBtu) by multiplying the measured stack heat input rate by the corresponding stack operating time; and
C) Determine the hourly unit heat input by summing the hourly stack heat input values.
 
d) Unit with multiple stack or duct configuration. When the flue gases from an affected unit discharge to the atmosphere through more than one stack, or when the flue gases from an affected unit utilize two or more ducts feeding into a single stack and the owner or operator chooses to monitor in the ducts rather than in the stack, the owner or operator must either:
   
1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix in each of the multiple stacks and determine mercury mass emissions from the affected unit as the sum of the mercury mass emissions recorded for each stack. If another unit also exhausts flue gases into one of the monitored stacks, the owner or operator must comply with the applicable requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, in order to properly determine the mercury mass emissions from the units using that stack;
2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain the monitoring systems and (if applicable) perform the mercury emission testing described in Section 1.15(a) or Section 1.15(b) of this Appendix in each of the ducts that feed into the stack, and determine mercury mass emissions from the affected unit using the sum of the mercury mass emissions measured at each duct, except that where another unit also exhausts flue gases to one or more of the stacks, the owner or operator must also comply with the applicable requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section to determine and record mercury mass emissions from the units using that stack; or
3) If the monitoring option in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this Section is selected, and if heat input is required to be reported under Part 225, the owner or operator must:
   
A) Use the installed flow and diluent monitors to determine the hourly heat input rate at each stack or duct (mmBtu/hr), according to Section 2.2 of Exhibit C to this Appendix; and
B) Calculate the hourly heat input at each stack or duct (in mmBtu) by multiplying the measured stack (or duct) heat input rate by the corresponding stack (or duct) operating time; and
C) Determine the hourly unit heat input by summing the hourly stack (or duct) heat input values.

Section 1.17  
Calculation of mercury mass emissions and heat input rate
 
The owner or operator must calculate mercury mass emissions and heat input rate in accordance with the procedures in Sections 4.1 through 4.3 of Exhibit F to this Appendix.
 

Section 1.18  
Recordkeeping and reporting
 

 
a) General recordkeeping provisions. The owner or operator of any affected unit must maintain for each affected unit and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix a file of all measurements, data, reports, and other information required by this part at the source in a form suitable for inspection for at least 3 years from the date of each record. Except for the certification data required in Section 1.11(a)(4) of this Appendix and the initial submission of the monitoring plan required in Section 1.11(a)(5) of this Appendix, the data must be collected beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional certification or the compliance deadline in Section 1.14(b) of this Appendix. The certification data required in Section 1.11(a)(4) of this Appendix must be collected beginning with the date of the first certification test performed. The file must contain the following information:
     
1) The information required in Section s 1.11(a)(2), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), (b) , (c) (if applicable), (d), and (e) or (f) of this Appendix (as applicable);
2) The information required in Section 1.12 of this Appendix, for units with flue gas desulfurization systems or add-on mercury emission controls;
3) For affected units using mercury CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring systems, for each hour when the unit is operating, record the mercury mass emissions, calculated in accordance with Section 4 of Exhibit C to this Appendix.
4) Heat input and mercury methodologies for the hour; and
5) Formulas from monitoring plan for total mercury mass emissions and heat input rate (if applicable);
  
b) Certification, quality assurance and quality control record provisions. The owner or operator of any affected unit must record the applicable information in Section 1.13 of this Appendix for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix.
c) Monitoring plan recordkeeping provisions.
   
1) General provisions. The owner or operator of an affected unit must prepare and maintain a monitoring plan for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix. The monitoring plan must contain sufficient information on the continuous monitoring systems and the use of data derived from these systems to demonstrate that all the unit's mercury emissions are monitored and reported.
2) Updates. Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or change in a certified continuous monitoring system or alternative monitoring system under 40 CFR 75, subpart E, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, including a change in the automated data acquisition and handling system or in the flue gas handling system, that affects information reported in the monitoring plan (e.g., a change to a serial number for a component of a monitoring system), then the owner or operator must update the monitoring plan.
3) Contents of the monitoring plan. Each monitoring plan must contain the information in Section 1.10(d)(1) of this Appendix in electronic format and the information in Section 1.10(d)(2) in hardcopy format.
 
d) General reporting provisions.
  
1) The designated representative for an affected unit must comply with all reporting requirements in this Section and with any additional requirements set forth in 35 Ill. Adm. Code Part 225.
2) The designated representative for an affected unit must submit the following for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix:
  
A) Monitoring plans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section; and
B) Quarterly reports in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.
   
3) Other petitions and communications. The designated representative for an affected unit must submit petitions, correspondence, application forms, and petition-related test results in accordance with the provisions in Section 1.14(f) of this Appendix.
4) Quality assurance RATA reports. If requested by the Agency, the designated representative of an affected unit must submit the quality assurance RATA report for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix by the later of 45 days after completing a quality assurance RATA according to Section 2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix or 15 days of receiving the request. The designated representative must report the hardcopy information required by Section 1.13(a) (9) of this Appendix to the Agency.
5) Notifications. The designated representative for an affected unit must submit written notice to the Agency according to the provisions in 40 CFR 75.61 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix.
 
e) Monitoring plan reporting.
  
1) Electronic submission. The designated representative for an affected unit must submit to the Agency and USEPA, or an alternate Agency designee if one is specified, a complete, electronic, up-to-date monitoring plan file in a format specified by the Agency for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix, as follows: No later than 21 days prior to the commencement of initial certification testing; at the time of a certification or recertification application submission; and whenever an update of the electronic monitoring plan is required, either under Section 1.10 of this Appendix or elsewhere in this Appendix.
2) Hardcopy submission. The designated representative of an affected unit must submit all of the hardcopy information required under Section 1.10 of this Appendix, for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under Section 1.16(b)(2)(B) of this Appendix, to the Agency prior to initial certification. Thereafter, the designated representative must submit hardcopy information only if that portion of the monitoring plan is revised. The designated representative must submit the required hardcopy information as follows: no later than 21 days prior to the commencement of initial certification testing; with any certification or recertification application, if a hardcopy monitoring plan change is associated with the recertification event; and within 30 days of any other event with which a hardcopy monitoring plan change is associated, pursuant to Section 1.10(b) of this Appendix. Electronic submittal of all monitoring plan information, including hardcopy portions, is permissible provided that a paper copy of the hardcopy portions can be furnished upon request.
 
f) Quarterly reports.
 
1) Electronic submission. Electronic quarterly reports must be submitted, beginning with the calendar quarter containing the compliance date in Section 1.14(b) of this Appendix, unless otherwise specified in 35 Ill. Admin. Code Part 225. The designated representative for an affected unit must report the data and information in this paragraph (f)(1) and the applicable compliance certification information in paragraph (f)(2) of this Section to the Agency and USEPA, or an alternate Agency designee if one is specified, quarterly in a format specified by the Agency, except as otherwise provided in 40 CFR 75.64(a) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for units in long-term cold storage. Each electronic report must be submitted to the Agency within 45 days following the end of each calendar quarter. Except as otherwise provided in 40 CFR 75.64 (a)(4) and (a)(5), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, each electronic report must include the date of report generation and the following information for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack:
  
A) The facility information in 40 CFR 75.64 (a)(3), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; and
B) The information and hourly data required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, except for:
     
         
i) Descriptions of adjustments, corrective action, and maintenance;
ii) Information which is incompatible with electronic reporting (e.g., field data sheets, lab analyses, quality control plan);
iii) For units with flue gas desulfurization systems or with add-on mercury emission controls, the parametric information in Section 1.12 of this Appendix;
iv) Information required by Section 1.11(d) of this Appendix concerning the causes of any missing data periods and the actions taken to cure such causes;
v) Hardcopy monitoring plan information required by Section 1.10 of this Appendix and hardcopy test data and results required by Section 1.13 of this Appendix;
vi) Records of flow polynomial equations and numerical values required by Section 1.13(a) (5)(E) of this Appendix;
vii) Stratification test results required as part of the RATA supplementary records under Section 1.13(a) (7) of this Appendix;
viii) Data and results of RATAs that are aborted or invalidated due to problems with the reference method or operational problems with the unit and data and results of linearity checks that are aborted or invalidated due to operational problems with the unit;
ix) Supplementary RATA information required under Section 1.13(a) (7) of this Appendix, except that: the applicable data elements under Section 1.13(a) (7)(B)(i) through (xx) of this Appendix and under Section 1.13(a) (7)(C)(i) through (xiii) of this Appendix must be reported for flow RATAs at circular or rectangular stacks (or ducts) in which angular compensation for yaw and/or pitch angles is used (i.e., Method 2F or 2G in appendices A-1 and A-2 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140), with or without wall effects adjustments; the applicable data elements under Section 1.13(a)(7)(B)(i) through (xx) of this Appendix and under Section 1.13(a) (7)(C)(i) through (xiii) of this Appendix must be reported for any flow RATA run at a circular stack in which Method 2 in appendices A-1 and A-2 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used and a wall effects adjustment factor is determined by direct measurement; the data under Section 1.13(a) (7)(B)(xx) of this Appendix must be reported for all flow RATAs at circular stacks in which Method 2 in appendices A-1 and A-2 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used and a default wall effects adjustment factor is applied; and the data under Section 1.13(a) (7)(I)(i) through (vi) must be reported for all flow RATAs at rectangular stacks or ducts in which Method 2 in appendices A-1 and A-2 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used and a wall effects adjustment factor is applied.
x) For units using sorbent trap monitoring systems, the hourly gas flow meter readings taken between the initial and final meter readings for the data collection period; and
   
C) Ounces of mercury emitted during quarter and cumulative ounces of mercury emitted in the year-to-date (rounded to the nearest thousandth); and
D) Unit or stack operating hours for quarter, cumulative unit or stack operating hours for year-to-date; and
E) Reporting period heat input (if applicable) and cumulative, year-to-date heat input.
 
2) Compliance certification.
  
A) The designated representative must certify that the monitoring plan information in each quarterly electronic report (i.e., component and system identification codes, formulas, etc.) represent current operating conditions for the affected unit(s)
B) The designated representative must submit and sign a compliance certification in support of each quarterly emissions monitoring report based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary responsibility for ensuring that all of the unit's emissions are correctly and fully monitored. The certification must state that:
  
i) The monitoring data submitted were recorded in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Appendix, including the quality assurance procedures and specifications; and
ii) With regard to a unit with an FGD system or with add-on mercury emission controls, that for all hours where mercury data is missing in accordance with Section 1.13(b) of this Appendix, the add-on emission controls were operating within the range of parameters listed in the quality-assurance plan for the unit (or that quality-assured SO2 CEMS data were available to document proper operation of the emission controls).
 
3) Additional reporting requirements. The designated representative must also comply with all of the quarterly reporting requirements in 40 CFR 75.64(d) , (f) , and (g) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.

Exhibit A to Appendix B--Specifications and Test Procedures

 

1. Installation and Measurement Location
 
1.1 Gas and Mercury Monitors
 

Following the procedures in Section 8.1.1 of Performance Specification 2 in Appendix B to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, install the pollutant concentration monitor or monitoring system at a location where the pollutant concentration and emission rate measurements are directly representative of the total emissions from the affected unit. Select a representative measurement point or path for the monitor probe(s) (or for the path from the transmitter to the receiver) such that the CO2, O2, concentration monitoring system, mercury concentration monitoring system, or sorbent trap monitoring system will pass the relative accuracy test (see Section 6 of this Exhibit).
 

It is recommended that monitor measurements be made at locations where the exhaust gas temperature is above the dew-point temperature. If the cause of failure to meet the relative accuracy tests is determined to be the measurement location, relocate the monitor probe(s).
 

1.1.1 Point Monitors
 

Locate the measurement point (1) within the centroidal area of the stack or duct cross section, or (2) no less than 1.0 meter from the stack or duct wall.
 

Install the flow monitor in a location that provides representative volumetric flow over all operating conditions. Such a location is one that provides an average velocity of the flue gas flow over the stack or duct cross section and is representative of the pollutant concentration monitor location. Where the moisture content of the flue gas affects volumetric flow measurements, use the procedures in both Reference Methods 1 and 4 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to establish a proper location for the flow monitor. The Illinois EPA recommends (but does not require) performing a flow profile study following the procedures in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Method, 1,
Sections 11.5 or 11.4 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for each of the three operating or load levels indicated in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit to determine the acceptability of the potential flow monitor location and to determine the number and location of flow sampling points required to obtain a representative flow value. The procedure in 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A, Test Method 1, Section 11.5 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, may be used even if the flow measurement location is greater than or equal to 2 equivalent stack or duct diameters downstream or greater than or equal to 1/2 duct diameter upstream from a flow disturbance. If a flow profile study shows that cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow conditions exist at the potential flow monitor location that are likely to prevent the monitor from meeting the performance specifications of this part, then the Agency recommends either (1) selecting another location where there is no cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow condition, or (2) eliminating the cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow condition by straightening the flow, e.g., by installing straightening vanes. The Agency also recommends selecting flow monitor locations to minimize the effects of condensation, coating, erosion, or other conditions that could adversely affect flow monitor performance.
 

1.2.1 Acceptability of Monitor Location
 

The installation of a flow monitor is acceptable if either (1) the location satisfies the minimum siting criteria of Method 1 in Appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (i.e., the location is greater than or equal to eight stack or duct diameters downstream and two diameters upstream from a flow disturbance; or, if necessary, two stack or duct diameters downstream and one-half stack or
duct diameter upstream from a flow disturbance), or (2) the results of a flow profile study, if performed, are acceptable (i.e., there are no cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow conditions), and the flow monitor also satisfies the performance specifications of this part. If the flow monitor is installed in a location that does not satisfy these physical criteria, but nevertheless the monitor achieves the performance specifications of this part, then the location is acceptable, notwithstanding the requirements of this Section.
 

1.2.2 Alternative Monitoring Location
 

Whenever the owner or operator successfully demonstrates that modifications to the exhaust duct or stack (such as installation of straightening vanes, modifications of ductwork, and the like) are necessary for the flow monitor to meet the performance specifications, the Agency may approve an interim alternative flow monitoring methodology and an extension to the required certification date for the flow monitor.
 
Where no location exists that satisfies the physical siting criteria in Section 1.2.1, where the results of flow profile studies performed at two or more
alternative flow monitor locations are unacceptable, or where installation of a flow monitor in either the stack or the ducts is demonstrated to be technically infeasible, the owner or operator may petition the Agency for an alternative method for monitoring flow.
 

2. Equipment Specifications
 
2.1 Instrument Span and Range
 

In implementing Sections 2.1.1 through 2.1.2 of this Exhibit, set the measurement range for each parameter (CO2, O2, or flow rate) high enough to prevent full-scale exceedances from occurring, yet low enough to ensure good measurement accuracy and to maintain a high signal-to-noise ratio. To meet these objectives, select the range such that the majority of the readings obtained during typical unit operation are kept, to the extent practicable, between 20.0 and 80.0 percent of the full-scale range of the instrument.
 

For an O2 monitor (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 emissions or percentage moisture), select a span value between 15.0 and 25.0 percent O2. For a CO2 monitor installed on a boiler, select a span value between 14.0 and 20.0 percent CO2. For a CO2 monitor installed on a combustion turbine, an alternative span value between 6.0 and 14.0 percent CO2 may be used. An alternative CO2 span value below 6.0 percent may be used if an appropriate technical justification is included in the hardcopy monitoring plan. An alternative O2 span value below 15.0 percent O2 may be used if an
appropriate technical justification is included in the monitoring plan (e.g., O2 concentrations above a certain level create an unsafe operating condition). Select the full-scale range of the instrument to be consistent with Section 2.1 of this Exhibit and to be greater than or equal to the span value. Select the calibration gas concentrations for the daily calibration error tests and linearity checks in accordance with Section 5.1 of this Exhibit, as percentages of the span value. For O2 monitors with span values >=21.0 percent O2, purified instrument air containing 20.9 percent O2 may be used as the high-level calibration material. If a dual-range or autoranging diluent analyzer is installed, the analyzer may be represented in the monitoring plan as a single component, using a special component type code specified by the USEPA to satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR 75.53(e)(1)(iv)(D), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

Select the full-scale range of the flow monitor so that it is consistent with Section 2.1 of this Exhibit and can accurately measure all potential volumetric flow rates at the flow monitor installation site.
 

For this purpose, determine the span value of the flow monitor using the following procedure. Calculate the maximum potential velocity (MPV) using Equation A-3a or A-3b or determine the MPV (wet basis) from velocity traverse testing using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives) in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. If using test values, use the highest average velocity (determined from the Method 2 traverses) measured at or near the maximum unit operating load (or, for units that do not produce electrical or thermal output, at the normal process operating conditions corresponding to the maximum stack gas flow rate). Express the MPV in units of wet standard feet per minute (fpm). For the purpose of providing substitute data during periods of missing flow rate data in accordance with Sec 75.31 and 75.33 of 40 CFR Part 75 and as required elsewhere in this part, calculate the maximum potential stack gas flow rate (MPF) in units of standard cubic feet per hour (scfh), as the product of the MPV (in units of wet, standard fpm) times 60, times the cross-sectional area of the stack or duct (in ft2) at the flow monitor location.
 
 
 
 (Equation A-3a)
or
   (Equation A-3b)
 
Where:
 
MPV = maximum potential velocity (fpm, standard wet basis).
 
Fd = dry-basis F factor (dscf/mmBtu) from Table 1, Section 3.3.5 of Appenfix F , 40 CFR Part 75.
 
Fc = carbon-based F factor (scf CO2/mmBtu) from Table 1, Section 3.3.5 of Appenfix F , 40 CFR Part 75.
 
Hf = maximum heat input (mmBtu/minute) for all units, combined, exhausting to the stack or duct where the flow monitor is located.
 
A = inside cross sectional area (ft2) of the flue at the flow monitor location.
 
= maximum oxygen concentration, percent dry basis, under normal operating conditions.
 
= minimum carbon dioxide concentration, percent dry basis, under normal operating conditions.
 
= maximum percent flue gas moisture content under normal operating conditions.
 

Determine the span and range of the flow monitor as follows. Convert the MPV, as determined in Section 2.1.2.1 of this Exhibit, to the same measurement
units of flow rate that are used for daily calibration error tests (e.g., scfh, kscfh, kacfm, or differential pressure (inches of water)). Next, determine the "calibration span value" by multiplying the MPV (converted to equivalent daily calibration error units) by a factor no less than 1.00 and no greater than 1.25, and rounding up the result to at least two significant figures. For calibration span values in inches of water, retain at least two decimal places. Select appropriate reference signals for the daily calibration error tests as percentages of the calibration span value, as specified in Section 2.2.2.1 of this Exhibit. Finally, calculate the "flow rate span value" (in scfh) as the product of the MPF, as determined in Section 2.1.2.1 of this Exhibit, times the same factor (between 1.00 and 1.25) that was used to calculate the calibration span value. Round off the flow rate span value to the nearest 1000 scfh. Select the full-scale range of the flow monitor so that it is greater than or equal to the span value and is consistent with Section 2.1 of this Exhibit. Include in the monitoring plan for the unit: calculations of the MPV, MPF, calibration span value, flow rate span value, and full-scale range (expressed both in scfh and, if different, in the measurement units of calibration).
 

For each affected unit or common stack, the owner or operator must make a periodic evaluation of the MPV, span, and range values for each flow rate monitor (at a minimum, an annual evaluation is required) and must make any necessary span and range adjustments with corresponding monitoring plan updates, as described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 2.1.2.3. Span and range adjustments may be required, for example, as a result of changes in the fuel supply, changes in the stack or ductwork configuration, changes in the manner of operation of the unit, or installation or removal of emission controls. In implementing the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.1.2.3, note that flow rate data recorded during short-term, non-representative operating conditions (e.g., a trial burn of a different type of fuel) must be excluded from consideration. The owner or operator must keep the results of the most recent span and range evaluation on-site, in a format suitable for inspection. Make each required span or range adjustment no later than 45 days after the end of the quarter in which the need to adjust the span or range is identified.
 

   
(a) If the fuel supply, stack or ductwork configuration, operating parameters, or other conditions change such that the maximum potential flow rate changes significantly, adjust the span and range to assure the continued accuracy of the flow monitor. A "significant" change in the MPV means that the guidelines of Section 2.1 of this Exhibit can no longer be met, as determined by either a periodic evaluation by the owner or operator or from the results of an audit by the Agency. The owner or operator should evaluate whether any planned changes in operation of the unit may affect the flow of the unit or stack and should plan any necessary span and range changes needed to account for these changes, so that they are made in as timely a manner as practicable to coordinate with the operational changes. Calculate the adjusted calibration span and flow rate span values using the procedures in Section 2.1.2.2 of this Exhibit.
(b) Whenever the full-scale range is exceeded during a quarter, provided that the exceedance is not caused by a monitor out-of-control period, report 200.0 percent of the current full-scale range as the hourly flow rate for each hour of the full-scale exceedance. If the range is exceeded, make appropriate adjustments to the flow rate span, and range to prevent future full-scale exceedances. Calculate the new calibration span value by converting the new flow rate span value from units of scfh to units of daily calibration. A calibration error test must be performed and passed to validate data on the new range.
(c) Whenever changes are made to the MPV, full-scale range, or span value of the flow monitor, as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, record and report (as applicable) the new full-scale range setting, calculations of the flow rate span value, calibration span value, and MPV in an updated monitoring plan for the unit. The monitoring plan update must be made in the quarter in which the changes become effective. Record and report the adjusted calibration span and reference values as parts of the records for the calibration error test required by Exhibit B to this Appendix. Whenever the calibration span value is adjusted, use reference values for the calibration error test that meet the requirements of Section 2.2.2.1 of this Exhibit, based on the most recent adjusted calibration span value. Perform a calibration error test according to Section 2.1.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix whenever making a change to the flow monitor span or range, unless the range change also triggers a recertification under Section 1.4 of this Appendix.

2.1.3 Mercury Monitors
 

Determine the appropriate span and range value(s) for each mercury pollutant concentration monitor, so that all expected mercury concentrations can be determined accurately.
 

2.1.3.1 Maximum Potential Concentration
 

The maximum potential concentration depends upon the type of coal combusted in the unit. For the initial MPC determination, there are three options:
 

   
(1) Use one of the following default values: 9 µg/scm for bituminous coal; 10 µg/scm for sub-bituminous coal; 16 µg/scm for lignite, and 1 µg/scm for waste coal, i.e., anthracite culm or bituminous gob. If different coals are blended, use the highest MPC for any fuel in the blend; or
(2) You may base the MPC on the results of site-specific emission testing using the one of the mercury reference methods in Section 1.6 of this Appendix, if the unit does not have add-on mercury emission controls or a flue gas desulfurization system, or if you test upstream of these control devices. A minimum of 3 test runs are required, at the normal operating load. Use the highest total mercury concentration obtained in any of the tests as the MPC; or
(3) You may base the MPC on 720 or more hours of historical CEMS data or data from a sorbent trap monitoring system, if the unit does not have add-on mercury emission controls or a flue gas desulfurization system (or if the CEMS or sorbent trap system is located upstream of these control devices) and if the mercury CEMS or sorbent trap system has been tested for relative accuracy against one of the mercury reference methods in Section 1.6 of this Appendix and has met a relative accuracy specification of 20.0% or less.

2.1.3.2 Maximum Expected Concentration
 

For units with FGD systems that significantly reduce mercury emissions (including fluidized bed units that use limestone injection) and for units equipped with add-on mercury emission controls (e.g., carbon injection), determine the maximum expected mercury concentration (MEC) during normal, stable operation of the unit and emission controls. To calculate the MEC, substitute the MPC value from Section 2.1.3.1 of this Exhibit into Equation A-2 in Section 2.1.1.2 of Appendix A to 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For units with add-on mercury emission controls, base the percent removal efficiency on design engineering calculations. For units with FGD systems, use the best available estimate of the mercury removal efficiency of the FGD system.
 

2.1.3.3 Span and Range Value(s)

 

    
(a) For each mercury monitor, determine a high span value, by rounding the MPC value from Section 2.1.3.1 of this Exhibit upward to the next highest multiple of 10 µg/scm.
(b) For an affected unit equipped with an FGD system or a unit with add-on mercury emission controls, if the MEC value from Section 2.1.3.2 of this Exhibit is less than 20 percent of the high span value from paragraph (a) of this Section, and if the high span value is 20 µg/scm or greater, define a second, low span value of 10 µg/scm.
(c) If only a high span value is required, set the full-scale range of the mercury analyzer to be greater than or equal to the span value.
(d) If two span values are required, you may either:
 
(1) Use two separate (high and low) measurement scales, setting the range of each scale to be greater than or equal to the high or low span value, as appropriate; or

(2)  Quality-assure two segments of a single measurement scale.
 

2.1.3.4 Adjustment of Span and Range
 

For each affected unit or common stack, the owner or operator must make a periodic evaluation of the MPC, MEC, span, and range values for each mercury monitor (at a minimum, an annual evaluation is required) and must make any necessary span and range adjustments, with corresponding monitoring plan updates. Span and range adjustments may be required, for example, as a result of changes in the fuel supply, changes in the manner of operation of the unit, or installation or removal of emission controls. In implementing the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, data recorded during short-term, non-representative process operating conditions (e.g., a trial burn of a different type of fuel) must be excluded from consideration. The owner or operator must keep the results of the most recent span and range evaluation on-site, in a format suitable for inspection. Make each required span or range adjustment no later than 45 days after the end of the quarter in which the need to adjust the span or range is identified, except that up to 90 days after the end of that quarter may be taken to implement a span adjustment if the
calibration gas concentrations currently being used for calibration error tests, system integrity checks, and linearity checks are unsuitable for use with the new span value and new calibration materials must be ordered.
 

  
(a) The guidelines of Section 2.1 of this Exhibit do not apply to mercury monitoring systems.
(b) Whenever a full-scale range exceedance occurs during a quarter and is not caused by a monitor out-of-control period, proceed as follows:
  
(1) For monitors with a single measurement scale, report that the system was out of range and invalid data was obtained until the readings come back on-scale and, if appropriate, make adjustments to the MPC, span, and range to prevent future full-scale exceedances; or
(2) For units with two separate measurement scales, if the low range is exceeded, no further action is required, provided that the high range is available and is not out-of-control or out-of-service for any reason. However, if the high range is not able to provide quality assured data at the time of the low range exceedance or at any time during the continuation of the exceedance, report that the system was out-of-control until the readings return to the low range or until the high range is able to provide quality assured data (unless the reason that the high-scale range is not able to provide quality assured data is because the high-scale range has been exceeded; if the high-scale range is exceeded follow the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) of this Section).
 
(c) Whenever changes are made to the MPC, MEC, full-scale range, or span value of the mercury monitor, record and report (as applicable) the new full-scale range setting, the new MPC or MEC and calculations of the adjusted span value in an updated monitoring plan. The monitoring plan update must be made in the quarter in which the changes become effective. In addition, record and report the adjusted span as part of the records for the daily calibration error test and linearity check specified by Exhibit B to this Appendix. Whenever the span value is adjusted, use calibration gas concentrations that meet the requirements of Section 5.1 of this Exhibit, based on the adjusted span value. When a span adjustment is so significant that the calibration gas concentrations currently being used for calibration error tests, system integrity checks and linearity checks are unsuitable for use with the new span value, then a diagnostic linearity or 3-level system integrity check using the new calibration gas concentrations must be performed and passed. Use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix, beginning with the hour in which the span is changed.

2.2 Design for Quality Control Testing
 
2.2.1 Pollutant Concentration and CO2 or O2 Monitors
 

  
(a) Design and equip each pollutant concentration and CO2 or O2 monitor with a calibration gas injection port that allows a check of the entire measurement system when calibration gases are introduced. For extractive and dilution type monitors, all monitoring components exposed to the sample gas, (e.g., sample lines, filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and as much of the probe as practicable) are included in the measurement system. For in situ type monitors, the calibration must check against the injected gas for the performance of all active electronic and optical components (e.g. transmitter, receiver, analyzer).
(b) Design and equip each pollutant concentration or CO2 or O2 monitor to allow daily determinations of calibration error (positive or negative) at the zero- and mid-or high-level concentrations specified in Section 5.2 of this Exhibit.

2.2.2 Flow Monitors
 

Design all flow monitors to meet the applicable performance specifications.
 

2.2.2.1 Calibration Error Test
 

Design and equip each flow monitor to allow for a daily calibration error test consisting of at least two reference values: Zero to 20 percent of span or an equivalent reference value (e.g., pressure pulse or electronic signal) and 50 to 70 percent of span. Flow monitor response, both before and after any adjustment, must be capable of being recorded by the data acquisition and handling system. Design each flow monitor to allow a daily calibration error test of the entire flow monitoring system, from and including the probe tip (or equivalent) through and including the data acquisition and handling system, or
the flow monitoring system from and including the transducer through and including the data acquisition and handling system.
 

2.2.2.2 Interference Check
 

  
   
(a) Design and equip each flow monitor with a means to ensure that the moisture expected to occur at the monitoring location does not interfere with the proper functioning of the flow monitoring system. Design and equip each flow monitor with a means to detect, on at least a daily basis, pluggage of each sample line and sensing port, and malfunction of each resistance temperature detector (RTD), transceiver or equivalent.
(b) Design and equip each differential pressure flow monitor to provide an automatic, periodic back purging (simultaneously on both sides of the probe) or equivalent method of sufficient force and frequency to keep the probe and lines sufficiently free of obstructions on at least a daily basis to prevent velocity sensing interference, and a means for detecting leaks in the system on at least a quarterly basis (manual check is acceptable).
(c) Design and equip each thermal flow monitor with a means to ensure on at least a daily basis that the probe remains sufficiently clean to prevent velocity sensing interference.
(d) Design and equip each ultrasonic flow monitor with a means to ensure on at least a daily basis that the transceivers remain sufficiently clean (e.g., backpurging system) to prevent velocity sensing interference.

2.2.3 Mercury Monitors.
 

Design and equip each mercury monitor to permit the introduction of known concentrations of elemental mercury and HgCl2 separately, at a point immediately preceding the sample extraction filtration system, such that the entire measurement system can be checked. If the mercury monitor does not have a converter, the HgCl2 injection capability is not required.
 

3. Performance Specifications
 

3.1 Calibration Error
 

  
(a) The calibration error performance specifications in this Section apply only to 7-day calibration error tests under Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 of this Exhibit and to the offline calibration demonstration described in Section 2.1.1.2 of Exhibit B to this Appendix. The calibration error limits for daily operation of the continuous monitoring systems required under this part are found in Section 2.1.4(a) of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(b) The calibration error of a mercury concentration monitor must not deviate from the reference value of either the zero or upscale calibration gas by more than 5.0 percent of the span value, as calculated using Equation A-5 of this Exhibit. Alternatively, if the span value is 10 µg/scm, the calibration error test results are also acceptable if the absolute value of the difference between the monitor response value and the reference value, R-A in Equation A-5 of this Exhibit, is <= 1.0 µg/scm.

 (Equation A-5)
 
where,

CE = Calibration error as a percentage of the span of the instrument.

R = Reference value of zero or upscale (high-level or mid-level, as applicable) calibration gas introduced into the monitoring system.

A = Actual monitoring system response to the calibration gas.

S = Span of the instrument, as specified in Section 2 of this Exhibit.

 


3.2 Linearity Check
 

For CO2 or O2 monitors (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 emissions or percent moisture):
 

   
(a) The error in linearity for each calibration gas concentration (low-, mid-, and high-levels) must not exceed or deviate from the reference value by more than 5.0 percent as calculated using Equation A-4 of this Exhibit; or
(b) The absolute value of the difference between the average of the monitor response values and the average of the reference values, R-A in Equation A-4 of this Exhibit, must be less than or equal to 0.5 percent CO2 or O2, whichever is less restrictive.
(c) For the linearity check and the 3-level system integrity check of a mercury monitor, which are required, respectively, under Section 1.4(c)(1)(B) and (c)(1)(E) of this Appendix, the measurement error must not exceed 10.0 percent of the reference value at any of the three gas levels. To calculate the measurement error at each level, take the absolute value of the difference between the reference value and mean CEM response, divide the result by the reference value, and then multiply by 100. Alternatively, the results at any gas level are acceptable if the absolute value of the difference between the average monitor response and the average reference value, i.e., in Equation A-4 of this Exhibit, does not exceed 0.8 µg/m3. The principal and alternative performance specifications in this Section also apply to the single-level system integrity check described in Section 2.6 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.

 (Equation A-4)
 
where,
 
LE = Percentage Linearity error, based upon the reference value.
 
R = Reference value of Low-, mid-, or high-level calibration gas introduced into the monitoring system.
 
A = Average of the monitoring system responses.
 

The relative accuracy for CO2 and O2 monitors must not exceed 10.0 percent. The relative accuracy test results are also acceptable if the difference between the mean value of the CO2 or O2 monitor measurements and the corresponding reference method measurement mean value, calculated using equation A-7 of this Exhibit, does not exceed +- 1.0 percent CO2 or O2.
 
     (Equation A-7)
 
where,
 

n = Number of data points.

di = The difference between a reference method value and the corresponding continuous emission monitoring system value (RMi–CEMi) at a given point in time i.

 


3.3.2 Relative Accuracy for Flow Monitors
 

  
(a) The relative accuracy of flow monitors must not exceed 10.0 percent at any load (or operating) level at which a RATA is performed (i.e., the low, mid, or high level, as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit).
(b) For affected units where the average of the flow reference method measurements of gas velocity at a particular load (or operating) level of the relative accuracy test audit is less than or equal to 10.0 fps, the difference between the mean value of the flow monitor velocity measurements and the reference method mean value in fps at that level must not exceed +- 2.0 fps, wherever the 10.0 percent relative accuracy specification is not achieved.

3.3.3 Relative Accuracy for Moisture Monitoring Systems
 

The relative accuracy of a moisture monitoring system must not exceed 10.0 percent. The relative accuracy test results are also acceptable if the difference between the mean value of the reference method measurements (in percent H2O) and the corresponding mean value of the moisture monitoring system measurements (in percent H2O), calculated using Equation A-7 of this Exhibit does not exceed +- 1.5 percent H2O.
 

The relative accuracy of a mercury concentration monitoring system or a sorbent trap monitoring system must not exceed 20.0 percent. Alternatively, for affected units where the average of the reference method measurements of mercury
concentration during the relative accuracy test audit is less than 5.0 µg/scm, the test results are acceptable if the difference between the mean value of the monitor measurements and the reference method mean value does not exceed 1.0 µg/scm, in cases where the relative accuracy specification of 20.0 percent is not achieved.
 

3.4 Bias
 
3.4.1 Flow Monitors
 

Flow monitors must not be biased low as determined by the test procedure in Section 7.4 of this Exhibit. The bias specification applies to all flow monitors including those measuring an average gas velocity of 10.0 fps or less.
 

3.4.2 Mercury Monitoring Systems
 

Mercury concentration monitoring systems and sorbent trap monitoring systems must not be biased low as determined by the test procedure in Section 7.4 of this Exhibit.
 

The cycle time for mercury concentration monitors, oxygen monitors used to determine percent moisture, and any other monitoring component of a continuous emission monitoring system that is required to perform a cycle time test must not exceed 15 minutes.
 

4. Data Acquisition and Handling Systems
 

Automated data acquisition and handling systems must read and record the full range of pollutant concentrations and volumetric flow from zero through span and provide a continuous, permanent record of all measurements and required information as an ASCII flat file capable of transmission both by direct computer-to-computer electronic transfer via modem and EPA-provided software and by an IBM-compatible personal computer diskette. These systems also must have the capability of interpreting and converting the individual output signals from a flow monitor, a CO2 monitor, an O2 monitor, a moisture monitoring system, a mercury concentration monitoring system, and a sorbent trap monitoring system, to produce a continuous readout of pollutant emission rates or pollutant mass emissions (as applicable) in the
appropriate units (e.g., lb/hr, lb/MMBtu, ounces/hr, tons/hr). These systems also must have the capability of interpreting and converting the individual output signals from a flow monitor to produce a continuous readout of pollutant mass emission rates in the units of the standard. Where CO2 emissions are measured with a continuous emission monitoring system, the data acquisition and handling system must also produce a readout of CO2 mass emissions in tons.
 
Data acquisition and handling systems must also compute and record monitor calibration error; any bias adjustments to mercury pollutant concentration data, flow rate data, or mercury emission rate data.

 

For the purposes of this Appendix, calibration gases include the following:
 

5.1.1 Standard Reference Materials (SRM)
 

These calibration gases may be obtained from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) at the following address: Quince Orchard and Cloppers Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001.
 

5.1.2 SRM-Equivalent Compressed Gas Primary Reference Material (PRM)
 

Contact the Gas Metrology Team, Analytical Chemistry Division, Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory of NIST, at the address in Section 5.1.1, for a list of vendors and cylinder gases.
 

Contact the Gas Metrology Team, Analytical Chemistry Division, Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory of NIST, at the address in Section 5.1.1, for a list of vendors and cylinder gases that meet the definition for a NIST Traceable Reference Material (NTRM) provided in
40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

5.1.4 EPA Protocol Gases
 

   
(a) An EPA Protocol Gas is a calibration gas mixture prepared and analyzed according to Section 2 of the "EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards," September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121 or such revised procedure as approved by the Administrator (EPA Traceability Protocol).
(b) An EPA Protocol Gas must have a specialty gas producer-certified uncertainty (95-percent confidence interval) that must not be greater than 2.0 percent of the certified concentration (tag value) of the gas mixture. The uncertainty must be calculated using the statistical procedures (or equivalent statistical techniques) that are listed in Section 2.1.8 of the EPA Traceability Protocol.
(c) A copy of EPA-600/R-97/121 is available from the National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA, 703-605-6585 or http://www.ntis.gov , and from http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/news.html or http:// www.epa.gov/appcdwww/tsb/index.html .

5.1.5 Research Gas Mixtures
 

Research gas mixtures must be vendor-certified to be within 2.0 percent of the concentration specified on the cylinder label (tag value), using the uncertainty calculation procedure in Section 2.1.8 of the "EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards," September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121. Inquiries about the RGM program should be directed to: National Institute of Standards and Technology, Analytical Chemistry Division, Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory, B-324 Chemistry, Gaithersburg, MD 20899.
 

5.1.6 Zero Air Material
 

Zero air material is defined in
40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

5.1.7 NIST/EPA-Approved Certified Reference Materials
 

Existing certified reference materials (CRMs) that are still within their certification period may be used as calibration gas.
 

Gas manufacturer's intermediate standards is defined in
40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

5.1.9 Mercury Standards
 

For 7-day calibration error tests of mercury concentration monitors and for daily calibration error tests of mercury monitors, either NIST-traceable elemental mercury standards (as defined in Section 225.130) or a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury (as defined in Section 225.130) may be used. For linearity checks, NIST-traceable elemental mercury standards must be used. For 3- level and single-point system integrity checks under Section 1.4(c)(1)(E) of this Appendix, Sections 6.2(g) and 6.3.1 of this Exhibit, and Sections 2.1.1, 2.2.1 and 2.6 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury must be used. Alternatively, other NIST-traceable standards may be used for the required checks, subject to the approval of the Agency. Notwithstanding these requirements, mercury calibration standards that are not NIST-traceable may be used for the tests described in this Section until December 31, 2009. However, on and after January 1, 2010, only NIST-traceable calibration standards must be used for these tests.
 

5.2 Concentrations
 

Four concentration levels are required as follows.
 

5.2.1 Zero-level Concentration
 

0.0 to 20.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both low- and high-scale for CO2 and O2 monitors, as appropriate.
 

5.2.2 Low-level Concentration
 

20.0 to 30.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both low- and high-scale for CO2 and O2 monitors, as appropriate.
 

50.0 to 60.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both low- and high-scale for CO2 and O2 monitors, as appropriate.
 

5.2.4 High-level Concentration
 

80.0 to 100.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both low-and high-scale for CO2 and O2 monitors, as appropriate.
 

Install the components of the continuous emission monitoring system (i.e., pollutant concentration monitors, CO2 or O2 monitor, and flow monitor) as specified in
Sections 1 , 2 , and 3 of this Exhibit, and prepare each system component and the combined system for operation in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Operate the unit(s) during each period when measurements are made. Units may be tested on non-consecutive days. To the extent practicable, test the DAHS software prior to testing the monitoring hardware.
 

6.1.2 Requirements for Air Emission Testing Bodies
 

  
(a) On and after January 1, 2009, any Air Emission Testing Body (AETB) conducting relative accuracy test audits of CEMS and sorbent trap monitoring systems under Part 225, Subpart B, must conform to the requirements of ASTM D7036-04 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140). This Section is not applicable to daily operation, daily calibration error checks, daily flow interference checks, quarterly linearity checks or routine maintenance of CEMS.
(b) The AETB must provide to the affected source(s) certification that the AETB operates in conformance with, and that data submitted to the Agency has been collected in accordance with, the requirements of ASTM D7036-04 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140). This certification may be provided in the form of:
  
(1) A certificate of accreditation of relevant scope issued by a recognized, national accreditation body; or
(2) A letter of certification signed by a member of the senior management staff of the AETB.
 
(c) The AETB must either provide a Qualified Individual on-site to conduct or must oversee all relative accuracy testing carried out by the AETB as required in ASTM D7036-04 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140). The Qualified Individual must provide the affected source(s) with copies of the qualification credentials relevant to the scope of the testing conducted.

6.2 Linearity Check (General Procedures)
 

Check the linearity of each CO2, Hg, and O2 monitor while the unit, or group of units for a common stack, is combusting fuel at conditions of typical stack temperature and pressure; it is not necessary for the unit to be generating electricity during this test. For units with two measurement ranges (high and low) for a particular parameter, perform a linearity check on both the low scale and the high scale. For on-going quality assurance of the CEMS, perform linearity checks, using the procedures in this Section, on the range(s) and at the frequency specified in Section 2.2.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix. Challenge each monitor with calibration gas, as defined in Section 5.1 of this Exhibit, at the low-, mid-, and high-range concentrations specified in Section 5.2 of this Exhibit. Introduce the calibration gas at the gas injection port, as specified in Section 2.2.1 of this Exhibit. Operate each monitor at its normal operating temperature and conditions. For extractive and dilution type monitors, pass the calibration gas through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other monitor components used during normal sampling and through as much of the sampling probe as is practical. For in-situ type monitors, perform calibration checking all active electronic and optical components, including the transmitter, receiver, and analyzer. Challenge the monitor three times with each reference gas (see example data sheet in Figure 1). Do not use the same gas twice in succession. To the extent practicable, the duration of each linearity test, from the hour of the first injection to the hour of the last injection, must not exceed 24 unit operating hours. Record the monitor response from the data acquisition and handling system. For each concentration, use the average of the responses to determine the error in linearity using Equation A-4 in this Exhibit. Linearity checks are acceptable for monitor or monitoring system certification, recertification, or quality assurance if none of the test results exceed the applicable performance specifications in Section 3.2 of this Exhibit. The status of emission data from a CEMS prior to and during a linearity test period must be determined as follows:
 

     
     
(a) For the initial certification of a CEMS, data from the monitoring system are considered invalid until all certification tests, including the linearity test, have been successfully completed, unless the conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are used. When the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are followed, the words "initial certification" apply instead of "recertification," and complete all of the initial certification tests by January 1, 2009, rather than within the time periods specified in Section 1.4(b)(3)(D) of this Appendix for the individual tests.
(b) For the routine quality assurance linearity checks required by Section 2.2.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, use the data validation procedures in Section 2.2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(c) When a linearity test is required as a diagnostic test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4 (b)(3) of this Appendix.
(d) For linearity tests of non-redundant backup monitoring systems, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(d)(2)(C) of this Appendix.
(e) For linearity tests performed during a grace period and after the expiration of a grace period, use the data validation procedures in Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4, respectively, of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(f) For all other linearity checks, use the data validation procedures in Section 2.2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(g) For mercury monitors, follow the guidelines in Section 2.2.3 of this Exhibit in addition to the applicable procedures in Section 6.2 when performing the system integrity checks described in Section 1.4(c)(1)(E) and in Sections 2.1.1, 2.2.1, and 2.6 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(h) For mercury concentration monitors, if moisture is added to the calibration gas during the required linearity checks or system integrity checks, the moisture content of the calibration gas must be accounted for. Under these circumstances, the dry basis concentration of the calibration gas must be used to calculate the linearity error or measurement error (as applicable).

Measure the calibration error of each mercury concentration monitor, and each CO2 or O2 monitor while the unit is combusting fuel (but not necessarily generating electricity) once each day for 7 consecutive operating days according to the following procedures. For mercury monitors, you may perform this test using either elemental mercury standards or a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury. Also for mercury monitors, if moisture is added to the calibration gas, the added moisture must be accounted for and the dry-basis concentration of the calibration gas must be used to calculate the calibration error. (In the event that unit outages occur after the commencement of the test, the 7 consecutive unit operating days need not be 7 consecutive calendar days.) Units using dual span monitors must perform the calibration error test on both high- and low-scales of the pollutant concentration monitor. The calibration error test procedures in this Section and in Section 6.3.2 of this Exhibit must also be used to perform the daily assessments and additional calibration error tests required under
Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix. Do not make manual or automatic adjustments to the monitor settings until after taking measurements at both zero and high concentration levels for that day during the 7-day test. If automatic adjustments are made following both injections, conduct the calibration error test such that the magnitude of the adjustments can be determined and recorded. Record and report test results for each day using the unadjusted concentration measured in the calibration error test prior to making any manual or automatic adjustments (i.e., resetting the calibration). The calibration error tests should be approximately 24 hours apart, (unless the 7- day test is performed over non-consecutive days). Perform calibration error tests at both the zero-level concentration and high-level concentration, as specified in Section 5.2 of this Exhibit. Alternatively, a mid-level concentration gas (50.0 to 60.0 percent of the span value) may be used in lieu of the high-level gas, provided that the mid-level gas is more representative of the actual stack gas concentrations. Use only calibration gas, as specified in Section 5.1 of this Exhibit. Introduce the calibration gas at the gas injection port, as specified in Section 2.2.1 of this Exhibit. Operate each monitor in its normal sampling mode. For extractive and dilution type monitors, pass the calibration gas through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other monitor components used during normal sampling and through as much of the sampling probe as is practical. For in-situ type monitors, perform calibration, checking all active electronic and optical components, including the transmitter, receiver, and analyzer. Challenge the pollutant concentration monitors and CO2 or O2 monitors once with each calibration gas. Record the monitor response from the data acquisition and handling system. Using Equation A-5 of this Exhibit, determine the calibration error at each concentration once each day (at approximately 24-hour intervals) for 7 consecutive days according to the procedures given in this Section. The results of a 7-day calibration error test are acceptable for monitor or monitoring system certification, recertification or diagnostic testing if none of these daily calibration error test results exceed the applicable performance specifications in Section 3.1 of this Exhibit. The status of emission data from a gas monitor prior to and during a 7-day calibration error test period must be determined as follows:
 

  
(a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered invalid until all certification tests, including the 7-day calibration error test, have been successfully completed, unless the conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are used. When the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are followed, the words "initial certification" apply instead of "recertification," and complete all of the initial certification tests by January 1, 2009, rather than within the time periods specified in Section 1.4(b)(3)(D) of this Appendix for the individual tests.
(b) When a 7-day calibration error test is required as a diagnostic test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix.

6.3.2 Flow Monitor 7-day Calibration Error Test
 

Flow monitors installed on peaking units (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) are exempted from the 7-day calibration error test requirements of this part. In all other cases, perform the 7-day calibration error test of a flow monitor, when required for certification, recertification or diagnostic testing, according to the following procedures. Introduce the reference signal corresponding to the values specified in Section 2.2.2.1 of this Exhibit to the probe tip (or equivalent), or to the transducer. During the 7-day certification test period, conduct the calibration error test while the unit is operating once each unit operating day (as close to 24-hour intervals as practicable). In the event that unit outages occur after the commencement of the test, the 7 consecutive operating days need not be 7 consecutive calendar days. Record the flow monitor responses by means of the data acquisition and handling system. Calculate the calibration error using Equation A-6 of this Exhibit. Do not perform any corrective maintenance, repair, or replacement upon the flow monitor during the 7-day test period other than that required in the quality assurance/quality control plan required by Exhibit B to this Appendix. Do not make adjustments between the zero and high reference level measurements on any day during the 7-day test. If the flow monitor operates within the calibration error performance specification (i.e., less than or equal to 3.0 percent error each day and requiring no corrective maintenance, repair, or replacement during the 7-day test period), the flow monitor passes the calibration error test. Record all maintenance activities and the magnitude of any adjustments. Record output readings from the data acquisition and handling system before and after all adjustments. Record and report all calibration error test results using the unadjusted flow rate measured in the calibration error test prior to resetting the calibration. Record all adjustments made during the 7-day period at the time the adjustment is made, and report them in the certification or recertification application. The status of emissions data from a flow monitor prior to and during a 7-day calibration error test period must be determined as follows:
 

  
(a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered invalid until all certification tests, including the 7-day calibration error test, have been successfully completed, unless the conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are used. When the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are followed, the words "initial certification" apply instead of "recertification," and complete all of the initial certification tests by January 1, 2009, rather than within the time periods specified in Section 1.4(b)(3)(D) of this Appendix for the individual tests.
(b) When a 7-day calibration error test is required as a diagnostic test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3).

 (Equation A-6)

where:

CE = Calibration error as a percentage of span.

R = Low or high level reference value specified in Section 2.2.2.1 of this Exhibit.

A = Actual flow monitor response to the reference value.

S = Flow monitor calibration span value as determined under Section 2.1.2.2 of this Exhibit.

 


6.3.3
 

For gas or flow monitors installed on peaking units, the exemption from performing the 7-day calibration error test applies as long as the unit continues to meet the definition of a peaking unit in
40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. However, if at the end of a particular calendar year or ozone season, it is determined that peaking unit status has been lost, the owner or operator must perform a diagnostic 7-day calibration error test of each monitor installed on the unit, by no later than December 31 of the following calendar year.
 

6.4 Cycle Time Test
 

Perform cycle time tests for each pollutant concentration monitor and continuous emission monitoring system while the unit is operating, according to the following procedures. Use a zero-level and a high-level calibration gas (as defined in Section 5.2 of this Exhibit) alternately. For mercury monitors, the calibration gas used for this test may either be the elemental or oxidized form of mercury. To determine the downscale cycle time, measure the concentration of the flue gas emissions until the response stabilizes. Record the stable emissions value. Inject a zero-level concentration calibration gas into the probe tip (or injection port leading to the calibration cell, for in situ systems with no probe). Record the time of the zero gas injection, using the data acquisition and handling system (DAHS). Next, allow the monitor to measure the concentration of the zero gas until the response stabilizes. Record the stable ending calibration gas reading. Determine the downscale cycle time as the time
it takes for 95.0 percent of the step change to be achieved between the stable stack emissions value and the stable ending zero gas reading. Then repeat the procedure, starting with stable stack emissions and injecting the high-level gas, to determine the upscale cycle time, which is the time it takes for 95.0 percent of the step change to be achieved between the stable stack emissions value and the stable ending high-level gas reading. Use the following criteria to assess when a stable reading of stack emissions or calibration gas concentration has been attained. A stable value is equivalent to a reading with a change of less than 2.0 percent of the span value for 2 minutes, or a reading with a change of less than 6.0 percent from the measured average concentration over 6 minutes. Alternatively, the reading is considered stable if it changes by no more than 0.5 ppm, 0.5 µg/m3 (for mercury) for two minutes. (Owners or operators of systems which do not record data in 1-minute or 3-minute intervals may petition the Agency for alternative stabilization criteria). For monitors or monitoring systems that perform a series of operations (such as purge, sample, and analyze), time the injections of the calibration gases so they will produce the longest possible cycle time. Refer to Figures 6a and 6b in this Exhibit for example calculations of upscale and downscale cycle times. Report the slower of the two cycle times (upscale or downscale) as the cycle time for the analyzer. On and after January 1, 2009, record the cycle time for each component analyzer separately. For time-shared systems, perform the cycle time tests at each probe locations that will be polled within the same 15-minute period during monitoring system operations. To determine the cycle time for time-shared systems, at each monitoring location, report the sum of the cycle time observed at that monitoring location plus the sum of the time required for all purge cycles (as determined by the continuous emission monitoring system manufacturer) at each of the probe locations of the time-shared systems. For monitors with dual ranges, report the test results for each range separately. Cycle time test results are acceptable for monitor or monitoring system certification, recertification or diagnostic testing if none of the cycle times exceed 15 minutes. The status of emissions data from a monitor prior to and during a cycle time test period must be determined as follows:
 

  
(a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered invalid until all certification tests, including the cycle time test, have been successfully completed, unless the conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are used. When the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are followed, the words "initial certification" apply instead of "recertification," and complete all of the initial certification tests by January 1, 2009, rather than within the time periods specified in Section 1.4(b)(3)(D) of this Appendix for the individual tests.
(b) When a cycle time test is required as a diagnostic test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix.

6.5 Relative Accuracy and Bias Tests (General Procedures)
 

Perform the required relative accuracy test audits (RATAs) as follows for each flow monitor, each O2 or CO2 diluent monitor used to calculate heat input, each mercury concentration monitoring system, each sorbent trap monitoring system, and each moisture monitoring
system:
 

      
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, perform each RATA while the unit (or units, if more than one unit exhausts into the flue) is combusting the fuel that is a normal primary or backup fuel for that unit (for some units, more than one type of fuel may be considered normal, e.g., a unit that combusts gas or oil on a seasonal basis). For units that co-fire fuels as the predominant mode of operation, perform the RATAs while co-firing. For mercury monitoring systems, perform the RATAs while the unit is combusting coal. When relative accuracy test audits are performed on CEMS installed on bypass stacks/ducts, use the fuel normally combusted by the unit (or units, if more than one unit exhausts into the flue) when emissions exhaust through the bypass stack/ducts.
(b) Perform each RATA at the load (or operating) level(s) specified in Section 6.5.1 or 6.5.2 of this Exhibit or in Section 2.3.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, as applicable.
(c) For monitoring systems with dual ranges, perform the relative accuracy test on the range normally used for measuring emissions. For units with add-on mercury controls that operate continuously rather than seasonally, or for units that need a dual range to record high concentration "spikes" during startup conditions, the low range is considered normal. However, for some dual span units (e.g., for units that use fuel switching or for which the emission controls are operated seasonally), provided that both monitor ranges are connected to a common probe and sample interface, either of the two measurement ranges may be considered normal; in such cases, perform the RATA on the range that is in use at the time of the scheduled test. If the low and high measurement ranges are connected to separate sample probes and interfaces, RATA testing on both ranges is required.
(d) Record monitor or monitoring system output from the data acquisition and handling system.
(e) Complete each single-load relative accuracy test audit within a period of 168 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 168 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140). Notwithstanding this requirement, up to 336 consecutive unit or stack operating hours may be taken to complete the RATA of a mercury monitoring system, when ASTM 6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) or Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used as the reference method. For 2-level and 3-level flow monitor RATAs, complete all of the RATAs at all levels, to the extent practicable, within a period of 168 consecutive unit (or stack) operating hours; however, if this is not possible, up to 720 consecutive unit (or stack) operating hours may be taken to complete a multiple-load flow RATA.
(f) The status of emission data from the CEMS prior to and during the RATA test period must be determined as follows:
      
(1) For the initial certification of a CEMS, data from the monitoring system are considered invalid until all certification tests, including the RATA, have been successfully completed, unless the conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are used. When the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix are followed, the words "initial certification" apply instead of "recertification," and complete all of the initial certification tests by January 1, 2009, rather than within the time periods specified in Section 1.4(b)(3)(D) of this Appendix for the individual tests.
(2) For the routine quality assurance RATAs required by Section 2.3.1 of Exhibit B to this Appendix, use the data validation procedures in Section 2.3.2 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(3) For recertification RATAs, use the data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3).
(4) For quality assurance RATAs of non-redundant backup monitoring systems, use the data validation procedures in Sections 1.4(d)(2)(D) and (E) of this Appendix.
(5) For RATAs performed during and after the expiration of a grace period, use the data validation procedures in Sections 2.3.2 and 2.3.3, respectively, of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(6) For all other RATAs, use the data validation procedures in Section 2.3.2 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
 
(g) For each flow monitor, each CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input, each moisture monitoring system, each mercury concentration monitoring system, and each sorbent trap monitoring system, calculate the relative accuracy, in accordance with Section 7.3 of this Exhibit, as applicable.

6.5.1 Gas and Mercury Monitoring System RATAs (Special Considerations)
 

  
(a) Perform the required relative accuracy test audits for each CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input, each mercury concentration monitoring system, and each sorbent trap monitoring system at the normal load level or normal operating level for the unit (or combined units, if common stack), as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit. If two load levels or operating levels have been designated as normal, the RATAs may be done at either load level.
(b) For the initial certification of a gas or mercury monitoring system and for recertifications in which, in addition to a RATA, one or more other tests are required (i.e., a linearity test, cycle time test, or 7-day calibration error test), the Agency recommends that the RATA not be commenced until the other required tests of the CEMS have been passed.

6.5.2 Flow Monitor RATAs (Special Considerations)
 

    
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) or (e) of this Section, perform relative accuracy test audits for the initial certification of each flow monitor at three different exhaust gas velocities (low, mid, and high), corresponding to three different load levels or operating levels within the range of operation, as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit. For a common stack/duct, the three different exhaust gas velocities may be obtained from frequently used unit/load or operating level combinations for the units exhausting to the common stack. Select the three exhaust gas velocities such that the audit points at adjacent load or operating levels (i.e., low and mid or mid and high), in megawatts (or in thousands of lb/hr of steam production or in ft/sec, as applicable), are separated by no less than 25.0 percent of the range of operation, as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit.
(b) For flow monitors on bypass stacks/ducts and peaking units, the flow monitor relative accuracy test audits for initial certification and recertification must be single-load tests, performed at the normal load, as defined in Section 6.5.2.1(d) of this Exhibit.
(c) Flow monitor recertification RATAs must be done at three load level(s) (or three operating levels), unless otherwise specified in paragraph (b) or (e) of this Section or unless otherwise specified or approved by the Agency.
(d) The semiannual and annual quality assurance flow monitor RATAs required under Exhibit B to this Appendix must be done at the load level(s) (or operating levels) specified in Section 2.3.1.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix.
(e) For flow monitors installed on units that do not produce electrical or thermal output, the flow RATAs for initial certification or recertification may be done at fewer than three operating levels, if:
  
(1) The owner or operator provides a technical justification in the hardcopy portion of the monitoring plan for the unit required under 40 CFR 75.53 (e)(2), incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, demonstrating that the unit operates at only one level or two levels during normal operation (excluding unit startup and shutdown). Appropriate documentation and data must be provided to support the claim of single-level or two-level operation; and
(2) The justification provided in paragraph (e)(1) of this Section is deemed to be acceptable by the permitting authority.

6.5.2.1 Range of Operation and Normal Load (or Operating) Level(s)
 

 
(a) The owner or operator must determine the upper and lower boundaries of the "range of operation" as follows for each unit (or combination of units, for common stack configurations):
 
 
(1) For affected units that produce electrical output (in megawatts) or thermal output (in klb/hr of steam production or mmBtu/hr), the lower boundary of the range of operation of a unit must be the minimum safe, stable loads for any of the units discharging through the stack. Alternatively, for a group of frequently-operated units that serve a common stack, the sum of the minimum safe, stable loads for the individual units may be used as the lower boundary of the range of operation. The upper boundary of the range of operation of a unit must be the maximum sustainable load. The "maximum sustainable load" is the higher of either: the nameplate or rated capacity of the unit, less any physical or regulatory limitations or other deratings; or the highest sustainable load, based on at least four quarters of representative historical operating data. For common stacks, the maximum sustainable load is the sum of all of the maximum sustainable loads of the individual units discharging through the stack, unless this load is unattainable in practice, in which case use the highest sustainable combined load for the units that discharge through the stack. Based on at least four quarters of representative historical operating data. The load values for the unit(s) must be expressed either in units of megawatts of thousands of lb/hr of steam load or mmBtu/hr of thermal output; or
(2) For affected units that do not produce electrical or thermal output, the lower boundary of the range of operation must be the minimum expected flue gas velocity (in ft/sec) during normal, stable operation of the unit. The upper boundary of the range of operation must be the maximum potential flue gas velocity (in ft/sec) as defined in Section 2.1.2.1 of this Exhibit. The minimum expected and maximum potential velocities may be derived from the results of reference method testing or by using Equation A-3a or A-3b (as applicable) in Section 2.1.2.1 of this Exhibit. If Equation A-3a or A-3b is used to determine the minimum expected velocity, replace the word "maximum" with the word "minimum" in the definitions of "MPV," "Hf," "," and ," and replace the word "minimum" with the word "maximum" in the definition of "CO2d." Alternatively, 0.0 ft/sec may be used as the lower boundary of the range of operation.
   
(b) The operating levels for relative accuracy test audits will, except for peaking units, be defined as follows: the "low" operating level will be the first 30.0 percent of the range of operation; the "mid" operating level will be the middle portion (>30.0 percent, but <=60.0 percent) of the range of operation; and the "high" operating level will be the upper end (>60.0 percent) of the range of operation. For example, if the upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation are 100 and 1100 megawatts, respectively, then the low, mid, and high operating levels would be 100 to 400 megawatts, 400 to 700 megawatts, and 700 to 1100 megawatts, respectively.
(c) Units that do not produce electrical or thermal output are exempted from the requirements of this paragraph, (c). The owner or operator must identify, for each affected unit or common stack, the "normal" load level or levels (low, mid or high), based on the operating history of the unit(s). To identify the normal load level(s), the owner or operator must, at a minimum, determine the relative number of operating hours at each of the three load levels, low, mid and high over the past four representative operating quarters. The owner or operator must determine, to the nearest 0.1 percent, the percentage of the time that each load level (low, mid, high) has been used during that time period. A summary of the data used for this determination and the calculated results must be kept on-site in a format suitable for inspection. For new units or newly-affected units, the data analysis in this paragraph may be based on fewer than four quarters of data if fewer than four representative quarters of historical load data are available. Or, if no historical load data are available, the owner or operator may designate the normal load based on the expected or projected manner of operating the unit. However, in either case, once four quarters of representative data become available, the historical load analysis must be repeated.
(d) Determination of normal load (or operating level)
  
(1) Based on the analysis of the historical load data described in paragraph (c) of this Section, the owner or operator must, for units that produce electrical or thermal output, designate the most frequently used load level as the normal load level for the unit (or combination of units, for common stacks). The owner or operator may also designate the second most frequently used load level as an additional normal load level for the unit or stack. If the manner of operation of the unit changes significantly, such that the designated normal load(s) or the two most frequently used load levels change, the owner or operator must repeat the historical load analysis and must redesignate the normal load(s) and the two most frequently used load levels, as appropriate. A minimum of two representative quarters of historical load data are required to document that a change in the manner of unit operation has occurred. Update the electronic monitoring plan whenever the normal load level(s) and the two most frequently-used load levels are redesignated.
(2) For units that do not produce electrical or thermal output, the normal operating level(s) must be determined using sound engineering judgment, based on knowledge of the unit and operating experience with the industrial process.
 
(e) The owner or operator must report the upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation for each unit (or combination of units, for common stacks), in units of megawatts or thousands of lb/hr or mmBtu/hr of steam production or ft/sec (as applicable), in the electronic monitoring plan required under Section 1.10 of this Appendix.

6.5.2.2 Multi-Load (or Multi-Level) Flow RATA Results

 

For each multi-load (or multi-level) flow RATA, calculate the flow monitor relative accuracy at each operating level. If a flow monitor relative accuracy test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the monitor on any level of a 2-level (or 3-level) relative accuracy test audit, the RATA must be repeated at that load (or operating) level. However, the entire 2-level (or 3-level) relative accuracy test audit does not have to be repeated unless the flow monitor polynomial coefficients or K-factor(s) are changed, in which case a 3- level RATA is required (or, a 2-level RATA, for units demonstrated to operate at only two levels, under Section 6.5.2(e) of this Exhibit).
 

6.5.3 Calculations
 

Using the data from the relative accuracy test audits, calculate relative accuracy and bias in accordance with the procedures and equations specified in
Section 7 of this Exhibit.
 

Select a location for reference method measurements that is (1) accessible; (2) in the same proximity as the monitor or monitoring system location; and (3) meets the requirements of Performance Specification 3 in appendix B of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for CO2 or O2 monitors, or Method 1 (or 1A) in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for volumetric flow, except as otherwise indicated in this Section or as approved by the Agency.
 

6.5.5 Reference Method Traverse Point Selection
 

Select traverse points that ensure acquisition of representative samples of pollutant and diluent concentrations, moisture content, temperature, and flue gas flow rate over the flue cross Section. To achieve this, the reference method traverse points must meet the requirements of Section 8.1.3 of
Performance Specification 2 ("PS No. 2") in appendix B to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (for moisture monitoring system RATAs), Performance Specification 3 in appendix B to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (for O2 and CO2 monitor RATAs), Method 1 (or 1A) (for volumetric flow rate monitor RATAs), Method 3 (for molecular weight), and Method 4 (for moisture determination) in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. The following alternative reference method traverse point locations are permitted for moisture and gas monitor RATAs:
 

 
 
(a) For moisture determinations where the moisture data are used only to determine stack gas molecular weight, a single reference method point, located at least 1.0 meter from the stack wall, may be used. For moisture monitoring system RATAs and for gas monitor RATAs in which moisture data are used to correct pollutant or diluent concentrations from a dry basis to a wet basis (or vice-versa), single-point moisture sampling may only be used if the 12-point stratification test described in Section 6.5.5.1 of this Exhibit is performed prior to the RATA for at least one pollutant or diluent gas, and if the test is passed according to the acceptance criteria in Section 6.5.5.3(b) of this Exhibit.
(b) For gas monitoring system RATAs, the owner or operator may use any of the following options:
    
(1) At any location (including locations where stratification is expected), use a minimum of six traverse points along a diameter, in the direction of any expected stratification. The points must be located in accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
(2) At locations where Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2 allows the use of a short reference method measurement line (with three points located at 0.4, 1.2, and 2.0 meters from the stack wall), the owner or operator may use an alternative 3-point measurement line, locating the three points at 4.4, 14.6, and 29.6 percent of the way across the stack, in accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
(3) At locations where stratification is likely to occur (e.g., following a wet scrubber or when dissimilar gas streams are combined), the short measurement line from Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2 (or the alternative line described in paragraph (b)(2) of this Section) may be used in lieu of the prescribed "long" measurement line in Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2, provided that the 12-point stratification test described in Section 6.5.5.1 of this Exhibit is performed and passed one time at the location (according to the acceptance criteria of Section 6.5.5.3(a) of this Exhibit) and provided that either the 12-point stratification test or the alternative (abbreviated) stratification test in Section 6.5.5.2 of this Exhibit is performed and passed prior to each subsequent RATA at the location (according to the acceptance criteria of Section 6.5.5.3(a) of this Exhibit).
(4) A single reference method measurement point, located no less than 1.0 meter from the stack wall and situated along one of the measurement lines used for the stratification test, may be used at any sampling location if the 12-point stratification test described in Section 6.5.5.1 of this Exhibit is performed and passed prior to each RATA at the location (according to the acceptance criteria of Section 6.5.5.3(b) of this Exhibit).
 
(c) For mercury monitoring systems, use the same basic approach for traverse point selection that is used for the other gas monitoring system RATAs, except that the stratification test provisions in Sections 8.1.3 through 8.1.3.5 of Method 30A must apply, rather than the provisions of Sections 6.5.5.1 through 6.5.5.3 of this Exhibit.

6.5.5.1 Stratification Test
 

     
(a) With the unit(s) operating under steady-state conditions at the normal load level (or normal operating level), as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit, use a traversing gas sampling probe to measure diluent (CO2 or O2) concentrations at a minimum of twelve (12) points, located according to Method 1 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
(b) Use Method 3A in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to make the measurements. Data from the reference method analyzers must be quality assured by performing analyzer calibration error and system bias checks before the series of measurements and by conducting system bias and calibration drift checks after the measurements, in accordance with the procedures of Method 3A.
(c) Measure for a minimum of 2 minutes at each traverse point. To the extent practicable, complete the traverse within a 2-hour period.
(d) If the load has remained constant (+-3.0 percent) during the traverse and if the reference method analyzers have passed all of the required quality assurance checks, proceed with the data analysis.
(e) Calculate the average CO2 (or O2) concentrations at each of the individual traverse points. Then, calculate the arithmetic average CO2 (or O2) concentrations for all traverse points.

6.5.5.2 Alternative (Abbreviated) Stratification Test
 

     
(a) With the unit(s) operating under steady-state conditions at the normal load level (or normal operating level), as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit, use a traversing gas sampling probe to measure the diluent (CO2 or O2) concentrations at three points. The points must be located according to the specifications for the long measurement line in Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2 (i.e., locate the points 16.7 percent, 50.0 percent, and 83.3 percent of the way across the stack). Alternatively, the concentration measurements may be made at six traverse points along a diameter. The six points must be located in accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
(b) Use Method 3A in appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to make the measurements. Data from the reference method analyzers must be quality assured by performing analyzer calibration error and system bias checks before the series of measurements and by conducting system bias and calibration drift checks after the measurements, in accordance with the procedures of Method 3A.
(c) Measure for a minimum of 2 minutes at each traverse point. To the extent practicable, complete the traverse within a 1-hour period.
(d) If the load has remained constant (+-3.0 percent) during the traverse and if the reference method analyzers have passed all of the required quality assurance checks, proceed with the data analysis.
(e) Calculate the average CO2 (or O2) concentrations at each of the individual traverse points. Then, calculate the arithmetic average CO2 (or O2) concentrations for all traverse points.

6.5.5.3 Stratification Test Results and Acceptance Criteria
 

 
   
(a) For each diluent gas, the short reference method measurement line described in Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2 may be used in lieu of the long measurement line prescribed in Section 8.1.3 of PS No. 2 if the results of a stratification test, conducted in accordance with Section 6.5.5.1 or 6.5.5.2 of this Exhibit (as appropriate; see Section 6.5.5(b)(3) of this Exhibit), show that the concentration at each individual traverse point differs by no more than +-10.0 percent from the arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points. The results are also acceptable if the concentration at each individual traverse point differs by no more than +-5ppm or +-0.5 percent CO2 (or O2) from the arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points.
(b) For each diluent gas, a single reference method measurement point, located at least 1.0 meter from the stack wall and situated along one of the measurement lines used for the stratification test, may be used for that diluent gas if the results of a stratification test, conducted in accordance with Section 6.5.5.1 of this Exhibit, show that the concentration at each individual traverse point differs by no more than +-5.0 percent from the arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points. The results are also acceptable if the concentration at each individual traverse point differs by no more than +-3 ppm or +-0.3 percent CO2 (or O2) from the arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points.
(c) The owner or operator must keep the results of all stratification tests on-site, in a format suitable for inspection, as part of the supplementary RATA records required under Section 1.13(a) (7) of this Appendix.

6.5.6 Sampling Strategy
 

  
(a) Conduct the reference method tests so they will yield results representative of the pollutant concentration, emission rate, moisture, temperature, and flue gas flow rate from the unit and can be correlated with the pollutant concentration monitor, CO2 or O2 monitor, flow monitor, and mercury CEMS measurements. The minimum acceptable time for a gas monitoring system RATA run or for a moisture monitoring system RATA run is 21 minutes. For each run of a gas monitoring system RATA, all necessary pollutant concentration measurements, diluent concentration measurements, and moisture measurements (if applicable) must, to the extent practicable, be made within a 60-minute period. For flow monitor RATAs, the minimum time per run must be 5 minutes. Flow rate reference method measurements may be made either sequentially from port to port or simultaneously at two or more sample ports. The velocity measurement probe may be moved from traverse point to traverse point either manually or automatically. If, during a flow RATA, significant pulsations in the reference method readings are observed, be sure to allow enough measurement time at each traverse point to obtain an accurate average reading when a manual readout method is used (e.g., a "sight-weighted" average from a manometer). Also, allow sufficient measurement time to ensure that stable temperature readings are obtained at each traverse point, particularly at the first measurement point at each sample port, when a probe is moved sequentially from port-to-port. A minimum of one set of auxiliary measurements for stack gas molecular weight determination (i.e., diluent gas data and moisture data) is required for every clock hour of a flow RATA or for every three test runs (whichever is less restrictive). Alternatively, moisture measurements for molecular weight determination may be performed before and after a series of flow RATA runs at a particular load level (low, mid, or high), provided that the time interval between the two moisture measurements does not exceed three hours. If this option is selected, the results of the two moisture determinations must be averaged arithmetically and applied to all RATA runs in the series. Successive flow RATA runs may be performed without waiting in-between runs. If an O2-diluent monitor is used as a CO2 continuous emission monitoring system, perform a CO2 system RATA (i.e., measure CO2, rather than O2, with the reference method). For moisture monitoring systems, an appropriate coefficient, "K" factor or other suitable mathematical algorithm may be developed prior to the RATA, to adjust the monitoring system readings with respect to the reference method. If such a coefficient, K-factor or algorithm is developed, it must be applied to the CEMS readings during the RATA and (if the RATA is passed), to the subsequent CEMS data, by means of the automated data acquisition and handling system. The owner or operator must keep records of the current coefficient, K factor or algorithm, as specified in Section 1.13(a) (5)(F) of this Appendix. Whenever the coefficient, K factor or algorithm is changed, a RATA of the moisture monitoring system is required. For the RATA of a mercury CEMS using the Ontario Hydro Method, or for the RATA of a sorbent trap system (irrespective of the reference method used), the time per run must be long enough to collect a sufficient mass of mercury to analyze. For the RATA of a sorbent trap monitoring system, the type of sorbent material used by the traps must be the same as for daily operation of the monitoring system; however, the size of the traps used for the RATA may be smaller than the traps used for daily operation of the system. Spike the third section of each sorbent trap with elemental mercury, as described in Section 7.1.2 of Exhibit D to this Appendix. Install a new pair of sorbent traps prior to each test run. For each run, the sorbent trap data must be validated according to the quality assurance criteria in Section 8 of Exhibit D to this Appendix.
(b) To properly correlate individual mercury CEMS data (in lb/MMBtu) and volumetric flow rate data with the reference method data, annotate the beginning and end of each reference method test run (including the exact time of day) on the individual chart recorder(s) or other permanent recording device(s).

6.5.7 Correlation of Reference Method and Continuous Emission Monitoring System
 

Confirm that the monitor or monitoring system and reference method test results are on consistent moisture, pressure, temperature, and diluent concentration basis (e.g., since the flow monitor measures flow rate on a wet basis, Method 2 test results must also be on a wet basis). Compare flow-monitor and reference method results on a scfh basis. Also, consider the response times of the pollutant concentration monitor, the continuous emission monitoring system, and the flow monitoring system to ensure comparison of simultaneous measurements.
 
For each relative accuracy test audit run, compare the measurements obtained from the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system (in ppm, percent CO2, lb/mmBtu, or other units) against the corresponding reference method values. Tabulate the paired data in a table such as the one shown in Figure 2.
 

Perform a minimum of nine sets of paired monitor (or monitoring system) and reference method test data for every required (i.e., certification, recertification, diagnostic, semiannual, or annual) relative accuracy test audit. For 2-level and 3-level relative accuracy test audits of flow monitors, perform a minimum of nine sets at each of the operating levels.
 

6.5.9 Reference Methods
 

The following methods are from appendix A to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or have been published by ASTM, and are the reference methods for performing relative accuracy test audits under this part: Method 1 or 1A in appendix A-1 to 40 CFR 60 for siting; Method 2 in appendices A-1 and A-2 to 40 CFR 60 or its allowable alternatives in appendix A to 40 CFR 60 (except for Methods 2B and 2E in appendix A-1 to 40 CFR 60) for stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate; Methods 3, 3A or 3B in appendix A-2 to 40 CFR 60 for O2 and CO2; Method 4 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60 for moisture; and for mercury, either ASTM D6784-02 (the Ontario Hydro Method) (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140), Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, Method 30A, or Method 30B.
 

7. Calculations
 
7.1 Linearity Check
 

Analyze the linearity data for pollutant concentration monitors as follows. Calculate the percentage error in linearity based upon the reference value at the low-level, mid-level, and high-level concentrations specified in Section 6.2 of this Exhibit. Perform this calculation once during the certification test. Use the following equation to calculate the error in linearity for each reference value.
 

     
(Equation A-4)
where,
LE=Percentage Linearity error, based upon the reference value.
R=Reference value of Low-, mid-, or high-level calibration gas introduced into the monitoring system.
A=Average of the monitoring system responses.

7.2 Calibration Error
 
7.2.1 Pollutant Concentration and Diluent Monitors
 

For each reference value, calculate the percentage calibration error based upon instrument span for daily calibration error tests using the following equation:
 
 (Equation A-5)
 
where,

CE = Calibration error as a percentage of the span of the instrument.

R = Reference value of zero or upscale (high-level or mid-level, as applicable) calibration gas introduced into the monitoring system.

A = Actual monitoring system response to the calibration gas.

S = Span of the instrument, as specified in Section 2 of this Exhibit.

 


7.2.2 Flow Monitor Calibration Error
 

For each reference value, calculate the percentage calibration error based upon span using the following equation:
 
 (Equation A-6)
 
where,
 
CE = Calibration error as a percentage of span.
 
R = Low or high level reference value specified in Section 2.2.2.1 of this Exhibit.
 
A = Actual flow monitor response to the reference value.
 
S = Flow monitor calibration span value as determined under Section 2.1.2.2 of this Exhibit.
 

7.3 Relative Accuracy for O2 Monitors, Mercury Monitoring Systems,
and Flow Monitors
 

Analyze the relative accuracy test audit data from the reference method tests for CO2 or O2 monitors
used only for heat input rate determination, mercury monitoring systems used to determine mercury mass emissions under Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B, and flow monitors using the following procedures. Summarize the results on a data sheet. An example is shown in Figure 2. Calculate the mean of the monitor or monitoring system measurement values. Calculate the mean of the reference method values. Using data from the automated data acquisition and handling system, calculate the arithmetic differences between the reference method and monitor measurement data sets. Then calculate the arithmetic mean of the difference, the standard deviation, the confidence coefficient, and the monitor or monitoring system relative accuracy using the following procedures and equations.
 

7.3.1 Arithmetic Mean
 

Calculate the arithmetic mean of the differences, d, of a data set as follows.
 
     (Equation A-7)
 
where,
 

n = Number of data points.

di = The difference between a reference method value and the corresponding continuous emission monitoring system value (RMi–CEMi) at a given point in time i.

 


7.3.2 Standard Deviation
 

Calculate the standard deviation, Sd, of a data set as follows:
 
 (Equation A-8)
 
where,
 

n = Number of data points.

di = The difference between a reference method value and the corresponding continuous emission monitoring system value (RMi–CEMi) at a given point in time i.

 


7.3.3 Confidence Coefficient
 

Calculate the confidence coefficient (one-tailed), cc, of a data set as follows:
 
   (Equation A-9)
 
where,
 
t0.025=t value (see Table 7-1).
 
Table 7-1 t-Values
----------------------------------------------
n-1 t0.025 n-1 t0.025 n-1 t0. 025
----------------------------------------------
1 ...... 12.706 12 2.179 23 2.069
2 ....... 4.303 13 2.160 24 2.064
3 ....... 3.182 14 2.145 25 2.060
4 ....... 2.776 15 2.131 26 2.056
5 ....... 2.571 16 2.120 27 2.052
6 ....... 2.447 17 2.110 28 2.048
7 ....... 2.365 18 2.101 29 2.045
8 ....... 2.306 19 2.093 30 2.042
9 ....... 2.262 20 2.086 40 2.021
10 ...... 2.228 21 2.080 60 2.000
11 ...... 2.201 22 2.074 >60 1.960
----------------------------------------------

 

7.3.4 Relative Accuracy
 

Calculate the relative accuracy of a data set using the following equation.
 (Equation A-10)
 
where,
 
= Arithmetic mean of the reference method values.
 
= The absolute value of the mean difference between the reference method values and the corresponding continuous emission monitoring system values.
 
= The absolute value of the confidence coefficient.

 

Test the following relative accuracy test audit data sets for bias: flow monitors; mercury concentration monitoring systems, and sorbent trap monitoring systems, using the procedures outlined in Sections 7.4.1 through 7.4.4 of this Exhibit. For multiple-load flow RATAs, perform a bias test at each load level designated as normal under Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit.
 

7.4.1 Arithmetic Mean
 

Calculate the arithmetic mean of the difference, "d", of the data set using Equation A-7 of this Exhibit. To calculate bias for a flow monitor, "d" is, for each paired data point, the difference between the flow rate values (in scfh) obtained from the reference method and the monitor. To calculate bias for a mercury monitoring system when using the Ontario Hydro Method or Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, "d" is, for each data point, the difference between the average mercury concentration value (in µg/m3) from the paired Ontario Hydro or Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60 sampling trains and the concentration measured by the monitoring system. For sorbent trap monitoring systems, use the average mercury concentration measured by the paired traps in the calculation of "d".
 

7.4.2 Standard Deviation
 

Calculate the standard deviation, Sd, of the data set using Equation A-8.
 

Calculate the confidence coefficient, cc, of the data set using Equation A-9.
 

7.4.4 Bias Test
 

If, for the relative accuracy test audit data set being tested, the mean difference, d, is less than or equal to the absolute value of the confidence coefficient, , the monitor or monitoring system has passed the bias test. If the mean difference, d, is greater than the absolute value of the confidence coefficient, , the monitor or monitoring system has failed to meet the bias test requirement.
 

7.5 Reference Flow-to-Load Ratio or Gross Heat Rate
 

 
(a) Except as provided in Section 7.6 of this Exhibit, the owner or operator must determine , the reference value of the ratio of flow rate to unit load, each time that a passing flow RATA is performed at a load level designated as normal in Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit. The owner or operator must report the current value of in the electronic quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and must also report the completion date of the associated RATA. If two load levels have been designated as normal under Section 6.5.2.1 of this Exhibit, the owner or operator must determine a separate value for each of the normal load levels. The reference flow-to-load ratio must be calculated as follows:

   (Equation A-13)
 
where,
 
= Reference value of the flow-to-load ratio, from the most recent normal-load flow RATA, scfh/megawatts, scfh/1000 lb/hr of steam, or scfh/ (mmBtu/hr of steam output).
 
= Average stack gas volumetric flow rate measured by the reference method during the normal-load RATA, scfh.
 
= Average unit load during the normal-load flow RATA, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr of thermal output.

 

  
(b) In Equation A-13, for a common stack, determine by summing, for each RATA run, the operating loads of all units discharging through the common stack, and then taking the arithmetic average of the summed loads. For a unit that discharges its emissions through multiple stacks, either determine a single value of for the unit or a separate value of for each stack. In the former case, calculate by summing, for each RATA run, the volumetric flow rates through the individual stacks and then taking the arithmetic average of the summed RATA run flow rates. In the latter case, calculate the value of for each stack by taking the arithmetic average, for all RATA runs, of the flow rates through the stack. For a unit with a multiple stack discharge configuration consisting of a main stack and a bypass stack (e.g., a unit with a wet SO2 scrubber), determine separately for each stack at the time of the normal load flow RATA. Round off the value of to two decimal places.
(c) In addition to determining or as an alternative to determine , a reference value of the gross heat rate (GHR) may be determined. In order to use this option, quality assured diluent gas (CO2 or O2) must be available for each hour of the most recent normal-load flow RATA. The reference value of the GHR must be determined as follows:

 (Equation A-13a)
 
where,
 
= Reference value of the gross heat rate at the time of the most recent normal-load flow RATA, Btu/kwh, Btu/lb steam load, or Btu heat input/mmBtu steam output.
 
= Average hourly heat input during the normal-load flow RATA, as determined using the applicable equation in Exhibit C to this Appendix, mmBtu/hr. For multiple stack configurations, if the reference GHR value is determined separately for each stack, use the hourly heat input measured at each stack. If the reference GHR is determined at the unit level, sum the hourly heat inputs measured at the individual stacks.
 
= Average unit load during the normal-load flow RATA, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output.
 

 
(d) In the calculation of , use , the average volumetric flow rate measured by the reference method during the RATA, and use the average diluent gas concentration measured during the flow RATA (i.e., the arithmetic average of the diluent gas concentrations for all clock hours in which a RATA run was performed).

7.6 Flow-to-Load Test Exemptions
 

  
(a) For complex stack configurations (e.g., when the effluent from a unit is divided and discharges through multiple stacks in such a manner that the flow rate in the individual stacks cannot be correlated with unit load), the owner or operator may petition the USEPA under 40 CFR 75.66 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for an exemption from the requirements of Section 7.7 to Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 75 and Section 2.2.5 of Exhibit B to Appendix B. The petition must include sufficient information and data to demonstrate that a flow-to-load or gross heat rate evaluation is infeasible for the complex stack configuration.
(b) Units that do not produce electrical output (in megawatts) or thermal output (in klb of steam per hour) are exempted from the flow-to-load ratio test requirements of Section 7.5 of this Exhibit and Section 2.2.5 of Exhibit B to Appendix B.

Figures for Exhibit A to Appendix B
 
Figure 1.--Linearity Error Determination
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Day Date and Reference Monitor Difference Percent of
time value value reference
value
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-level:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-level:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-level:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Figure 2.--Relative Accuracy Determination (Pollutant Concentration Monitors)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SO2 (ppm [FNc]) CO2 (Pollutant) (ppm [FNc])
----------------------------- -------------------------------
Date Date
Run and RM [FNa] M [FNb] Diff and RM [FNa] M [FNb] Diff
No. time time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq. A-7).
Confidence Coefficient (Eq. A-9). Relative
Accuracy (Eq. A-10).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FNa] RM means "reference method data."
[FNb] M means "monitor data."
[FNc] Make sure the RM and M data are on a consistent basis, either wet or dry.
 
Figure 3.--Relative Accuracy Determination (Flow Monitors)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flow rate (Low) Flow rate (Normal) Flow rate (High)
(scf/hr) [FNa] (scf/hr) [FNa] (scf/hr) [FNa]
------------------- ------------------ --------------------
Date Date Date
Run and and and
No. time RM M Diff time RM M Diff time RM M Diff
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq.
A-7). Confidence Coefficient
(Eq. A-9). Relative Accuracy
(Eq. A-10).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FNa] Make sure the RM and M data are on a consistent basis, either wet or dry.
 

Figure 4.--Relative Accuracy Determination (NOX/Diluent Combined System)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference method data NOX system (lb/mmBtu)
--------------------------- -----------------------
Run No. Date and time NOX( ) [FNa] O2/CO2% RM M Difference
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq. A-7). Confidence
Coefficient (Eq. A-9). Relative Accuracy (Eq. A-10).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FNa] Specify units: ppm, lb/dscf, mg/dscm.
 
Figure 5--Cycle Time
 

  
                             
Date of test __________________________________________________________________
Component/system ID#: ________________________________________________________
Analyzer type _________________________________________________________________
Serial Number _________________________________________________________________
High level gas concentration: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Zero level gas concentration: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Analyzer span setting: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Upscale:
Stable starting monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Stable ending monitor reading: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Elapsed time: ______ seconds
Downscale:
Stable starting monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Stable ending monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Elapsed time: ______ seconds
Component cycle time= ______ seconds
System cycle time= ______ seconds

A. To determine the upscale cycle time (Figure 6a), measure the flue gas emissions until the response stabilizes. Record the stabilized value (see Section 6.4 of this Exhibit for the stability criteria).
 
B. Inject a high-level calibration gas into the port leading to the calibration
cell or thimble (Point B). Allow the analyzer to stabilize. Record the stabilized value.
 
C. Determine the step change. The step change is equal to the difference between the final stable calibration gas value (Point D) and the stabilized stack emissions value (Point A).
 
D. Take 95% of the step change value and add the result to the stabilized stack emissions value (Point A). Determine the time at which 95% of the step change occurred (Point C).
 
E. Calculate the upscale cycle time by subtracting the time at which the calibration gas was injected (Point B) from the time at which 95% of the step change occurred (Point C). In this example, upscale cycle time = (11-5) = 6 minutes.
 
F. To determine the downscale cycle time (Figure 6b) repeat the procedures above, except that a zero gas is injected when the flue gas emissions have stabilized, and 95% of the step change in concentration is subtracted from the stabilized stack emissions value.
 

G. Compare the upscale and downscale cycle time values. The longer of these two times is the cycle time for the analyzer.
 

Exhibit
B to Appendix B--Quality Assurance and Quality Control Procedures
 

1. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program
 

Develop and implement a quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program for the continuous emission monitoring systems, and their components. At a minimum, include in each QA/QC program a written plan that describes in detail (or that refers to separate documents containing) complete, step-by-step procedures and operations for each of the following activities. Upon request from regulatory authorities, the source must make all procedures, maintenance records, and ancillary supporting documentation from the manufacturer (e.g., software coefficients and troubleshooting diagrams) available for review during an audit. Electronic storage of the information in the QA/QC plan is permissible, provided that the information can be made available in hardcopy upon request during an audit.
 

Keep a written record of procedures needed to maintain the monitoring system in proper operating condition and a schedule for those procedures. This must, at a minimum, include procedures specified by the manufacturers of the equipment and, if applicable, additional or alternate procedures developed for the equipment.
 

1.1.2 Recordkeeping and Reporting
 

Keep a written record describing procedures that will be used to implement the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in subparts E and G of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, and Sections 1.10 through 1.13 of Appendix B, as applicable.
 

Keep a record of all testing, maintenance, or repair activities performed on any monitoring system or component in a location and format suitable for inspection. A maintenance log may be used for this purpose. The following records should be maintained: date, time, and description of any testing, adjustment, repair, replacement, or preventive maintenance action performed on any monitoring system and records of any corrective actions associated with a monitor's outage period. Additionally, any adjustment that recharacterizes a system's ability to record and report emissions data must be recorded (e.g., changing of flow monitor or moisture monitoring system polynomial coefficients, K factors or mathematical algorithms, changing of temperature and pressure coefficients and dilution ratio settings), and a written explanation of the procedures used to make the adjustment(s) must be kept.
 

 
1.1.4

The requirements in Section 6.1.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix must be met by any Air Emissions Testing Body (AETB) performing the semiannual/annual RATAs described in Section 2.3 of this Exhibit and the mercury emission tests described in Sections 1.15(c) and 1.15(d)(4) of Appendix B.
 

Keep a written record of the procedures used for daily calibration error tests and linearity checks (e.g., how gases are to be injected, adjustments of flow rates and pressure, introduction of reference values, length of time for injection of calibration gases, steps for obtaining calibration error or error in linearity, determination of interferences, and when calibration adjustments should be made). Identify any calibration error test and linearity check procedures specific to the continuous emission monitoring system that vary from the procedures in Exhibit A to this Appendix.
 

1.2.2 Calibration and Linearity Adjustments
 

Explain how each component of the continuous emission monitoring system will be adjusted to provide correct responses to calibration gases, reference values,
and/or indications of interference both initially and after repairs or corrective action. Identify equations, conversion factors and other factors affecting calibration of each continuous emission monitoring system.
 

1.2.3 Relative Accuracy Test Audit Procedures
 

Keep a written record of procedures and details peculiar to the installed continuous emission monitoring systems that are to be used for relative accuracy test audits, such as sampling and analysis methods.
 

1.2.4 Parametric Monitoring for Units With Add-on Emission Controls
 

The owner or operator shall keep a written (or electronic) record including a list of operating parameters for the add-on mercury emission controls, as applicable, and the range of each operating parameter that indicates the add-on emission controls are operating properly. The owner or operator shall keep a written (or electronic) record of the parametric monitoring data during each mercury missing data period.
 

1.3 Requirements for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems
 
1.3.1 Sorbent Trap Identification and Tracking
 

Include procedures for inscribing or otherwise permanently marking a unique identification number on each sorbent trap, for tracking purposes. Keep
records of the ID of the monitoring system in which each sorbent trap is used, and the dates and hours of each mercury collection period.
 

1.3.2 Monitoring System Integrity and Data Quality
 

Explain the procedures used to perform the leak checks when sorbent traps are placed in service and removed from service. Also explain the other QA procedures used to ensure system integrity and data quality, including, but not limited to, gas flow meter calibrations, verification of moisture removal, and ensuring air-tight pump operation. In addition, the QA plan must include the data acceptance and quality control criteria in
Section 8 of Exhibit D to this Appendix. All reference meters used to calibrate the gas flow meters (e.g., wet test meters) must be periodically recalibrated. Annual, or more frequent, recalibration is recommended. If a NIST-traceable calibration device is used as a reference flow meter, the QA plan must include a protocol for ongoing maintenance and periodic recalibration to maintain the accuracy and NIST-traceability of the calibrator.
 

Explain the chain of custody employed in packing, transporting, and analyzing the sorbent traps (see Sections 7.2.8 and 7.2.9 in Exhibit D to this Appendix.). Keep records of all mercury analyses. The analyses must be performed in accordance with the procedures described in
Section 10 of Exhibit D to this Appendix.
 

1.3.4 Laboratory Certification
 

The QA Plan must include documentation that the laboratory performing the analyses on the carbon sorbent traps is certified by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) to have a proficiency that meets the requirements of ISO 17025. Alternatively, if the laboratory performs the spike recovery study described in Section 10.3 of Exhibit D to this Appendix and repeats that procedure annually, ISO certification is not required.
 

1.3.5 Data Collection Period
 

State, and provide the rationale for, the minimum acceptable data collection period (e.g., one day, one week, etc.) for the size of sorbent trap selected for the monitoring. Include in the discussion such factors as the mercury concentration in the stack gas, the capacity of the sorbent trap, and the minimum mass of mercury required for the analysis.
 

1.3.6 Relative Accuracy Test Audit Procedures
 

Keep records of the procedures and details peculiar to the sorbent trap monitoring systems that are to be followed for relative accuracy test audits, such as sampling and analysis methods.
 

2. Frequency of Testing
 

A summary chart showing each quality assurance test and the frequency at which each test is required is located at the end of this Exhibit in Figure 1.
 

Perform the following daily assessments to quality-assure the hourly data recorded by the monitoring systems during each period of unit operation, or, for a bypass stack or duct, each period in which emissions pass through the bypass stack or duct. These requirements are effective as of the date when the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system completes certification testing.
 

2.1.1 Calibration Error Test
 

Except as provided in Section 2.1.1.2 of this Exhibit, perform the daily calibration error test of each gas monitoring system (including moisture monitoring systems consisting of wet- and dry-basis O2 analyzers) according to the procedures in Section 6.3.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, and perform the daily calibration error test of each flow monitoring system according to the procedure in Section 6.3.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix. When two measurement ranges (low and high) are required for a particular parameter, perform sufficient calibration error tests on each range to validate the data recorded
on that range, according to the criteria in Section 2.1.5 of this Exhibit.
 
For units with add-on emission controls and dual-span or auto-ranging monitors, and other units that use the maximum expected concentration to determine calibration gas values, perform the daily calibration error tests on each scale that has been used since the previous calibration error test. For example, if the pollutant concentration has not exceeded the low-scale value (based on the maximum expected concentration) since the previous calibration error test, the calibration error test may be performed on the low-scale only. If, however, the concentration has exceeded the low-scale span value for one hour or longer since the previous calibration error test, perform the calibration error test on both the low- and high-scales.
 

2.1.1.1 On-line Daily Calibration Error Tests.
 

Except as provided in Section 2.1.1.2 of this Exhibit, all daily calibration error tests must be performed while the unit is in operation at normal, stable conditions (i.e. "on-line").
 

2.1.1.2 Off-line Daily Calibration Error Tests.
 

Daily calibrations may be
performed while the unit is not operating (i.e., "off-line") and may be used to validate data for a monitoring system that meets the following conditions:
 

  
(1) An initial demonstration test of the monitoring system is successfully completed and the results are reported in the quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. The initial demonstration test, hereafter called the "off-line calibration demonstration", consists of an off-line calibration error test followed by an on-line calibration error test. Both the off-line and on-line portions of the off-line calibration demonstration must meet the calibration error performance specification in Section 3.1 of Exhibit A to Appendix B. Upon completion of the off-line portion of the demonstration, the zero and upscale monitor responses may be adjusted, but only toward the true values of the calibration gases or reference signals used to perform the test and only in accordance with the routine calibration adjustment procedures specified in the quality control program required under Section 1 of this Exhibit. Once these adjustments are made, no further adjustments may be made to the monitoring system until after completion of the on-line portion of the off-line calibration demonstration. Within 26 clock hours of the completion hour of the off-line portion of the demonstration, the monitoring system must successfully complete the first attempted calibration error test, i.e., the on-line portion of the demonstration.
(2) For each monitoring system that has passed the off-line calibration demonstration, off-line calibration error tests may be used on a limited basis to validate data, in accordance with paragraph (2) in Section 2.1.5.1 of this Exhibit.

2.1.2 Daily Flow Interference Check
 

Perform the daily flow monitor interference checks specified in Section 2.2.2.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix while the unit is in operation at normal, stable conditions.
 

2.1.3 Additional Calibration Error Tests and Calibration Adjustments
 

   
(a) In addition to the daily calibration error tests required under Section 2.1.1 of this Exhibit, a calibration error test of a monitor must be performed in accordance with Section 2.1.1 of this Exhibit, as follows: whenever a daily calibration error test is failed; whenever a monitoring system is returned to service following repair or corrective maintenance that could affect the monitor's ability to accurately measure and record emissions data; or after making certain calibration adjustments, as described in this Section. Except in the case of the routine calibration adjustments described in this Section, data from the monitor are considered invalid until the required additional calibration error test has been successfully completed.
(b) Routine calibration adjustments of a monitor are permitted after any successful calibration error test. These routine adjustments must be made so as to bring the monitor readings as close as practicable to the known tag values of the calibration gases or to the actual value of the flow monitor reference signals. An additional calibration error test is required following routine calibration adjustments where the monitor's calibration has been physically adjusted (e.g., by turning a potentiometer) to verify that the adjustments have been made properly. An additional calibration error test is not required, however, if the routine calibration adjustments are made by means of a mathematical algorithm programmed into the data acquisition and handling system. It is recommended that routine calibration adjustments be made, at a minimum, whenever the daily calibration error exceeds the limits of the applicable performance specification in Exhibit A to this Appendix for the pollutant concentration monitor, CO2 or O2 monitor, or flow monitor.
(c) Additional (non-routine) calibration adjustments of a monitor are permitted prior to (but not during) linearity checks and RATAs and at other times, provided that an appropriate technical justification is included in the quality control program required under Section 1 of this Exhibit. The allowable non-routine adjustments are as follows. The owner or operator may physically adjust the calibration of a monitor (e.g., by means of a potentiometer), provided that the post-adjustment zero and upscale responses of the monitor are within the performance specifications of the instrument given in Section 3.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix . An additional calibration error test is required following such adjustments to verify that the monitor is operating within the performance specifications at both the zero and upscale calibration levels.

2.1.4 Data Validation
 

  
(a) An out-of-control period occurs when the calibration error of a CO2 or O2 monitor (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 emissions or percent moisture) exceeds 1.0 percent CO2 or O2, or when the calibration error of a flow monitor or a moisture sensor exceeds 6.0 percent of the span value, which is twice the applicable specification of Exhibit A to this Appendix. Notwithstanding, a differential pressure-type flow monitor for which the calibration error exceeds 6.0 percent of the span value will not be considered out-of-control if , the absolute value of the difference between the monitor response and the reference value in Equation A-6 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, is < 0.02 inches of water. For a mercury monitor, an out-of-control period occurs when the calibration error exceeds 5.0% of the span value. Notwithstanding, the mercury monitor will not be considered out-of-control if in Equation A-6 does not exceed 1.0 µg/scm. The out-of-control period begins upon failure of the calibration error test and ends upon completion of a successful calibration error test. Note, that if a failed calibration, corrective action, and successful calibration error test occur within the same hour, emission data for that hour recorded by the monitor after the successful calibration error test may be used for reporting purposes, provided that two or more valid readings are obtained as required by Section 1.2 of this Appendix. Emission data must not be reported from an out-of-control monitor.
(b) An out-of-control period also occurs whenever interference of a flow monitor is identified. The out-of-control period begins with the hour of completion of the failed interference check and ends with the hour of completion of an interference check that is passed.

2.1.5 Quality Assurance of Data With Respect to Daily Assessments
 

When a monitoring system passes a daily assessment (i.e., daily calibration error test or daily flow interference check), data from that monitoring system are prospectively validated for 26 clock hours (i.e., 24 hours plus a 2-hour grace period) beginning with the hour in which the test is passed, unless another assessment (i.e. a daily calibration error test, an interference check
of a flow monitor, a quarterly linearity check, a quarterly leak check, or a relative accuracy test audit) is failed within the 26-hour period.
 

2.1.5.1 Data Invalidation with Respect to Daily Assessments.
 

The following specific rules apply to the invalidation of data with respect to daily assessments:
 

   
(1) Data from a monitoring system are invalid, beginning with the first hour following the expiration of a 26-hour data validation period or beginning with the first hour following the expiration of an 8-hour start-up grace period (as provided under Section 2.1.5.2 of this Exhibit), if the required subsequent daily assessment has not been conducted.
(2) For a monitor that has passed the off-line calibration demonstration, a combination of on-line and off-line calibration error tests may be used to validate data from the monitor, as follows. For a particular unit (or stack) operating hour, data from a monitor may be validated using a successful off-line calibration error test if: (a) An on-line calibration error test has been passed within the previous 26 unit (or stack) operating hours; and (b) the 26 clock hour data validation window for the off-line calibration error test has not expired. If either of these conditions is not met, then the data from the monitor are invalid with respect to the daily calibration error test requirement. Data from the monitor must remain invalid until the appropriate on-line or off-line calibration error test is successfully completed so that both conditions (a) and (b) are met.
(3) For units with two measurement ranges (low and high) for a particular parameter, when separate analyzers are used for the low and high ranges, a failed or expired calibration on one of the ranges does not affect the quality-assured data status on the other range. For a dual-range analyzer (i.e., a single analyzer with two measurement scales), a failed calibration error test on either the low or high scale results in an out-of-control period for the monitor. Data from the monitor remain invalid until corrective actions are taken and "hands-off" calibration error tests have been passed on both ranges. However, if the most recent calibration error test on the high scale was passed but has expired, while the low scale is up-to-date on its calibration error test requirements (or vice-versa), the expired calibration error test does not affect the quality-assured status of the data recorded on the other scale.

2.1.5.2 Daily Assessment Start-Up Grace Period.
 

For the purpose of quality assuring data with respect to a daily assessment (i.e. a daily calibration error test or a flow interference check), a start-up grace period may apply when a unit begins to operate after a period of non-operation. The start-up grace period for a daily calibration error test is independent of the start-up grace period for a daily flow interference check. To qualify for a start-up grace period for a daily assessment, there are two requirements:
 

  
(1) The unit must have resumed operation after being in outage for 1 or more hours (i.e., the unit must be in a start-up condition) as evidenced by a change in unit operating time from zero in one clock hour to an operating time greater than zero in the next clock hour.
(2) For the monitoring system to be used to validate data during the grace period, the previous daily assessment of the same kind must have been passed on-line within 26 clock hours prior to the last hour in which the unit operated before the outage. In addition, the monitoring system must be in-control with respect to quarterly and semi-annual or annual assessments.

If both of the above conditions are met, then a start-up grace period of up to 8 clock hours applies, beginning with the first hour of unit operation following the outage. During the start-up grace period, data generated by the monitoring system are considered quality-assured. For each monitoring system, a start-up grace period for a calibration error test or flow interference check ends when either: (1) a daily assessment of the same kind (i.e., calibration error test or flow interference check) is performed; or (2) 8 clock hours have elapsed (starting with the first hour of unit operation following the outage), whichever occurs first.
 

2.1.6 Data Recording
 

Record and tabulate all calibration error test data according to month, day, clock-hour, and magnitude in either ppm, percent volume, or scfh. Program monitors that automatically adjust data to the corrected calibration values (e.g., microprocessor control) to record either: (1) The unadjusted concentration or flow rate measured in the calibration error test prior to resetting the calibration, or (2) the magnitude of any adjustment. Record the following applicable flow monitor interference check data: (1) Sample
line/sensing port pluggage, and (2) malfunction of each RTD, transceiver, or equivalent.
 

2.2 Quarterly Assessments
 

For each primary and redundant backup monitor or monitoring system, perform the following quarterly assessments. This requirement is applies as of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is provisionally certified.
 

2.2.1 Linearity Check
 

Unless a particular monitor (or monitoring range) is exempted under this paragraph or under Section 6.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, perform a linearity check, in accordance with the procedures in Section 6.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, for each primary and redundant backup, mercury, pollutant concentration monitor and each primary and redundant backup CO2 or O2 monitor (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 emissions or to
continuously monitor moisture) at least once during each QA operating quarter, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. For mercury monitors, perform the linearity checks using elemental mercury standards. Alternatively, you may perform 3-level system integrity checks at the same three calibration gas levels (i.e., low, mid, and high), using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury. If you choose this option, the performance specification in Section 3.2(c) of Exhibit A to this part must be met at each gas level. For units using both a low and high span value, a linearity check is required only on the range(s) used to record and report emission data during the QA operating quarter. Conduct the linearity checks no less than 30 days apart, to the extent practicable. The data validation procedures in Section 2.2.3(e) of this Exhibit must be followed.
 

2.2.2 Leak Check
 

For differential pressure flow monitors, perform a leak check of all sample lines (a manual check is acceptable) at least once during each QA operating quarter. For this test, the unit does not have to be in operation. Conduct the leak checks no less than 30 days apart, to the extent practicable. If a leak check is failed, follow the applicable data validation procedures in Section 2.2.3(g) of this Exhibit.
 

2.2.3 Data Validation
 

  
(a) A linearity check must not be commenced if the monitoring system is operating out-of-control with respect to any of the daily or semiannual quality assurance assessments required by Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of this Exhibit or with respect to the additional calibration error test requirements in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit.
(b) Each required linearity check must be done according to paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this Section:
   
(1) The linearity check may be done "cold," i.e., with no corrective maintenance, repair, calibration adjustments, re-linearization or reprogramming of the monitor prior to the test.
(2) The linearity check may be done after performing only the routine or non-routine calibration adjustments described in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit at the various calibration gas levels (zero, low, mid or high), but no other corrective maintenance, repair, re-linearization or reprogramming of the monitor. Trial gas injection runs may be performed after the calibration adjustments and additional adjustments within the allowable limits in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit may be made prior to the linearity check, as necessary, to optimize the performance of the monitor. The trial gas injections need not be reported, provided that they meet the specification for trial gas injections in Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(v) of this Appendix. However, if, for any trial injection, the specification in Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(v) is not met, the trial injection must be counted as an aborted linearity check.
(3) The linearity check may be done after repair, corrective maintenance or reprogramming of the monitor. In this case, the monitor must be considered out-of-control from the hour in which the repair, corrective maintenance or reprogramming is commenced until the linearity check has been passed. Alternatively, the data validation procedures and associated timelines in Sections 1.4(b)(3)(B) through (I) of this Appendix may be followed upon completion of the necessary repair, corrective maintenance, or reprogramming. If the procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) are used, the words "quality assurance" apply instead of the word "recertification".
      
(c) Once a linearity check has been commenced, the test must be done hands-off. That is, no adjustments of the monitor are permitted during the linearity test period, other than the routine calibration adjustments following daily calibration error tests, as described in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit. If a routine daily calibration error test is performed and passed just prior to a linearity test (or during a linearity test period) and a mathematical correction factor is automatically applied by the DAHS, the correction factor must be applied to all subsequent data recorded by the monitor, including the linearity test data.
(d) If a daily calibration error test is failed during a linearity test period, prior to completing the test, the linearity test must be repeated. Data from the monitor are invalidated prospectively from the hour of the failed calibration error test until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test. The linearity test must not be commenced until the monitor has successfully completed a calibration error test.
(e) An out-of-control period occurs when a linearity test is failed (i.e., when the error in linearity at any of the three concentrations in the quarterly linearity check (or any of the six concentrations, when both ranges of a single analyzer with a dual range are tested) exceeds the applicable specification in Section 3.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix) or when a linearity test is aborted due to a problem with the monitor or monitoring system. The out-of-control period begins with the hour of the failed or aborted linearity check and ends with the hour of completion of a satisfactory linearity check following corrective action and/or monitor repair, unless the option in paragraph (b)(3) of this Section to use the data validation procedures and associated timelines in Section 1.4(b)(3)(B) through (I) of this Appendix has been selected, in which case the beginning and end of the out-of-control period must be determined in accordance with Sections 1.4(b)(3)(G)(i) and (ii). For a dual-range analyzer, "hands-off" linearity checks must be passed on both measurement scales to end the out-of-control period.
(f) No more than four successive calendar quarters must elapse after the quarter in which a linearity check of a monitor or monitoring system (or range of a monitor or monitoring system) was last performed without a subsequent linearity test having been conducted. If a linearity test has not been completed by the end of the fourth calendar quarter since the last linearity test, then the linearity test must be completed within a 168 unit operating hour or stack operating hour "grace period" (as provided in Section 2.2.4 of this Exhibit) following the end of the fourth successive elapsed calendar quarter, or data from the CEMS (or range) will become invalid.
(g) An out-of-control period also occurs when a flow monitor sample line leak is detected. The out-of-control period begins with the hour of the failed leak check and ends with the hour of a satisfactory leak check following corrective action.
(h) For each monitoring system, report the results of all completed and partial linearity tests that affect data validation (i.e., all completed, passed linearity checks; all completed, failed linearity checks; and all linearity checks aborted due to a problem with the monitor, including trial gas injections counted as failed test attempts under paragraph (b)(2) of this Section or under Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(vi) of Appendix B), in the quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Note that linearity attempts which are aborted or invalidated due to problems with the reference calibration gases or due to operational problems with the affected unit(s) need not be reported. Such partial tests do not affect the validation status of emission data recorded by the monitor. A record of all linearity tests, trial gas injections and test attempts (whether reported or not) must be kept on-site as part of the official test log for each monitoring system.

2.2.4 Linearity and Leak Check Grace Period
 

 
(a) When a required linearity test or flow monitor leak check has not been completed by the end of the QA operating quarter in which it is due or if, due to infrequent operation of a unit or infrequent use of a required high range of a monitor or monitoring system, four successive calendar quarters have elapsed after the quarter in which a linearity check of a monitor or monitoring system (or range) was last performed without a subsequent linearity test having been done, the owner or operator has a grace period of 168 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (or, for monitors installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 168 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 ) in which to perform a linearity test or leak check of that monitor or monitoring system (or range). The grace period begins with the first unit or stack operating hour following the calendar quarter in which the linearity test was due. Data validation during a linearity or leak check grace period must be done in accordance with the applicable provisions in Section 2.2.3 of this Exhibit.
 
(b) If, at the end of the 168 unit (or stack) operating hour grace period, the required linearity testor leak check has not been completed, data from the monitoring system (or range) will be invalid, beginning with the first unit operating hour following the expiration of the grace period. Data from the monitoring system (or range) remain invalid until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful hands-off linearity test or leak check of the monitor or monitoring system (or range). Note that when a linearity test or a leak check is conducted within a grace period for the purpose of satisfying the linearity test or leak check requirement from a previous QA operating quarter, the results of that linearity test or leak check may only be used to meet the linearity check or leak check requirement of the previous quarter, not the quarter in which the missed linearity test or leak check is completed.

2.2.5 Flow-to-Load Ratio or Gross Heat Rate Evaluation
 

 
(a) Applicability and methodology. Unless exempted from the flow-to-load ratio test under Section 7.8 to Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 75 , the owner or operator must, for each flow rate monitoring system installed on each unit, common stack or multiple stack, evaluate the flow-to-load ratio quarterly, i.e., for each QA operating quarter (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140). At the end of each QA operating quarter, the owner or operator must use Equation B-1 to calculate the flow-to-load ratio for every hour during the quarter in which: the unit (or combination of units, for a common stack) operated within +-10.0 percent of , the average load during the most recent normal-load flow RATA; and a quality assured hourly average flow rate was obtained with a certified flow rate monitor. Alternatively, for the reasons stated in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(6) of this Section, the owner or operator may exclude from the data analysis certain hours within +-10.0 percent of and may calculate values for only the remaining hours.

   (Equation B-1)
 
where,
 
= Hourly value of the flow-to-load ratio, scfh/megawatts, scfh/1000 lb/hr of steam, or scfh/(mmBtu/hr thermal output).
 
= Hourly stack gas volumetric flow rate, as measured by the flow rate monitor, scfh.
 
= Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output; must be within + 10.0 percent of during the most recent normal-load flow RATA.
 

 
 
(1) In Equation B-1, the owner or operator may use either bias-adjusted flow rates or unadjusted flow rates, provided that all of the ratios are calculated the same way. For a common stack, will be the sum of the hourly operating loads of all units that discharge through the stack. For a unit that discharges its emissions through multiple stacks or that monitors its emissions in multiple breechings, will be either the combined hourly volumetric flow rate for all of the stacks or ducts (if the test is done on a unit basis) or the hourly flow rate through each stack individually (if the test is performed separately for each stack). For a unit with a multiple stack discharge configuration consisting of a main stack and a bypass stack, each of which has a certified flow monitor (e.g., a unit with a wet SO2 scrubber), calculate the hourly flow-to-load ratios separately for each stack. Round off each value of to two decimal places.
(2) Alternatively, the owner or operator may calculate the hourly gross heat rates (GHR) in lieu of the hourly flow-to-load ratios. The hourly GHR must be determined only for those hours in which quality assured flow rate data and diluent gas (CO2 or O2) concentration data are both available from a certified monitor or monitoring system or reference method. If this option is selected, calculate each hourly GHR value as follows:

   (Equation B-1a)
 
where,
 
= Hourly value of the gross heat rate, Btu/kwh, Btu/lb steam load, or 1000 mmBtu heat input/mmBtu thermal output.
 
= Hourly heat input, as determined from the quality assured flow rate and diluent data, using the applicable equation in Exhibit C to this Appendix, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output; must be within + 10.0 percent of during the most recent normal-load flow RATA.
 

 
   
(3) In Equation B-1a, the owner or operator may either use bias-adjusted flow rates or unadjusted flow rates in the calculation of , provided that all of the heat input values are determined in the same manner.
(4) The owner or operator must evaluate the calculated hourly flow-to-load ratios (or gross heat rates) as follows. A separate data analysis must be performed for each primary and each redundant backup flow rate monitor used to record and report data during the quarter. Each analysis must be based on a minimum of 168 acceptable recorded hourly average flow rates (i.e., at loads within +- 10 percent of ). When two RATA load levels are designated as normal, the analysis must be performed at the higher load level, unless there are fewer than 168 acceptable data points available at that load level, in which case the analysis must be performed at the lower load level. If, for a particular flow monitor, fewer than 168 acceptable hourly flow-to-load ratios (or GHR values) are available at any of the load levels designated as normal, a flow-to-load (or GHR) evaluation is not required for that monitor for that calendar quarter.
(5) For each flow monitor, use Equation B-2 in this Exhibit to calculate , the absolute percentage difference between each hourly value and , the reference value of the flow-to-load ratio, as determined in accordance with Section 7.7 to Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 75. Note that must always be based upon the most recent normal-load RATA, even if that RATA was performed in the calendar quarter being evaluated.

   (Equation B-2)
 
where:
 
= Absolute percentage difference between the hourly average flow-to-load ratio and the reference value of the flow-to-load ratio at normal load.
 
= The hourly average flow-to-load ratio, for each flow rate recorded at a load level within +-10.0 percent of .
 
= The reference value of the flow-to-load ratio from the most recent normal-load flow RATA, determined in accordance with Section 7.7 to Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 75.
 

 
(6) Equation B-2 must be used in a consistent manner. That is, use and if the flow-to-load ratio is being evaluated, and use (GHR)ref and (GHR) h if the gross heat rate is being evaluated. Finally, calculate , the arithmetic average of all of the hourly values. The owner or operator must report the results of each quarterly flow-to-load (or gross heat rate) evaluation, as determined from Equation B-2, in the electronic quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 .
  
(b) Acceptable results. The results of a quarterly flow-to-load (or gross heat rate) evaluation are acceptable, and no further action is required, if the calculated value of is less than or equal to: (1) 15.0 percent, if for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is >=60 megawatts (or >=500 klb/hr of steam) and if unadjusted flow rates were used in the calculations; or (2) 10.0 percent, if for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is >=60 megawatts (or >=500 klb/hr of steam) and if bias-adjusted flow rates were used in the calculations; or (3) 20.0 percent, if for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is <60 megawatts (or <500 klb/hr of steam) and if unadjusted flow rates were used in the calculations; or (4) 15.0 percent, if for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is <60 megawatts (or <500 klb/hr of steam) and if bias-adjusted flow rates were used in the calculations. If is above these limits, the owner or operator must either: implement Option 1 in Section 2.2.5.1 of this Exhibit; or perform a RATA in accordance with Option 2 in Section 2.2.5.2 of this Exhibit; or re-examine the hourly data used for the flow-to-load or GHR analysis and recalculate , after excluding all non-representative hourly flow rates. If is above these limits, the owner or operator must either: implement Option 1 in Section 2.2.5.1 of this Exhibit; perform a RATA in accordance with Option 2 in Section 2.2.5.2 of this Exhibit; or (if applicable) re-examine the hourly data used for the flow-to-load or GHR analysis and recalculate , after excluding all non-representative hourly flow rates, as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section.
(c) Recalculation of . If the owner or operator did not exclude any hours within +-10 percent of from the original data analysis and chooses to recalculate , the flow rates for the following hours are considered non-representative and may be excluded from the data analysis:
  
           
(1) Any hour in which the type of fuel combusted was different from the fuel burned during the most recent normal-load RATA. For purposes of this determination, the type of fuel is different if the fuel is in a different state of matter (i.e., solid, liquid, or gas) than is the fuel burned during the RATA or if the fuel is a different classification of coal (e.g., bituminous versus sub-bituminous). Also, for units that co-fire different types of fuels, if the reference RATA was done while co-firing, then hours in which a single fuel was combusted may be excluded from the data analysis as different fuel hours (and vice-versa for co-fired hours, if the reference RATA was done while combusting only one type of fuel);
(2) For a unit that is equipped with an SO2 scrubber and which always discharges its flue gases to the atmosphere through a single stack, any hour in which the SO2 scrubber was bypassed;
(3) Any hour in which "ramping" occurred, i.e., the hourly load differed by more than +-15.0 percent from the load during the preceding hour or the subsequent hour;
(4) For a unit with a multiple stack discharge configuration consisting of a main stack and a bypass stack, any hour in which the flue gases were discharged through both stacks;
(5) If a normal-load flow RATA was performed and passed during the quarter being analyzed, any hour prior to completion of that RATA; and
(6) If a problem with the accuracy of the flow monitor was discovered during the quarter and was corrected (as evidenced by passing the abbreviated flow-to-load test in Section 2.2.5.3 of this Exhibit), any hour prior to completion of the abbreviated flow-to-load test.
(7) After identifying and excluding all non-representative hourly data in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this Section, the owner or operator may analyze the remaining data a second time. At least 168 representative hourly ratios or GHR values must be available to perform the analysis; otherwise, the flow-to-load (or GHR) analysis is not required for that monitor for that calendar quarter.
(8) If, after re-analyzing the data, meets the applicable limit in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this Section, no further action is required. If, however, is still above the applicable limit, data from the monitor will be declared out-of-control, beginning with the first unit operating hour following the quarter in which exceeded the applicable limit. Alternatively, if a probationary calibration error test is performed and passed according to Section 1.4(b)(3)(B) of this Appendix, data from the monitor may be declared conditionally valid following the quarter in which exceeded the applicable limit. The owner or operator must then either implement Option 1 in Section 2.2.5.1 of this Exhibit or Option 2 in Section 2.2.5.2 of this Exhibit.

2.2.5.1 Option 1
 

Within 14 unit operating days of the end of the calendar quarter for which the value is above the applicable limit, investigate and troubleshoot the
applicable flow monitor(s). Evaluate the results of each investigation as follows:
 

  
(a) If the investigation fails to uncover a problem with the flow monitor, a RATA must be performed in accordance with Option 2 in Section 2.2.5.2 of this Exhibit.
(b) If a problem with the flow monitor is identified through the investigation (including the need to re-linearize the monitor by changing the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s)), data from the monitor are considered invalid back to the first unit operating hour after the end of the calendar quarter for which was above the applicable limit. If the option to use conditional data validation was selected under Section 2.2.5(c)(8) of this Exhibit, all conditionally valid data will be invalidated, back to the first unit operating hour after the end of the calendar quarter for which was above the applicable limit. Corrective actions must be taken. All corrective actions (e.g., non-routine maintenance, repairs, major component replacements, re-linearization of the monitor, etc.) must be documented in the operation and maintenance records for the monitor. The owner or operator then must either complete the abbreviated flow-to-load test in Section 2.2.5.3 of this Exhibit, or, if the corrective action taken has required relinearization of the flow monitor, must perform a 3-load RATA. The conditional data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3)of this Appendix may be applied to the 3-load RATA.

2.2.5.2 Option 2
 

Perform a single-load RATA (at a load designated as normal under Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix) of each flow monitor for which is outside of the applicable limit. If the RATA is passed hands-off, in accordance with Section 2.3.2(c) of this Exhibit, no further action is required and the out-of-control period for the monitor ends at the date and hour of completion of a successful RATA, unless the option to use conditional data validation was selected under Section 2.2.5(c)(8) of this Exhibit. In that case, all conditionally valid data from the monitor are considered to be quality-assured, back to the first unit operating hour following the end of the calendar quarter for which the value was above the applicable limit. If the RATA is failed, all data from the monitor will be invalidated, back to the first unit operating hour following the end of the calendar quarter for which the value was above the applicable limit. Data from the monitor remain
invalid until the required RATA has been passed. Alternatively, following a failed RATA and corrective actions, the conditional data validation procedures of Section 1.4(b)(3) of this Appendix may be used until the RATA has been passed. If the corrective actions taken following the failed RATA included adjustment of the polynomial coefficients or K-factor(s) of the flow monitor, a 3-level RATA is required, except as otherwise specified in Section 2.3.1.3 of this Exhibit.
 

2.2.5.3 Abbreviated Flow-to-Load Test
 

   
(a) The following abbreviated flow-to-load test may be performed after any documented repair, component replacement, or other corrective maintenance to a flow monitor (except for changes affecting the linearity of the flow monitor, such as adjusting the flow monitor coefficients or K factor(s)) to demonstrate that the repair, replacement, or other maintenance has not significantly affected the monitor's ability to accurately measure the stack gas volumetric flow rate. Data from the monitoring system are considered invalid from the hour of commencement of the repair, replacement, or maintenance until either the hour in which the abbreviated flow-to-load test is passed, or the hour in which a probationary calibration error test is passed following completion of the repair, replacement, or maintenance and any associated adjustments to the monitor. If the latter option is selected, the abbreviated flow-to-load test must be completed within 168 unit operating hours of the probationary calibration error test (or, for peaking units, within 30 unit operating days, if that is less restrictive). Data from the monitor are considered to be conditionally valid (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140), beginning with the hour of the probationary calibration error test.
(b) Operate the unit(s) in such a way as to reproduce, as closely as practicable, the exact conditions at the time of the most recent normal-load flow RATA. To achieve this, it is recommended that the load be held constant to within +-10.0 percent of the average load during the RATA and that the diluent gas (CO2 or O2) concentration be maintained within +-0.5 percent CO2 or O2 of the average diluent concentration during the RATA. For common stacks, to the extent practicable, use the same combination of units and load levels that were used during the RATA. When the process parameters have been set, record a minimum of six and a maximum of 12 consecutive hourly average flow rates, using the flow monitor(s) for which was outside the applicable limit. For peaking units, a minimum of three and a maximum of 12 consecutive hourly average flow rates are required. Also record the corresponding hourly load values and, if applicable, the hourly diluent gas concentrations. Calculate the flow-to-load ratio (or GHR) for each hour in the test hour period, using Equation B-1 or B-1a. Determine for each hourly flow- to-load ratio (or GHR), using Equation B-2 of this Exhibit and then calculate , the arithmetic average of the Eh values.
(c) The results of the abbreviated flow-to-load test will be considered acceptable, and no further action is required if the value of does not exceed the applicable limit specified in Section 2.2.5 of this Exhibit. All conditionally valid data recorded by the flow monitor will be considered quality assured, beginning with the hour of the probationary calibration error test that preceded the abbreviated flow-to-load test (if applicable). However, if is outside the applicable limit, all conditionally valid data recorded by the flow monitor (if applicable) will be considered invalid back to the hour of the probationary calibration error test that preceded the abbreviated flow-to-load test, and a single-load RATA is required in accordance with Section 2.2.5.2 of this Exhibit. If the flow monitor must be re-linearized, however, a 3-load RATA is required.

2.3 Semiannual and Annual Assessments
 

For each primary and redundant backup monitoring system, perform relative accuracy assessments either semiannually or annually, as specified in Section 2.3.1.1 or 2.3.1.2 of this Exhibit for the type of test and the performance achieved. This requirement applies as of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the monitoring system is provisionally certified. A summary chart showing the frequency with which a relative accuracy test audit must be performed, depending on the accuracy achieved, is located at the end of this Exhibit in Figure 2.
 

2.3.1 Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA)
 
2.3.1.1 Standard RATA Frequencies
 

  
(a) Except for mercury monitoring systems, and as otherwise specified in Section 2.3.1.2 of this Exhibit, perform relative accuracy test audits semiannually, i.e., once every two successive QA operating quarters (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140) for each primary and redundant backup flow monitor, CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input, moisture monitoring system. For each primary and redundant backup mercury concentration monitoring system and each sorbent trap monitoring system, RATAs must be performed annually, i.e., once every four successive QA operating quarters (as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 ). A calendar quarter that does not qualify as a QA operating quarter must be excluded in determining the deadline for the next RATA. No more than eight successive calendar quarters must elapse after the quarter in which a RATA was last performed without a subsequent RATA having been conducted. If a RATA has not been completed by the end of the eighth calendar quarter since the quarter of the last RATA, then the RATA must be completed within a 720 unit (or stack) operating hour grace period (as provided in Section 2.3.3 of this Exhibit) following the end of the eighth successive elapsed calendar quarter, or data from the CEMS will become invalid.
(b) The relative accuracy test audit frequency of a CEMS may be reduced, as specified in Section 2.3.1.2 of this Exhibit, for primary or redundant backup monitoring systems which qualify for less frequent testing. Perform all required RATAs in accordance with the applicable procedures and provisions in Sections 6.5 through 6.5.2.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix and Sections 2.3.1.3 and 2.3.1.4 of this Exhibit.

2.3.1.2 Reduced RATA Frequencies
 

Relative accuracy test audits of primary and redundant backup CO2 or O2 diluent monitors used to determine heat input, moisture monitoring systems, flow monitors may be performed annually (i.e., once every four successive QA operating quarters, rather than once every two successive QA operating quarters) if any of the following conditions are met for the specific monitoring system involved:
 

     
(a) The relative accuracy during the audit of a CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input is <=7.5 percent;
(b) The relative accuracy during the audit of a flow monitor is <=7.5 percent at each operating level tested;
(c) For low flow (<=10.0 fps), as measured by the reference method during the RATA stacks/ducts, when the flow monitor fails to achieve a relative accuracy <=7.5 percent during the audit, but the monitor mean value, calculated using Equation A-7 in Exhibit A to this Appendix and converted back to an equivalent velocity in standard feet per second (fps), is within +- 1.5 fps of the reference method mean value, converted to an equivalent velocity in fps;
(d) For a CO2 or O2 monitor, when the mean difference between the reference method values from the RATA and the corresponding monitor values is within +- 0.7 percent CO2 or O2; and
(e) When the relative accuracy of a continuous moisture monitoring system is <= 7.5 percent or when the mean difference between the reference method values from the RATA and the corresponding monitoring system values is within +-1.0 percent H2O.

2.3.1.3 RATA Load (or Operating) Levels and Additional RATA Requirements
 

   
(a) For CO2 or O2 diluent monitors used to determine heat input, mercury concentration monitoring systems, sorbent trap monitoring systems, moisture monitoring systems, the required semiannual or annual RATA tests must be done at the load level (or operating level) designated as normal under Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix. If two load levels (or operating levels) are designated as normal, the required RATA(s) may be done at either load level (or operating level).
(b) For flow monitors installed and bypass stacks, and for flow monitors that qualify to perform only single-level RATAs under Section 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, all required semiannual or annual relative accuracy test audits must be single-load (or single-level) audits at the normal load (or operating level), as defined in Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
(c) For all other flow monitors, the RATAs must be performed as follows:
      
(1) An annual 2-load (or 2-level) flow RATA must be done at the two most frequently used load levels (or operating levels), as determined under Section 6.5.2.1(d) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, or (if applicable) at the operating levels determined under Section 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix. Alternatively, a 3-load (or 3-level) flow RATA at the low, mid, and high load levels (or operating levels), as defined under Section 6.5.2.1(b) of Exhibit A to this Appendix, may be performed in lieu of the 2-load (or 2-level) annual RATA.
(2) If the flow monitor is on a semiannual RATA frequency, 2-load (or 2-level) flow RATAs and single-load (or single-level) flow RATAs at the normal load level (or normal operating level) may be performed alternately.
(3) A single-load (or single-level) annual flow RATA may be performed in lieu of the 2-load (or 2-level) RATA if the results of an historical load data analysis show that in the time period extending from the ending date of the last annual flow RATA to a date that is no more than 21 days prior to the date of the current annual flow RATA, the unit (or combination of units, for a common stack) has operated at a single load level (or operating level) (low, mid, or high), for >=85.0 percent of the time. Alternatively, a flow monitor may qualify for a single-load (or single-level) RATA if the 85.0 percent criterion is met in the time period extending from the beginning of the quarter in which the last annual flow RATA was performed through the end of the calendar quarter preceding the quarter of current annual flow RATA.
(4) A 3-load (or 3-level) RATA, at the low-, mid-, and high-load levels (or operating levels), as determined under Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, must be performed at least once every twenty consecutive calendar quarters, except for flow monitors that are exempted from 3-load (or 3-level) RATA testing under Section 6.5.2(b) or 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
(5) A 3-load (or 3-level) RATA is required whenever a flow monitor is re-linearized, i.e., when its polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) are changed, except for flow monitors that are exempted from 3-load (or 3-level) RATA testing under Section 6.5.2(b) or 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix. For monitors so exempted under Section 6.5.2(b), a single-load flow RATA is required. For monitors so exempted under Section 6.5.2(e), either a single-level RATA or a 2-level RATA is required, depending on the number of operating levels documented in the monitoring plan for the unit.
(6) For all multi-level flow audits, the audit points at adjacent load levels or at adjacent operating levels (e.g., mid and high) must be separated by no less than 25.0 percent of the "range of operation," as defined in Section 6.5.2.1 of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
 
(d) A RATA of a moisture monitoring system must be performed whenever the coefficient, K factor or mathematical algorithm determined under Section 6.5.6 of Exhibit A to this Appendix is changed.

2.3.1.4 Number of RATA Attempts
 

The owner or operator may perform as many RATA attempts as are necessary to achieve the desired relative accuracy test audit frequencies. However, the data validation procedures in Section 2.3.2 of this Exhibit must be followed.
 

2.3.2 Data Validation
 

  
(a) A RATA must not commence if the monitoring system is operating out-of-control with respect to any of the daily and quarterly quality assurance assessments required by Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Exhibit or with respect to the additional calibration error test requirements in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit.
(b) Each required RATA must be done according to paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this Section:
   
(1) The RATA may be done "cold," i.e., with no corrective maintenance, repair, calibration adjustments, re-linearization or reprogramming of the monitoring system prior to the test.
(2) The RATA may be done after performing only the routine or non-routine calibration adjustments described in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit at the zero and/or upscale calibration gas levels, but no other corrective maintenance, repair, re-linearization or reprogramming of the monitoring system. Trial RATA runs may be performed after the calibration adjustments and additional adjustments within the allowable limits in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit may be made prior to the RATA, as necessary, to optimize the performance of the CEMS. The trial RATA runs need not be reported, provided that they meet the specification for trial RATA runs in Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(v) of this Appendix. However, if, for any trial run, the specification in Section (b)(3)(G)(v) of this Appendix is not met, the trial run must be counted as an aborted RATA attempt.
(3) The RATA may be done after repair, corrective maintenance, re-linearization or reprogramming of the monitoring system. In this case, the monitoring system will be considered out-of-control from the hour in which the repair, corrective maintenance, re-linearization or reprogramming is commenced until the RATA has been passed. Alternatively, the data validation procedures and associated timelines in Sections 1.4(b)(3)(B) through (I) of this Appendix may be followed upon completion of the necessary repair, corrective maintenance, re-linearization or reprogramming. If the procedures in Section 1.4 (b)(3) of this Appendix are used, the words "quality assurance" apply instead of the word "recertification."
       
(c) Once a RATA is commenced, the test must be done hands-off. No adjustment of the monitor's calibration is permitted during the RATA test period, other than the routine calibration adjustments following daily calibration error tests, as described in Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit. If a routine daily calibration error test is performed and passed just prior to a RATA (or during a RATA test period) and a mathematical correction factor is automatically applied by the DAHS, the correction factor must be applied to all subsequent data recorded by the monitor, including the RATA test data. For 2-level and 3- level flow monitor audits, no linearization or reprogramming of the monitor is permitted in between load levels.
(d) For single-load (or single-level) RATAs, if a daily calibration error test is failed during a RATA test period, prior to completing the test, the RATA must be repeated. Data from the monitor are invalidated prospectively from the hour of the failed calibration error test until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test. The subsequent RATA must not be commenced until the monitor has successfully passed a calibration error test in accordance with Section 2.1.3 of this Exhibit. Notwithstanding these requirements, when ASTM D6784-02 (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) or Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is used as the reference method for the RATA of a mercury CEMS, if a calibration error test of the CEMS is failed during a RATA test period, any test run(s) completed prior to the failed calibration error test need not be repeated; however, the RATA may not continue until a subsequent calibration error test of the mercury CEMS has been passed. For multiple-load (or multiple-level) flow RATAs, each load level (or operating level) is treated as a separate RATA (i.e., when a calibration error test is failed prior to completing the RATA at a particular load level (or operating level), only the RATA at that load level (or operating level) must be repeated; the results of any previously-passed RATA(s) at the other load level(s) (or operating level(s)) are unaffected, unless re-linearization of the monitor is required to correct the problem that caused the calibration failure, in which case a subsequent 3-load (or 3-level) RATA is required), except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3.1.3(c)(5) of this Exhibit.
(e) For a RATA performed using the option in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this Section, if the RATA is failed (that is, if the relative accuracy exceeds the applicable specification in Section 3.3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix ) or if the RATA is aborted prior to completion due to a problem with the CEMS, then the CEMS is out-of-control and all emission data from the CEMS are invalidated prospectively from the hour in which the RATA is failed or aborted. Data from the CEMS remain invalid until the hour of completion of a subsequent RATA that meets the applicable specification in Section 3.3 of Exhibit A to this Appendix . If the option in paragraph (b)(3) of this Section to use the data validation procedures and associated timelines in Sections 1.4(b)(3)(B) through(b)(3)(I) of this Appendix has been selected, the beginning and end of the out-of-control period must be determined in accordance with Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(i) and (ii) of this Appendix. Note that when a RATA is aborted for a reason other than monitoring system malfunction (see paragraph (g) of this Section), this does not trigger an out-of-control period for the monitoring system.
(f) For a 2-level or 3-level flow RATA, if, at any load level (or operating level), a RATA is failed or aborted due to a problem with the flow monitor, the RATA at that load level (or operating level) must be repeated. The flow monitor is considered out-of-control and data from the monitor are invalidated from the hour in which the test is failed or aborted and remain invalid until the passing of a RATA at the failed load level (or operating level), unless the option in paragraph (b)(3) of this Section to use the data validation procedures and associated timelines in Section 1.4(b)(3)(B) through (b)(3)(I) of this Appendix has been selected, in which case the beginning and end of the out-of-control period must be determined in accordance with Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(i) and (ii) of this Appendix. Flow RATA(s) that were previously passed at the other load level(s) (or operating levels(s)) do not have to be repeated unless the flow monitor must be re-linearized following the failed or aborted test. If the flow monitor is re-linearized, a subsequent 3-load (or 3-level) RATA is required, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3.1.3(c)(5) of this Exhibit.
(g) For each monitoring system, report the results of all completed and partial RATAs that affect data validation (i.e., all completed, passed RATAs; all completed, failed RATAs; and all RATAs aborted due to a problem with the CEMS, including trial RATA runs counted as failed test attempts under paragraph (b)(2) of this Section or under Section 1.4(b)(3)(G)(vi)) in the quarterly report required under 40 CFR 75.64 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Note that RATA attempts that are aborted or invalidated due to problems with the reference method or due to operational problems with the affected unit(s) need not be reported. Such runs do not affect the validation status of emission data recorded by the CEMS. However, a record of all RATAs, trial RATA runs and RATA attempts (whether reported or not) must be kept on-site as part of the official test log for each monitoring system.
(h) Each time that a hands-off RATA of a mercury concentration monitoring system, a sorbent trap monitoring system, or a flow monitor is passed, perform a bias test in accordance with Section 7.4.4 of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
(i) Failure of the bias test does not result in the monitoring system being out-of-control.

2.3.3 RATA Grace Period
 

 
(a) The owner or operator has a grace period of 720 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140 (or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 720 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 ), in which to complete the required RATA for a particular CEMS whenever:
  
(1) A required RATA has not been performed by the end of the QA operating quarter in which it is due; or
(2) A required 3-load flow RATA has not been performed by the end of the calendar quarter in which it is due.
   
(b) The grace period will begin with the first unit (or stack) operating hour following the calendar quarter in which the required RATA was due. Data validation during a RATA grace period must be done in accordance with the applicable provisions in Section 2.3.2 of this Exhibit.
(c) If, at the end of the 720 unit (or stack) operating hour grace period, the RATA has not been completed, data from the monitoring system will be invalid, beginning with the first unit operating hour following the expiration of the grace period. Data from the CEMS remain invalid until the hour of completion of a subsequent hands-off RATA. The deadline for the next test will be either two QA operating quarters (if a semiannual RATA frequency is obtained) or four QA operating quarters (if an annual RATA frequency is obtained) after the quarter in which the RATA is completed, not to exceed eight calendar quarters.
(d) When a RATA is done during a grace period in order to satisfy a RATA requirement from a previous quarter, the deadline for the next RATA must be determined as follows:
 
   
(1) If the grace period RATA qualifies for a reduced, (i.e., annual), RATA frequency the deadline for the next RATA will be set at three QA operating quarters after the quarter in which the grace period test is completed.
(2) If the grace period RATA qualifies for the standard, (i.e., semiannual), RATA frequency the deadline for the next RATA will be set at two QA operating quarters after the quarter in which the grace period test is completed.
(3) Notwithstanding these requirements, no more than eight successive calendar quarters must elapse after the quarter in which the grace period test is completed, without a subsequent RATA having been conducted.

2.4 Recertification, Quality Assurance, and RATA Frequency (Special Considerations)
 

  
(a) When a significant change is made to a monitoring system such that recertification of the monitoring system is required in accordance with Section 1.4(b) of this Appendix, a recertification test (or tests) must be performed to ensure that the CEMS continues to generate valid data. In all recertifications, a RATA will be one of the required tests; for some recertifications, other tests will also be required. A recertification test may be used to satisfy the quality assurance test requirement of this Exhibit. For example, if, for a particular change made to a CEMS, one of the required recertification tests is a linearity check and the linearity check is successful, then, unless another such recertification event occurs in that same QA operating quarter, it would not be necessary to perform an additional linearity test of the CEMS in that quarter to meet the quality assurance requirement of Section 2.2.1 of this Exhibit. For this reason, EPA recommends that owners or operators coordinate component replacements, system upgrades, and other events that may require recertification, to the extent practicable, with the periodic quality assurance testing required by this Exhibit. When a quality assurance test is done for the dual purpose of recertification and routine quality assurance, the applicable data validation procedures in Section 1.4(b)(3) must be followed.
(b) Except as provided in Section 2.3.3 of this Exhibit, whenever a passing RATA of a gas monitor is performed, or a passing 2-load (or 2-level) RATA or a passing 3-load (or 3-level) RATA of a flow monitor is performed (irrespective of whether the RATA is done to satisfy a recertification requirement or to meet the quality assurance requirements of this Exhibit, or both), the RATA frequency (semi-annual or annual) must be established based upon the date and time of completion of the RATA and the relative accuracy percentage obtained. For 2-load (or 2-level) and 3-load (or 3-level) flow RATAs, use the highest percentage relative accuracy at any of the loads (or levels) to determine the RATA frequency. The results of a single-load (or single-level) flow RATA may be used to establish the RATA frequency when the single-load (or single-level) flow RATA is specifically required under Section 2.3.1.3(b) of this Exhibit or when the single-load (or single-level) RATA is allowed under Section 2.3.1.3(c) of this Exhibit for a unit that has operated at one load level (or operating level) for >=85.0 percent of the time since the last annual flow RATA. No other single-load (or single-level) flow RATA may be used to establish an annual RATA frequency; however, a 2-load or 3-load (or a 2-level or 3-level) flow RATA may be performed at any time or in place of any required single-load (or single-level) RATA, in order to establish an annual RATA frequency.

2.5 Other Audits
 

Affected units may be subject to relative accuracy test audits at any time. If a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system fails the relative accuracy test during the audit, the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system will be considered to be out-of-control beginning with the date and time of completion of the audit, and continuing until a successful audit test is completed following corrective action.
 

For each mercury concentration monitoring system (except for a mercury monitor that does not have a converter), perform a single-point system integrity check weekly, i.e., at least once every 168 unit or stack operating hours, using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury. Perform this check using a mid- or high-level gas concentration, as defined in Section 5.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix. The performance specifications in
paragraph (3) of Section 3.2 of Exhibit A to this Appendix must be met, otherwise the monitoring system is considered out-of-control, from the hour of the failed check until a subsequent system integrity check is passed. If a required system integrity check is not performed and passed within 168 unit or stack operating hours of last successful check, the monitoring system will also be considered out of control, beginning with the 169th unit or stack operating hour after the last successful check, and continuing until a subsequent system integrity check is passed. This weekly check is not required if the daily calibration assessments in Section 2.1.1 of this Exhibit are performed using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized mercury.
 
[Note: The following TABLE/FORM is too wide to be displayed on one screen. You must print it for a meaningful review of its contents. The table has been divided into multiple pieces with each piece containing information to help you assemble a printout of the table. The information for each piece includes: (1) a three line message preceding the tabular data showing by line # and character # the position of the upper left-hand corner of the piece and the position of the piece within the entire table; and (2) a numeric scale following the tabular data displaying the character positions.]

 
 
*******************************************************************************
******** This is piece 1. -- It begins at character 1 of table line 1. ********
*******************************************************************************
 
Figure 1 for Exhibit B of Appendix B
--------------------------------
Test
 
--------------------------------
Calibration Error Test (2 pt.) .
Interference Check (flow) ......
Flow-to-Load Ratio .............
Leak Check (DP flow monitors) ..
Linearity Check or System
Integrity Check [FN**] (3 pt.)
Single-point System Integrity
Check [FN**] .................
RATA (SO2, NOX, CO2, O2
H2O) [FN1] .................

RATA (All Hg monitoring systems)
RATA (flow) [FN1] [FN2] ........
--------------------------------
1...+...10....+...20....+...30..

 
 
 

*******************************************************************************
******* This is piece 2. -- It begins at character 33 of table line 1. ********
*******************************************************************************
 
Part 75.--Quality Assurance Test Requirements
------------------------------------------------------
Basic QA test frequency requirements [FN*]
--------------------------------------------------
Daily Weekly Quarterly Semiannual Annual
[FN*] [FN*] [FN*]
------------------------------------------------------
...... / ...... ........... ............ ......
...... / ...... ........... ............ ......
... ....... ...... / ............ ......
... ....... ...... / ............ ......
 
.. ....... ...... / ............ ......
 
... ....... / ........... ............ ......
 

... ....... ...... ........... / ......
.. ....... ...... ........... ............ /
... ....... ...... ........... / ......
------------------------------------------------------
33....40....+...50....+...60....+...70....+...80....+.

 
*******************************************************************************
******* This is piece 3. -- It begins at character 1 of table line 21. ********
******************************************************************************
 
[FN*] "Daily" means operating days, only. "Weekly" means once every 168 unit or stack operating hours. "Quarterly" means once every QA operating quarter. "Semiannual" means once every two QA operating quarters. "Annual" means once every four QA operating quarters. [FN**] The system integrity check applies only to Hg monitors with converters. The single-point weekly system integrity check is not required if daily calibrations are performed using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized Hg. The 3-point quarterly system integrity check is not required if a linearity check is performed.
 
[FN1] Conduct RATA annually (i.e., once every four QA operating quarters), if monitor meets accuracy requirements to qualify for less frequent testing. [FN2] For flow monitors installed on peaking units, bypass stacks, or units that qualify for single-level RATA testing under Section 6.5.2(e) of this part, conduct all RATAs at a single, normal load (or operating level). For other flow monitors, conduct annual RATAs at two load levels (or operating levels). Alternating single-load and 2-load (or single-level and 2-level)
RATAs may be done if a monitor is on a semiannual frequency. A single-load (or single-level) RATA may be done in lieu of a 2-load (or 2-level) RATA if, since the last annual flow RATA, the unit has operated at one load level (or operating level) for >=85.0 percent of the time. A 3-level RATA is required at least once every five calendar years and whenever a flow monitor is re-linearized, except for flow monitors exempted from 3-level RATA testing under Section 6.5.2(b) or 6.5.2(e) of Exhibit A to this Appendix.
1...+...10....+...20....+...30....+...40....+...50....+...60....+...70....+....

 
 
Figure 2 for Exhibit B of Appendix B--Relative Accuracy Test Frequency Incentive
System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RATA Semiannual [FNW] Annual [FNW]
(percent)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SO2 or NOX [FNY] 7.5% <RA <=10.0% or +-15.0
ppm [FNX] .....RA <=7.5% or +-12.0 ppm
[FNX].
SO2-diluent ....... 7.5% <RA <=10.0% or +-0.030
lb/mmBtu [FNX] ........RA <=7.5% or +-0.025
lb/mmBtu =G5X.
NOX-diluent ....... 7.5% <RA <=10.0% or +-0.020
lb/mmBtu [FNX] ......RA <= 7.5% or +-0. 015
lb/mmBtu [FNX].
Flow ................ 7.5% < RA <=10.0% or +-2.0
fps [FNX] ................. RA <=7.5% or +-1.5 fps
[FNX].
CO2 or O2 ....... 7.5% < RA <=10.0% or +-1.0%

CO2/O2 [FNX] .......... RA <=7.5% or +-0.7%
CO2/O2 [FNX].
Hg [FNX] ............ N/A ......................... RA < 20.0% or +- 1.0
<<mu>>g/scm
[FNX].
Moisture ............ 7.5% <RA <=10.0% or +-1.5%
H2O [FNX] ............... RA <=7.5% or +-1.0% H2O
[FNX].
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[FNW] The deadline for the next RATA is the end of the second (if semiannual) or fourth (if annual) successive QA operating quarter following the quarter in which the CEMS was last tested. Exclude calendar quarters with fewer than 168 unit operating hours (or, for common stacks and bypass stacks, exclude quarters with fewer than 168 stack operating hours) in determining the RATA deadline. For SO2 monitors, QA operating quarters in which only very low sulfur fuel as defined in 40 CFR 72.2, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, is combusted may also be excluded. However, the exclusion of calendar quarters is limited as follows: the deadline for the next RATA will be no more than 8 calendar quarters after the quarter in which a RATA was last performed. [FNX] The difference between monitor and reference method mean values applies to moisture monitors, CO2, and O2 monitors, low emitters of SO2, NOX,
or Hg, or and low flow, only. The specifications for Hg monitors also apply to sorbent trap monitoring systems. [FNY] A NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine NOX mass emissions under 40 CFR 75.71, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

Exhibit C to Appendix B--Conversion Procedures

 

1. Applicability
 

Use the procedures in this Exhibit to convert measured data from a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system into the appropriate units of the standard.

 

2. Procedures for Heat Input
 

Use the following procedures to compute heat input rate to an affected unit (in mmBtu/hr or mmBtu/day):
 

2.1
 

Calculate and record heat input rate to an affected unit on an hourly basis. The owner or operator may choose to use the provisions specified in 40 CFR
75.16(e) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, in conjunction with the procedures provided in Sections 2.4 through 2.4.2 to apportion heat input among each unit using the common stack or common pipe header.
 

2.2
 

For an affected unit that has a flow monitor (or approved alternate monitoring system under subpart E of 40 CFR 75, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, for measuring volumetric flow rate) and a diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor, use the recorded data from these monitors and one of the following equations to calculate hourly heat input rate (in mmBtu/hr).
 

2.2.1
 

When measurements of CO2 concentration are on a wet basis, use the following equation:
 
   (Equation F - 15)
 
Where:
 
HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
 
= Carbon-based F-factor, listed in Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F to 40 CFR 75 for each fuel, scf/mmBtu.
 
= Hourly concentration of CO2 during unit operation, percent CO2 wet basis.
 

2.2.2
 

When measurements of CO2 concentration are on a dry basis, use the following equation:
 
   (Equation F-16)

 
Where:
 
HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
 
= Carbon-based F-Factor, listed in Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F to 40 CFR 75 for each fuel, scf/mmBtu.
 
= Hourly concentration of CO2 during unit operation, percent CO2 dry basis.
 
= Moisture content of gas in the stack, percent.
 

2.2.3
 

When measurements of O2 concentration are on a wet basis, use the following equation:
 
 
   (Equation F-17)
 
Where:
 
HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
 
F = Dry basis F-factor, listed in Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F to 40 CFR 75 for each fuel, dscf/mmBtu.
 
= Hourly concentration of O2 during unit operation, percent O2 wet basis.
 
= Hourly average stack moisture content, percent by volume.

 
For any operating hour where Equation F-17 results in an hourly heat input rate that is <= 0.0 mmBtu/hr, 1.0 mmBtu/hr must be recorded and reported as the heat input rate for that hour.
 

When measurements of O2 concentration are on a dry basis, use the following equation:
 
   (Equation F-18)
 
Where:
 
HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly average volumetric flow during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
 
F = Dry basis F-factor, listed in Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F to 40 CFR 75 for each fuel, dscf/mmBtu.
 
= Moisture content of the stack gas, percent.
 
= Hourly concentration of O2 during unit operation, percent O2 dry basis.
 

2.3
 

Heat Input Summation (for Heat Input Determined Using a Flow Monitor and Diluent Monitor)
 

2.3.1
 

Calculate total quarterly heat input for a unit or common stack using a flow monitor and diluent monitor to calculate heat input, using the following equation:
 
   (Equation F-18a)
 
Where:
 
= Total heat input for the quarter, mmBtu.
 
= Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, using Equation F-15, F-16, F-17, or F-18, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Hourly operating time for the unit or common stack, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).

 

2.3.2
 

Calculate total cumulative heat input for a unit or common stack using a flow monitor and diluent monitor to calculate heat input, using the following equation:
   (Equation F-18b
 
Where:
 
= Total heat input for the year to date, mmBtu.
 
= Total heat input for the quarter, mmBtu.
 
 

Where applicable, the owner or operator of an affected unit that
determines heat input rate at the unit level by apportioning the heat input monitored at a common stack or common pipe using megawatts must apportion the heat input rate using the following equation:
   (Equation F-21a)
 
Where:
 
= Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Heat input rate at the common stack or pipe, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Gross electrical output, MWe.
 
= Unit operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
= Common stack or common pipe operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
n = Total number of units using the common stack or pipe.
 
i = Designation of a particular unit.
 

2.4.2
 

Where applicable, the owner or operator of an affected unit that determines the heat input rate at the unit level by apportioning the heat input rate monitored at a common stack or common pipe using steam load must apportion the heat input rate using the following equation:
   (Equation F-21b)
 
Where:
 
= Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Heat input rate at the common stack or pipe, mmBtu/hr.
 
SF = Gross steam load, lb/hr, or mmBtu/hr.
 
= Unit operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
= Common stack or common pipe operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
n = Total number of units using the common stack or pipe.
 
i = Designation of a particular unit.

 

2.5 Heat Input Rate Summation for Units with Multiple Stacks or Pipes
 

The owner or operator of an affected unit that determines the heat input rate at the unit level by summing the heat input rates monitored at multiple stacks or multiple pipes must sum the heat input rates using the following equation:
 

   (Equation F-21c)
 
Where:
 
= Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Heat input rate for the individual stack, duct, or pipe, mmBtu/hr.
 
= Unit operating time, hour or fraction of the hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
= Operating time for the individual stack or pipe, hour or fraction of the hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
 
s = Designation for a particular stack, duct, or pipe.
 

 

3. Procedure for Converting Volumetric Flow to STP
 

Use the following equation to convert volumetric flow at actual temperature and pressure to standard temperature and pressure.
 
   (Equation F-22)
 
Where:
 
=Flue gas volumetric flow rate at standard temperature and pressure, scfh.
 
=Flue gas volumetric flow rate at actual temperature and pressure, acfh.
 
=Standard temperature=528 degreesR.
 
=Flue gas temperature at flow monitor location, degreesR, where degreesR=460+degreesF.
 
=The absolute flue gas pressure=barometric pressure at the flow monitor location + flue gas static pressure, inches of mercury.
 
=Standard pressure=29.92 inches of mercury.

 

Use the procedures in this Section to calculate the hourly mercury mass emissions (in ounces) at each monitored location, for the affected unit or group of units that discharge through a common stack.
 

4.1.1
 

To determine the hourly mercury mass emissions when using a mercury concentration monitoring system that measures on a wet basis and a flow monitor, use the
following equation:
 
   (Equation F-28)
 
Where:
 
= Mercury mass emissions for the hour, rounded off to three decimal places, (ounces).
 
K = Units conversion constant, 9.978 x 10-10 oz-scm/µg-scf
 
= Hourly mercury concentration, wet basis, adjusted for bias if the bias-test procedures in Exhibit A to this Appendix show that a bias-adjustment factor is necessary, (µg/wscm).
 
= Hourly stack gas volumetric flow rate, adjusted for bias, where the bias-test procedures in Exhibit A to this Appendix shows a bias-adjustment factor is necessary, (scfh)
 
= Unit or stack operating time, as defined in
40 CFR 72.2 , (hr)
 

4.1.2
 

To determine the hourly mercury mass emissions when using a mercury concentration monitoring system that measures on a dry basis or a sorbent trap monitoring system and a flow monitor, use the following equation:
 
   (Equation F-29)
 
Where:
 
= mercury mass emissions for the hour, rounded off to three decimal places, (ounces).
 
K = Units conversion constant, 9.978 x 10-10 oz-scm/<<mu>>g-scf
 
= Hourly mercury concentration, dry basis, adjusted for bias if the bias-test procedures in Exhibit A to this Appendix show that a bias-adjustment factor is necessary, (µg/dscm). For sorbent trap systems, a single value of (i.e., a flow-proportional average concentration for the data collection period), is applied to each hour in the data collection period, for a particular pair of traps.
 
= Hourly stack gas volumetric flow rate, adjusted for bias, where the bias-test procedures in Exhibit A to this Appendix shows a bias-adjustment factor is necessary, (scfh)
 
= Moisture fraction of the stack gas, expressed as a decimal (equal to 100)
 
= Unit or stack operating time, as defined in 40 CFR 72.2 , (hr)

 

4.1.3
 

For units that are demonstrated under
Section 1.15(d) of this Appendix to emit less than 464 ounces of mercury per year, and for which the owner or operator elects not to continuously monitor the mercury concentration, calculate the hourly mercury mass emissions using Equation F-28 in Section 4.1.1 of this Exhibit, except that " " will be the applicable default mercury concentration from Section 1.15(c) , (d) , or (e) of this Appendix, expressed in µg/scm. Correction for the stack gas moisture content is not required when this methodology is used.
 

Use the following equation to calculate quarterly and year-to-date mercury mass emissions in ounces:
 
   (Equation F-30)
 
Where:
 
= Mercury mass emissions for the given time period i.e., quarter or year-to-date, rounded to the nearest thousandth, (ounces).
 
= Mercury mass emissions for the hour, rounded to three decimal places, (ounces).
 
n = The number of hours in the given time period (quarter or year-to-date).
 
4.3 If heat input rate monitoring is required, follow the applicable procedures for heat input apportionment and summation in Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 of this Exhibit.
 

5. Moisture Determination From Wet and Dry O2 Readings
 

If a correction for the stack gas moisture content is required in any of the emissions or heat input calculations described in this Exhibit, and if the
hourly moisture content is determined from wet- and dry-basis O2 readings, use Equation F-31 to calculate the percent moisture, unless a "K" factor or other mathematical algorithm is developed as described in Section 6.5.6(a) of Exhibit A to this Appendix:
 
   (Equation F-31)
 
Where:
 
= Hourly average stack gas moisture content, percent H2O
 
= Dry-basis hourly average oxygen concentration, percent O2
 
= Wet-basis hourly average oxygen concentration, percent O2
 
 

Exhibit D to Appendix B--Quality Assurance and Operating Procedures for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems

 

1.0 Scope and Application
 

This Exhibit specifies sampling, and analytical, and quality-assurance criteria and procedures for the performance-based monitoring of vapor-phase mercury (Hg) emissions in combustion flue gas streams, using a sorbent trap monitoring system (as defined in Section 225.130). The principle employed is continuous sampling using in-stack sorbent media coupled with analysis of the integrated samples. The performance-based approach of this Exhibit allows for use of various suitable sampling and analytical technologies while maintaining a specified and documented level of data quality through performance criteria. Persons using this Exhibit should have a thorough working knowledge of Methods 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in appendices A-1 through A-3 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, as well as the determinative technique selected for analysis.
 

The analyte measured by these procedures and specifications is total vapor-phase mercury in the flue gas, which represents the sum of elemental mercury (Hg0, CAS Number 7439-97-6) and oxidized forms of mercury, in mass concentration units of micrograms per dry standard cubic meter (µg/dscm).
 

1.2 Applicability.
 

These performance criteria and procedures are applicable to monitoring of vapor-phase mercury emissions under relatively low-dust conditions (i.e., sampling in the stack after all pollution control devices), from coal-fired electric utility steam generators which are subject to Sections 1.14 through 1.18 of Appendix B. Individual sample collection times can range from 30 minutes to several days in duration, depending on the mercury concentration in the stack. The monitoring system must achieve the performance criteria specified in
Section 8 of this Exhibit and the sorbent media capture ability must not be exceeded. The sampling rate must be maintained at a constant proportion to the total stack flow rate to ensure representativeness of the sample collected. Failure to achieve certain performance criteria will result in invalid mercury emissions monitoring data.
 

2.0 Principle.
 

Known volumes of flue gas are extracted from a stack or duct through paired, in-stack, pre-spiked sorbent media traps at an appropriate nominal flow rate. Collection of mercury on the sorbent media in the stack mitigates potential loss of mercury during transport through a probe/sample line. Paired train sampling is required to determine measurement precision and verify acceptability of the measured emissions data.
 
The sorbent traps are recovered from the sampling system, prepared for analysis, as needed, and analyzed by any suitable determinative technique that can meet the performance criteria. A section of each sorbent trap is spiked with Hg0 prior to sampling. This section is analyzed separately and the recovery value is used to correct the individual mercury sample for measurement bias.
 

To avoid mercury contamination of the samples, special attention should be paid to cleanliness during transport, field handling, sampling, recovery, and laboratory analysis, as well as during preparation of the sorbent cartridges. Collection and analysis of blank samples (field, trip, lab) is useful in verifying the absence of contaminant mercury.
 

4.0 Safety.
 
4.1 Site hazards.
 

Site hazards must be thoroughly considered in advance of applying these procedures/specifications in the field; advance coordination with the site is critical to understand the conditions and applicable safety policies. At a minimum, portions of the sampling system will be hot, requiring appropriate
gloves, long sleeves, and caution in handling this equipment.
 

4.2 Laboratory safety policies.
 

Laboratory safety policies should be in place to minimize risk of chemical exposure and to properly handle waste disposal. Personnel must wear appropriate laboratory attire according to a Chemical Hygiene Plan established by the laboratory.
 

4.3 Toxicity or carcinogenicity.
 

The toxicity or carcinogenicity of any reagents used must be considered. Depending upon the sampling and analytical technologies selected, this measurement may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment and this Exhibit does not address all of the safety problems associated with implementing this approach. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicable regulatory limitations prior to performance. Any chemical should be regarded as a
potential health hazard and exposure to these compounds should be minimized. Chemists should refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each chemical used.
 

4.4 Wastes.
 

Any wastes generated by this procedure must be disposed of according to a hazardous materials management plan that details and tracks various waste streams and disposal procedures.
 

5.0 Equipment and Supplies.
 

The following list is presented as an example of key equipment and supplies likely required to perform vapor-phase mercury monitoring using a sorbent trap monitoring system. It is recognized that additional equipment and supplies may be needed. Collection of paired samples is required. Also required are a certified stack gas volumetric flow monitor that meets the requirements of Section 1.2 to this Appendix and an acceptable means of correcting for the stack gas moisture content,
i.e., either by using data from a certified continuous moisture monitoring system or by using an approved default moisture value (see 40 CFR 75.11(b) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140).
 

5.1 Sorbent Trap Monitoring System.
 

A typical sorbent trap monitoring system is shown in Figure K-1. The monitoring system must include the following components:
 

5.1.1 Sorbent Traps.
 

The sorbent media used to collect mercury must be configured in a trap with three distinct and identical segments or sections, connected in series, that are amenable to separate analyses. Section 1 is designated for primary capture of gaseous mercury. Section 2 is designated as a backup section for determination of vapor-phase mercury breakthrough. Section 3 is designated for QA/QC purposes where this section must be spiked with a known amount of gaseous Hg0 prior to sampling and later analyzed to determine recovery efficiency. The sorbent media may be any collection material (e.g., carbon, chemically-treated filter, etc.) capable of quantitatively capturing and recovering for subsequent analysis, all gaseous forms of mercury for the intended application. Selection of the sorbent media must be based on the material's ability to achieve the performance criteria contained in Section 8 of this Exhibit as well as the sorbent's vapor-phase mercury capture efficiency for the emissions matrix and the expected sampling duration at the test site. The sorbent media must be obtained from a source that can demonstrate the quality assurance and control necessary to ensure consistent reliability. The paired sorbent traps are supported on a probe (or probes) and inserted directly into the flue gas stream.
 

5.1.2 Sampling Probe Assembly.
 

Each probe assembly must have a leak-free Exhibit to the sorbent trap(s). Each sorbent trap must be mounted at the entrance of or within the probe such that the gas sampled enters the trap directly. Each probe/sorbent trap assembly must be heated to a temperature sufficient to prevent liquid condensation in the sorbent trap(s). Auxiliary heating is required only where the stack temperature is too low to prevent condensation. Use a calibrated thermocouple to monitor the stack temperature. A single probe capable of operating the paired sorbent traps may be used. Alternatively, individual probe/sorbent trap assemblies may be used, provided that the individual sorbent traps are co-located to ensure representative mercury monitoring and are sufficiently separated to prevent aerodynamic interference.
 

5.1.3 Moisture Removal Device
 

A robust moisture removal device or system, suitable for continuous duty (such as a Peltier cooler), must be used to remove water vapor from the gas stream prior to entering the gas flow meter.
 

5.1.4 Vacuum Pump.
 

Use a leak-tight, vacuum pump capable of operating within the candidate system's flow range.
 

A gas flow meter (such as a dry gas meter, thermal mass flow meter, or other suitable measurement device) must be used to determine the total sample volume on a dry basis, in units of standard cubic meters. The meter must be sufficiently accurate to measure the total sample volume to within 2 percent and must be calibrated at selected flow rates across the range of sample flow rates at which the sorbent trap monitoring system typically operates. The gas flow meter must be equipped with any necessary auxiliary measurement devices (e.g., temperature sensors, pressure measurement devices) needed to correct the sample volume to standard conditions.
 

5.1.6 Sample Flow Rate Meter and Controller.
 

Use a flow rate indicator and controller for maintaining necessary sampling flow rates.
 

Same as Section 6.1.1.7 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

5.1.8 Barometer.
 

Same as Section 6.1.2 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140.
 

5.1.9 Data Logger (Optional).
 

Device for recording associated and necessary ancillary information (e.g., temperatures, pressures, flow, time, etc.).
 

5.2 Gaseous Hg0 Sorbent Trap Spiking System.
 

A known mass of gaseous Hg0 must be spiked onto
section 3 of each sorbent trap prior to sampling. Any approach capable of quantitatively delivering known masses of Hg0 onto sorbent traps is acceptable. Several technologies or devices are available to meet this objective. Their practicality is a function of mercury mass spike levels. For low levels, NIST-certified or NIST-traceable gas generators or tanks may be suitable, but will likely require long preparation times. A more practical, alternative system, capable of delivering almost any mass required, makes use of NIST-certified or NIST-traceable mercury salt solutions (e.g., Hg(NO3)2). With this system, an aliquot of known volume and concentration is added to a reaction vessel containing a reducing agent (e.g., stannous chloride); the mercury salt solution is reduced to Hg0 and purged onto section 3 of the sorbent trap using an impinger sparging system.
 

5.3 Sample Analysis Equipment.
 

Any analytical system capable of quantitatively recovering and quantifying total gaseous mercury from sorbent media is acceptable provided that the analysis can meet the performance criteria in
Section 8 of this procedure. Candidate recovery techniques include leaching, digestion, and thermal desorption. Candidate analytical techniques include ultraviolet atomic fluorescence (UV AF); ultraviolet atomic absorption (UV AA), with and without gold trapping; and in situ X-ray fluorescence (XRF) analysis.
 

Only NIST-certified or NIST-traceable calibration gas standards and reagents must be used for the tests and procedures required under this Exhibit.
 

7.0 Sample Collection and Transport.
 
7.1 Pre-Test Procedures.
 
7.1.1 Selection of Sampling Site.
 

Sampling site information should be obtained in accordance with Method 1 in appendix A-1 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Identify a monitoring location representative of source mercury emissions. Locations shown to be free of stratification through measurement traverses for gases such as SO2 and NOx
may be one such approach. An estimation of the expected stack mercury concentration is required to establish a target sample flow rate, total gas sample volume, and the mass of Hg0 to be spiked onto section 3 of each sorbent trap.
 

7.1.2 Pre-sampling Spiking of Sorbent Traps.
 

Based on the estimated mercury concentration in the stack, the target sample rate and the target sampling duration, calculate the expected mass loading for section 1 of each sorbent trap (for an example calculation, see Section 11.1 of this Exhibit). The pre-sampling spike to be added to section 3 of each sorbent trap must be within +- 50 percent of the expected section 1 mass loading. Spike section 3 of each sorbent trap at this level, as described in Section 5.2 of this Exhibit. For each sorbent trap, keep an official record of the mass of Hg0 added to section 3 . This record must include, at a minimum, the ID number of the trap, the date and time of the spike, the name of the analyst performing the procedure, the mass of Hg0 added to section 3 of the trap (µg), and the supporting calculations. This record must be maintained in a format suitable for inspection and audit and must be made available to the regulatory agencies upon request.
 

Perform a leak check with the sorbent traps in place. Draw a vacuum in each sample train. Adjust the vacuum in the sample train to mercury. Using the gas flow meter, determine leak rate. The leakage rate must not exceed 4 percent of the target sampling rate. Once the leak check passes this criterion, carefully release the vacuum in the sample train then seal the sorbent trap inlet until the probe is ready for insertion into the stack or duct.
 

7.1.4 Determination of Flue Gas Characteristics.
 

Determine or measure the flue gas measurement environment characteristics (gas temperature, static pressure, gas velocity, stack moisture, etc.) in order to determine ancillary requirements such as probe heating requirements (if any), initial sample rate, proportional sampling conditions, moisture management, etc.
 

Remove the plug from the end of each sorbent trap and store each plug in a clean sorbent trap storage container. Remove the stack or duct port cap and insert the probe(s). Secure the probe(s) and ensure that no leakage occurs between the duct and environment.
 

7.2.2
 

Record initial data including the sorbent trap ID, start time, starting dry gas meter readings, initial temperatures, set-points, and any other appropriate information.
 

7.2.3 Flow Rate Control
 

Set the initial sample flow rate at the target value from Section 7.1.1 of this Exhibit. Record the initial gas flow meter reading, stack temperature (if needed to convert to standard conditions), meter temperatures (if needed), etc. Then, for every operating hour during the sampling period, record the date and
time, the sample flow rate, the gas flow meter reading, the stack temperature (if needed), the flow meter temperatures (if needed), temperatures of heated equipment such as the vacuum lines and the probes (if heated), and the sampling system vacuum readings. Also, record the stack gas flow rate, as measured by the certified flow monitor, and the ratio of the stack gas flow rate to the sample flow rate. Adjust the sampling flow rate to maintain proportional sampling, i.e., keep the ratio of the stack gas flow rate to sample flow rate constant, to within +-25 percent of the reference ratio from the first hour of the data collection period (see Section 11 of this Exhibit). The sample flow rate through a sorbent trap monitoring system during any hour (or portion of an hour) in which the unit is not operating must be zero.
 

7.2.4 Stack Gas Moisture Determination.
 

Determine stack gas moisture using a continuous moisture monitoring system, as described in 40 CFR 75.11(b) , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140. Alternatively, the owner or operator may use the appropriate fuel-specific moisture default value provided in 40 CFR 75.11 , incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or a site-specific moisture default value approved by the Agency.
 

Obtain and record any essential operating data for the facility during the test period, e.g., the barometric pressure for correcting the sample volume measured by a dry gas meter to standard conditions. At the end of the data collection period, record the final gas flow meter reading and the final values of all other essential parameters.
 

7.2.6 Post Test Leak Check.
 

When sampling is completed, turn off the sample pump, remove the probe/sorbent trap from the port and carefully re-plug the end of each sorbent trap. Perform a leak check with the sorbent traps in place, at the maximum vacuum reached during the sampling period. Use the same general approach described in Section 7.1.3 of this Exhibit. Record the leakage rate and vacuum. The leakage rate must not exceed 4 percent of the average sampling rate for the data collection period. Following the leak check, carefully release the vacuum in the sample train.
 

Recover each sampled sorbent trap by removing it from the probe, sealing both ends. Wipe any deposited material from the outside of the sorbent trap. Place the sorbent trap into an appropriate sample storage container and store/preserve in appropriate manner.
 

7.2.8 Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.
 

While the performance criteria of this approach provide for verification of appropriate sample handling, it is still important that the user consider, determine, and plan for suitable sample preservation, storage, transport, and holding times for these measurements. Therefore, procedures in ASTM D6911-03 "Standard Guide for Packaging and Shipping Environmental Samples for Laboratory Analysis" (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) must be followed for all samples.
 

Proper procedures and documentation for sample chain of custody are critical to ensuring data integrity. The chain of custody procedures in ASTM D4840-99 (reapproved 2004) "Standard Guide for Sample Chain-of-Custody Procedures" (incorporated by reference under Section 225.140) must be followed for all samples (including field samples and blanks).
 

8.0 Quality Assurance and Quality Control.
 

Table K-1 summarizes the QA/QC performance criteria that are used to validate the mercury emissions data from sorbent trap monitoring systems, including the relative accuracy test audit (RATA) requirement (see
Section 1.4(c) (7), Section 6.5.6 of Exhibit A to this Appendix, and Section 2.3 of Exhibit B to this Appendix). Except as provided in Section 1.3(h) of this Appendix and as otherwise indicated in Table K-1, failure to achieve these performance criteria will result in invalidation of mercury emissions data.
 

Table K-1.--Quality Assurance/Quality Control Criteria for Sorbent Trap
Monitoring Systems
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QA/QC test or Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if
specification not met
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-test leak
check .......... <=4% of target sampling
rate ................. Prior to
sampling ..... Sampling must not
commence until
the leak check
is passed.
Post-test leak
check .......... <=4% of average
sampling rate ........ After sampling . [FN**] See Note,
below.
Ratio of stack
gas flow rate

to sample flow
rate ........... No more than 5% of the
hourly ratios or 5
hourly ratios
(whichever is less
restrictive) may
deviate from the
reference ratio by
more than +-% ........ Every hour
throughout
data
collection
period ....... [FN**] See Note,
below.
Sorbent trap
section 2
break-through .. <=5% of Section 1 Hg
mass ................. Every sample ... [FN**] See Note,
below.
Paired sorbent

trap agreement . <=10% Relative
Deviation (RD) if the
average concentration
is > 1.0 <<mu>>g/m3 ...Every sample ... Either invalidate
the data from
the paired traps
or report the
results from the
trap with the
higher Hg
concentration.
<= 20% RD if the
average concentration
is <= 1.0 <<mu>>g/m3
Results are also
acceptable if
absolute difference
between
concentrations from
paired traps is <=

0.03 <<mu>>g/m3
Spike Recovery
Study .......... Average recovery
between 85% and 115%
for each of the 3
spike concentration
levels ............... Prior to
analyzing
field samples
and prior to
use of new
sorbent media Field samples
must not be
analyzed until
the percent
recovery
criteria has
been met
Multipoint
analyzer

calibration .... Each analyzer reading
within +-10% of true
value and r2 >=
0.99 ................. On the day of
analysis,
before
analyzing any
samples ...... Recalibrate until
successful.
Analysis of
independent
calibration
standard ....... Within +- 10% of true
value ................ Following daily
calibration,
prior to
analyzing
field samples Recalibrate and
repeat
independent

standard
analysis until
successful.
Spike recovery
from section 3
of sorbent trap 75-125% of spike amount Every sample ... [FN**] See Note,
below.
RATA ............. RA <= 20.0% or Mean
difference <= 1.0
<<mu>>g/dscm for low
emitters ............. For initial
certification
and annually
thereafter ... Data from the
system are
invalidated
until a RATA is
passed.
Gas flow meter
calibration .... Calibration factor (Y)

within +- 5% of
average value from
the most recent
3-point calibration .. At three
settings
prior to
initial use
and at least
quarterly at
one setting
thereafter.
For mass flow
meters,
initial
calibration
with stack
gas is
required ..... Recalibrate the
meter at three
orifice settings

to determine a
new value of Y.
Temperature
sensor
calibration .... Absolute temperature
measured by sensor
within +- 1.5% of a
reference sensor ..... Prior to
initial use
and at least
quarterly
thereafter ... Recalibrate.
Sensor may not
be used until
specification is
met.
Barometer
calibration .... Absolute pressure
measured by
instrument within +-

10 mm Hg of reading
with a mercury
barometer ............ Prior to
initial use
and at least
quarterly
thereafter ... Recalibrate.
Instrument may
not be used
until
specification is
met.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FN**] Note: If both traps fail to meet the acceptance criteria, the data from the pair of traps are invalidated. However, if only one of the paired traps fails to meet this particular acceptance criterion and the other sample meets all of the applicable QA criteria, the results of the valid trap may be used for reporting under this part, provided that the measured Hg concentration is
multiplied by a factor of 1.111. When the data from both traps are invalidated and quality-assured data from a certified backup monitoring
system, reference method, or approved alternative monitoring system are unavailable, missing data substitution must be used. 9.0 Calibration and Standardization.
 

9.1
 

Only NIST-certified and NIST-traceable calibration standards (i.e., calibration gases, solutions, etc.) must be used for the spiking and analytical procedures in this Exhibit.
 

9.2 Gas Flow Meter Calibration
 
9.2.1
 

Preliminaries. The manufacturer or supplier of the gas flow meter should perform all necessary set-up, testing, programming, etc., and should provide the end user with any necessary instructions, to ensure that the meter will give an accurate readout of dry gas volume in standard cubic meters for the particular field application.
 

9.2.2
 

Initial Calibration. Prior to its initial use, a calibration of the flow
meter must be performed. The initial calibration may be done by the manufacturer, by the equipment supplier, or by the end user. If the flow meter is volumetric in nature (e.g., a dry gas meter), the manufacturer, equipment supplier, or end user may perform a direct volumetric calibration using any gas. For a mass flow meter, the manufacturer, equipment supplier, or end user may calibrate the meter using a bottled gas mixture containing 12 +- 0.5% CO2, 7 +- 0.5% O2, and balance N2, or these same gases in proportions more representative of the expected stack gas composition. Mass flow meters may also be initially calibrated on-site, using actual stack gas.
 

9.2.2.1
 

Initial Calibration Procedures. Determine an average calibration factor (Y) for the gas flow meter, by calibrating it at three sample flow rate settings covering the range of sample flow rates at which the sorbent trap monitoring system typically operates. You may either follow the procedures in Section 10.3.1 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, or the procedures in
Section 16 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60. If a dry gas meter is being calibrated, use at least five revolutions of the meter at each flow rate.
 

9.2.2.2
 

Alternative Initial Calibration Procedures. Alternatively, you may perform the initial calibration of the gas flow meter using a reference gas flow meter (RGFM). The RGFM may either be: (1) A wet test meter calibrated according to Section 10.3.1 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140; (2) a gas flow metering device calibrated at multiple flow rates using the procedures in Section 16 of Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR 60; or (3) a NIST-traceable calibration device capable of measuring volumetric flow to an accuracy of 1 percent. To calibrate the gas flow meter using the RGFM, proceed as follows: While the sorbent trap monitoring system is sampling the actual stack gas or a compressed gas mixture that simulates the stack gas composition (as applicable), connect the RGFM to the discharge of the system. Care should be taken to minimize the dead volume between the sample flow meter being tested and the RGFM. Concurrently measure dry gas volume with the RGFM and the flow meter being calibrated the for a minimum of 10 minutes at each of three flow rates covering the typical range of operation of the sorbent trap monitoring system. For each 10-minute (or longer) data collection period, record the total sample volume, in units of dry standard cubic meters (dscm), measured by the RGFM and the gas flow meter being tested.
 

9.2.2.3
 

Initial Calibration Factor. Calculate an individual calibration factor Yi at each tested flow rate from Section 9.2.2.1 or 9.2.2.2 of this Exhibit (as applicable), by taking the ratio of the reference sample volume to the sample volume recorded by the gas flow meter. Average the three Yi values, to determine Y, the calibration factor for the flow meter. Each of the three individual values of Yi must be within +-0.02 of Y. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2.2.4 and 9.2.2.5 of this Exhibit, use the average Y value from the three level calibration to adjust all subsequent gas volume measurements made with the gas flow meter.
 

9.2.2.4
 

Initial On-Site Calibration Check. For a mass flow meter that was initially calibrated using a compressed gas mixture, an on-site calibration check must be performed before using the flow meter to provide data for this part. While sampling stack gas, check the calibration of the flow meter at one intermediate flow rate typical of normal operation of the monitoring system. Follow the basic procedures in Section 9.2.2.1 or 9.2.2.2 of this Exhibit. If the on-site calibration check shows that the value of Yi, the calibration factor at the tested flow rate, differs by more than 5 percent from the value of Y obtained in the initial calibration of the meter, repeat the full 3-level calibration of the meter using stack gas to determine a new value of Y, and apply the new Y value to all subsequent gas volume measurements made with the gas flow meter.
 

Ongoing Quality Assurance. Recalibrate the gas flow meter quarterly at one intermediate flow rate setting representative of normal operation of the monitoring system. Follow the basic procedures in Section 9.2.2.1 or 9.2.2.2 of this Exhibit. If a quarterly recalibration shows that the value of Yi, the calibration factor at the tested flow rate, differs from the current value of Y by more than 5 percent, repeat the full 3-level calibration of the meter to determine a new value of Y, and apply the new Y value to all subsequent gas volume measurements made with the gas flow meter.
 

9.3 Thermocouples and Other Temperature Sensors.
 

Use the procedures and criteria in
Section 10.3 of Method 2 in appendix A-1 to 40 CFR 60, incorporated by reference in Section 225.140, to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors and thermocouples. Dial thermometers must be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. Calibrations must be performed prior to initial use and at least quarterly thereafter. At each calibration point, the absolute temperature measured by the temperature sensor must agree to within +- 1.5 percent of the temperature measured with the reference sensor, otherwise the sensor may not continue to be used.
 

9.4 Barometer.
 

Calibrate against a mercury barometer. Calibration must be performed prior to initial use and at least quarterly thereafter. At each calibration point, the absolute pressure measured by the barometer must agree to within +- 10 mm mercury of the pressure measured by the mercury barometer, otherwise the barometer may not continue to be used.
 

9.5 Other Sensors and Gauges.
 

Calibrate all other sensors and gauges according to the procedures specified by the instrument manufacturer(s).
 

See
Section 10.1 of this Exhibit.
 

10.0 Analytical Procedures.
 

The analysis of the mercury samples may be conducted using any instrument or technology capable of quantifying total mercury from the sorbent media and meeting the performance criteria in Section 8 of this Exhibit.
 

10.1 Analyzer System Calibration.
 

Perform a multipoint calibration of the analyzer at three or more upscale points over the desired quantitative range (multiple calibration ranges must be calibrated, if necessary). The field samples analyzed must fall within a calibrated, quantitative range and meet the necessary performance criteria. For samples that are suitable for aliquotting, a series of dilutions may be needed to ensure that the samples fall within a calibrated range. However, for sorbent media samples that are consumed during analysis (e.g., thermal desorption techniques), extra care must be taken to ensure that the analytical system is appropriately calibrated prior to sample analysis. The calibration curve range(s) should be determined based on the anticipated level of mercury mass on the sorbent media. Knowledge of estimated stack mercury concentrations and total sample volume may be required prior to analysis. The calibration curve for use with the various analytical techniques (e.g., UV AA, UV AF, and XRF) can be generated by directly introducing standard solutions into the analyzer or by spiking the standards onto the sorbent media and then introducing into the analyzer after preparing the sorbent/standard according to the particular analytical technique. For each calibration curve, the value of the square of the linear correlation coefficient, i.e., r2, must be >= 0.99, and the analyzer response must be within +- 10 percent of reference value at each upscale calibration point. Calibrations must be performed on the day of the analysis, before analyzing any of the samples. Following calibration, an independently prepared standard (not from same calibration stock solution) must be analyzed. The measured value of the independently prepared standard must be within +- 10 percent of the expected value.
 

Carefully separate the three sections of each sorbent trap. Combine for analysis all materials associated with each section, i.e., any supporting substrate that the sample gas passes through prior to entering a media section (e.g., glass wool, polyurethane foam, etc.) must be analyzed with that segment.
 

10.3 Spike Recovery Study.
 

Before analyzing any field samples, the laboratory must demonstrate the ability to recover and quantify mercury from the sorbent media by performing the following spike recovery study for sorbent media traps spiked with elemental mercury.
 
Using the procedures described in Sections 5.2 and 11.1 of this Exhibit, spike the third section of nine sorbent traps with gaseous Hg0, i.e., three traps at each of three different mass loadings, representing the range of masses anticipated in the field samples. This will yield a 3 x 3 sample matrix. Prepare and analyze the third section of each spiked trap, using the techniques that will be used to prepare and analyze the field samples. The average recovery for each spike concentration must be between 85 and 115 percent. If multiple types of sorbent media are to be analyzed, a separate spike recovery
study is required for each sorbent material. If multiple ranges are calibrated, a separate spike recovery study is required for each range.
 

10.4 Field Sample Analysis
 

Analyze the sorbent trap samples following the same procedures that were used for conducting the spike recovery study. The three sections of each sorbent trap must be analyzed separately (i.e.,
section 1 , then section 2 , then section 3 ). Quantify the total mass of mercury for each section based on analytical system response and the calibration curve from Section 10.1 of this Exhibit. Determine the spike recovery from sorbent trap section 3 . The spike recovery must be no less than 75 percent and no greater than 125 percent. To report the final mercury mass for each trap, add together the mercury masses collected in trap sections 1 and 2 .
 

11.0 Calculations and Data Analysis.
 

11.1 Calculation of Pre-Sampling Spiking Level.
 

Determine sorbent trap
section 3 spiking level using estimates of the stack mercury concentration, the target sample flow rate, and the expected sample duration. First, calculate the expected mercury mass that will be collected in section 1 of the trap. The pre-sampling spike must be within +- 50 percent of this mass. Example calculation: For an estimated stack mercury concentration of 5 µg/m3, a target sample rate of 0.30 L/min, and a sample duration of 5 days:
 

  
(0.30 L/min) (1440 min/day) (5 days) (10-3 m3/liter) (5µg/m3) = 10.8 µg
A pre-sampling spike of 10.8 µg +- 50 percent is, therefore, appropriate.

11.2 Calculations for Flow-Proportional Sampling.
 

For the first hour of the data collection period, determine the reference ratio of the stack gas volumetric flow rate to the sample flow rate, as follows:
 
   (Equation K-1)
 
Where:
 
= Reference ratio of hourly stack gas flow rate to hourly sample flow rate
 
= Average stack gas volumetric flow rate for first hour of collection period
 
= Average sample flow rate for first hour of the collection period, in appropriate units (e.g., liters/min, cc/min, dscm/min)
 
K = Power of ten multiplier, to keep the value of between 1 and 100. The appropriate K value will depend on the selected units of measure for the sample flow rate.
 
Then, for each subsequent hour of the data collection period, calculate ratio of the stack gas flow rate to the sample flow rate using the equation K-2:
 
   (Equation K-2)
 
Where:
 
= Ratio of hourly stack gas flow rate to hourly sample flow rate
 
= Average stack gas volumetric flow rate for the hour
 
= Average sample flow rate for the hour, in appropriate units (e.g., liters/min, cc/min, dscm/min)
 
K = Power of ten multiplier, to keep the value of between 1 and 100. The appropriate K value will depend on the selected units of measure for the sample flow rate and the range of expected stack gas flow rates.
 
Maintain the value of within +- 25 percent of throughout the data collection period.

 

11.3 Calculation of Spike Recovery.
 

Calculate the percent recovery of each
section 3 spike, as follows:
 
   (Equation K-3)
 
Where:
 
=Percentage recovery of the pre-sampling spike
 
= Mass of mercury recovered from section 3 of the sorbent trap, (µg)
 
= Calculated mercury mass of the pre-sampling spike, from Section 7.1.2 of this Exhibit, (µg)
 

11.4 Calculation of Breakthrough.
 

Calculate the percent breakthrough to the second section of the sorbent trap, as follows:
 
Where:
 
   (Equation K-4)
 
Where:
 
= Percent breakthrough
 
= Mass of mercury recovered from section 2 of the sorbent trap, (µg)
 
= Mass of mercury recovered from section 1 of the sorbent trap, (µg)
 

Calculate the mercury concentration for each sorbent trap, using the following equation:
 
   (Equation K-5)
 
Where:
 
C = Concentration of mercury for the collection period, µgm/dscm)
 
= Total mass of mercury recovered from sections 1 and 2 of the sorbent trap, µg)
 
= Total volume of dry gas metered during the collection period, (dscm). For the purposes of this Exhibit, standard temperature and pressure are defined as 20 ° C and 760 mm mercury, respectively.
 

Calculate the relative deviation (RD) between the mercury concentrations measured with the paired sorbent traps:
 
   (Equation K-6)
 
Where:
 
= Relative deviation between the mercury concentrations from traps "a" and "b" (percent)
 
= Concentration of mercury for the collection period, for sorbent trap "a" (µgm/dscm)
 
= Concentration of mercury for the collection period, for sorbent trap "b" (µgm/dscm)
 

11.7 Calculation of Mercury Mass Emissions.
 

To calculate mercury mass emissions, follow the procedures in Section 4.1.2 of Exhibit C to this Appendix. Use the average of the two mercury concentrations from the paired traps in the calculations, except as provided in
Section 2.2.3(h) of Exhibit B to this Appendix or in Table K-1.
 

These monitoring criteria and procedures have been applied to coal-fired utility boilers (including units with post-combustion emission controls), having vapor-phase mercury concentrations ranging from 0.03 µg/dscm to 100 µg/dscm.

 
 

 
IT IS SO ORDERED.
 
I, John T. Therriault, Assistant Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control Board, certify that the Board adopted the above opinion and order on November 5, 2008, by a vote of 4-0.
___________________________________
John T. Therriault, Assistant Clerk

Illinois Pollution Control Board

Back to top